foenesaty
eee

Seat
es anne 0

mee

iene ta

eer
halncaan cet sn

ee rea

LIBRARIES:

SMITHSONIAN

11 NWVINOSHLIWS SSIYVYSIT LIBRARIES

‘w

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT_ L

=ONIAN

her <= Ve <a Rey mw >.)
z < Ko = Z = 2 & = Z Z
a ENN F S a EN 2 z =
b 2 NES 8 D By 2X ie 3 B
2 WY 2 = E ENG = = 2
> : f ; = eS
z 3 . 3B F S eB ae = acs

J] pod eve ai7_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS S31uvaai7_-
z = = = sae 7) S
a ey a ras ut a RAN ba \ &
a tx = LDP a = ce J ~ Sie =
ah LY <x = SON =

2 5 E = “gy 5 e eS =
: : : Sane : Wn Ye :
ra meee feo > x

S_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3!1uYVUdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTION N
5 iy - 5 Ss 5 2 = y = 5
£ 3 PY! PDI EPI! GI:

| = le fe 2 Ee aS WSS = > = > =
— b/ iy = ee) RN WLW = Be) = “ay —
Tee Ce = ee NY = ee a Fs =
2 Ja 2 m SW 2 m OR m Zz
= o = co) ie = (20) = o =

11 NWINOSHLINS S3!uvydly SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVYUSIT_L
z 2p) YW eine 2) z o : =
< = ES < = < = x

=1 Ne = =f

3 = z z Ne E 3 3 z

Ze) a 2) a ~S 7) om m2) 7)
ae (e) (e) a x Ws Oo Se fo) ae
= =r z E LQ" Z, = Zz iS
5 : : : Ae 5 4 3

S) SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION = NVINOSHINS (oO luv IT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Ni
oS a al Pe 4 Sa + f=

V2 45 = ez = z 25 < |
Be = = ce S a = a
Mm: = = (oa) = ma. = a
= fe) 9 : ~ fe) = ro) =
= zZ 2 4 = a Zz =)

NI NVINOSHLIWNS SJ3IuNVUgIT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uvUgIT L
i € z S ts 5 i “, = (F
fad We ) 2 ; (2) = Sh (e) a

SAN § = ot Ix ® E S\N 2
Nee SN Eu 2 pet | Ee > Nu \ >

2 Nw = Ws) EGfh, ? » YY E 2
te i ee z ma ne :
S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVYINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N
n = i w z w ze fete n z oy no
= < EK < es = yp HE «RE <=) Qs
=} NSP =F 4 : z = re Bp CB QO SS = = a
= EGS EFF 3 iGO 3 i S Zz
2 = 2 Uy = 8 Gy = \ 3 E =
. ; an ae 2 iat oe eye -

Ww ~ wn :

Ji NVINOSHLIWS Salyuvugriq7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SaIuvVusIT L
A he a vi a us 2 & £ z
Yn ™ XS — = ee S. = wn x “S —

2 eX =z : we : 2X = :

12 RSX < c < Yi e eS 2 RS =< =

“a Wy cc S S cc
SN We = oe ig a A SN Y a =
Fe) eT okie S Sy ee 3 = re = S
Zz a a a Seed

S SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVYaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION _N
is) yp, 2) = 2 = 2) S
—§ Yi ® : 2 E es = a =

| = Es; Jk > = > = > = “s D> = |
Eee far 2 = 2 - a = je =
o m 2) m 2 m 2 m o
= a) = ca) = o = wn s

wn
z
=
ac
w
fo)
2
>
Fe

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN

Ly
SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS
NX
x
MITH
y,
+4
Ue
NVINOSHLIWS

Ss

S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI_ NVINOSHIIWS saluvugiq LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N
x

NaN WS

RSS
ORS

LIBRARIES
NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

AS“sONTE

1} NVINOSHLINS S3Iu¥VYSII

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

NVINOSHLINS S3IuvVudIT LI
AAS

J17° LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

317 LIBRARIES
JON NOILNLILSNI
117 LIBRARIES

314
ION
ON
414

ON

Oy see Te Faw So) ae eeeere a settee ines, Belk dt ee oe tee eee WOT,

z 2 K = ea IN z < = &
Zz = "Z NS 3 = Se Z 4 f py = &
S ze S XS ze BNO = Lb hf 5 1 Uf tp 5 Xx
e SB? 2 NX aye BNR 0 UY ly & bf fl aX
é e Ee SMe 2 = S Yitpy «= S Gy, F
= Se 1 S oes = 2% = 2 “YY =
a z 7) ae = Ns 5 Ff a z =
SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOLLNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS saruvudi7_“LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOI.
ae Ww a we a = ve Zz @
2 2 a © = AS = 4 = Dare A =
SOY 2 < =m \ Wee 2 “G17 2 =
rc oe, tly =|
GE i Gud) eu) BO ES) Guise 2 Gu el
= Z fe) = 5 aa) roy a Ye, S om XK
mH Fe 2} = Seren ZB a z my
NVINOSHLIWS S31NVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION , NOILOLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS ~S31 Yu al) LIB
= 5 Z 5 io a 5 cayies & ig
oo == foe) = ey oO = ise) =
a 5 a 5 Yily D 5 a Xs = x
> = > =e Yjy Lins = = Se 5 D
z ; : a Ae = 2 WE :
w = esi Caan hae = a RX . =
A Z i 2 mR Z ie mn
: NVINOSHLIWS SaIluVUaIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOI.
4 = z = o : S y g Zane o
5 2 2 : 35 Z = = =
= CS,
= = Z = 2 E Z = VEZ
> = > = > = \ > S Sumy!
Zz a oie > i > a > a = Ss z
_NVINOSHLINS S31YVYa!l1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN IN SmiUmOne gO CSN NVIN GS NS oes rela e
i tt z oe Zz Ww z iN ie Zz
A = ef = wo = ee = g
+ a = ox st oc = WE « 4
— Sq : = = < 5S a < = ‘ua SS: xt a
= SOY on a 3 =| = zl YQY = =
-_ a = Z = Zz ee a z
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNINVINOSHLIWS S31 ¥vua!7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOI
) = S iS z = S = Zz
= pice = o e) wo = aise) °
> a 5 a E Be) = a) = 6
Ey» > E > > > Es > 2 IE
- 2 = a = "Raum 2 ie a ws) =
aa = 7) WS = ca) =
a Be GLIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS, S31YVYAIT_LIE
= ee n z see o Za o z
: : 2 A : Ee 2 : :
WY NG = z SS =I z =| Qe 3k
2 ah SEE. 6 We = re) nate 5
er ° 4 sE KK fe) =z N A 3 wy On 2 x
= z Ei xX Zz = » Zz E Zz Ee
: Baw Shee San |e : 5
PoMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHIINS Saluvadia_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION | NOI
= ey, oo = @ = o = I Se,
ae. % Vy — =a LP S S
<p et < =, fe = awh a Be i)
«CG, = oc = oc Ss 0 he c Se
a % = co = = “i 4 gee
sy Za ay a Nay z Sj es z a
NWINOSHLIWS (SAIHVUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NYINOSHLINS S31YV8 81 LIE
—_— Ae i es : GF
2 AN F e = 5 es - o \. ° =
: a ee) rs
EE > 2 = : 2 Qe 3
ZERO a = ay = ee NS = 2
ae a Z 2 2 Hoo a
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLLALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS SaluUVUYEIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOI
2 Sai ge ee A ts ee Une
i z = 4) z a YW) z x = = x =
: : we i Yi NS? a Nei
g = SY fl = 9M fh = NING 2 WW 8
= = Zs = z) 2 NS 2 EW 2.
2 Blue te = = = 3 Ye Sy OS ee
PINGS EN a LIBRARIES) SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS Yai cit
ie a ee aR we
= - = “4 n = n =, ”
= = = ac Gia,4 oc = oc a
= } < L for < < a
= cc c Ugg. (SE S Y c
3 m 3 ta 2 co 2 0 a
= 4 Ze as 2 a 2 a Zz
SMITHSONIAN, INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAI4vuUdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOI
Bes & Ie a int
fo) DOs to Mt ee Te Wh ea een Lal Be Capon Nea iG) LEN eos SBI

ee

Georges Bank
Benthic Infauna
_Monitoring Program

FINALREPORT YEAR I

PREPARED BY

Battelle New England
Marine Research Laboratory and Oceanographic Institution
Duxbury, Massachusetts Woods Hole, Massachuseits

GEORGES BANK BENTHIC INFAUNA MONITORING PROGRAM

Battelle New England Marine Research Laboratory
397 Washington Street, Duxbury, Massachusetts 02332

and

Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution
Woods Hole, Massachusetts 02543

April 1, 1933
FINAL REPORT

FOR FIRST YEAR OF SAMPLING
(July, 1981 - May, 1982)

Availability Unlimited

Prepared for

UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
MINERALS MANAGEMENT SERVICE
Washington, D.C. 20240

| oe tb ;

DISCLAIMER

This report has been reviewed by the Minerals Management Service and approved for
publication. Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect the views and
policies of the Bureau nor does mention of trade names or commercial products constitute

endorsement or recommendation for use.

Aik, DaviGnakye. NB 0

ae y anlar ie es ee
Oy ORB He a ae

J

: ; ae bi era une

‘

Ale

Ove e

7

wehasity “Bia t beeesis

up si

“hy 25

es

eh Pe eg, Pel Geo
phy, a nui ree is ee PRMT Wiper Sh a
bg aoa y with ory bly pts Tae ol i ; ho

ai

Ptaen!

REPORT DOCUMENTATION PAGE

Recipient's Accessicn No

3.

&. Title and Subtitle 5. Report Date

April 1, 1983

8. Performing Organization Report No.

The Georges Bank Benthic Infauna Monitoring Program

7. Author(s)

James A. Blake, J. Frederick Grassle,
Nancy Maciolek-Blake, Jerry M. Neff, Howard L. Sanders

9. Performing Organization Name and Address
Battelle New England Marine Research Laboratory

397 Washington Street, Duxbury, MA 02332

oods Hole Oceanographic Institution
oods Hole, MA 02543
12.
-S. Department of the Interior

Minerals Management Service, Procurement Division
Procurement Operations Branch B, Mail Stop 635

12203 Sunrise Valley Drive
Reston, VA 22091

15. Supplementary Notes

10. Project/Task/Work Unit No.

11. Contract or Grant No.
14-12-0001-29192
13

- Type of Report

Sponsoring Organization Name and Address

FINAL

tp. abstract Concerns about the potential effects of oil and gas exploration activities on
the highly productive Georges Bank off the coast of Massachusetts led to the initiation
of an intensive monitoring program in July, 1981. The program includes intensive samp-
ling of the benthic communities, collected near, upcurrent and downcurrent of the drilling
rigs, analysis of bottom photographs for epifauna and microtopography, dredge and trawl
collections, CHN and sediment grain size analysis. Collections of six replicate infaunal
samples at each of 46 stations are made on a seasonal basis. Samples are collected with
a 0.04m2 modified Van Veen grab sampler and are double live-sieved through 500 um and

300 um screens. Twenty-nine stations are positioned in a tight radial array around 1 rig
at 80 m. A second group of 3 stations are near a rig site at 145 m. The remaining sta-
tions cover a broad expanse of the Bank and nearby areas of potential deposition of
drilling materials. Use of the 300 ym screen has resulted in the retention of newly
settled and juvenile forms, as well as small-bodied species which are normally under-
Jsampled by larger screens. The capability of identifying the earliest juvenile stages
jof several species has enabled us to provide accurate counts of each species and to
predict times of settlement. Results from the first 4 biological collections indicate
little heterogeneity within stations, with good replication between samples. A strong
relationship between faunal composition and both sediment type and depth is indicated by
jcluster analysis. No biological impacts which could be attributed to drilling activities

ave been detected to date at any station, including the site-specific array in Block 312
the 3 stations near the drill rig in Block 410, or any regional station monitored in
\this program.

17. Originator's key Words 18. Availability Statement

}

Georges Bank, benthic infauna, exploratory drilling
drilling fluids

Availability unlimited

79

19. U. S. Security Classif. of the Report 21. No. of Pages 22. Price

20. U. S. Security Classif. of This Page

tt

MOM tees a) Abst yikes

a taeateaninion Abe ae

Paty |

‘kde sdhommmnny

ally et anaes _ na ese amines ao ne
"0 ask eeveay m Joni bigen bite iia, Fal 96
Mist ade a Piet: eA Of fe KAO he) Mi snip wild Ay dnp :
otter BEL WET caakand wate 4% elt ee pad at wi: tee ae ve gael hdee.
Rina ORS Sh MWe TMRQIR) PHM iad) vo Shen 8 petite hes erin! US AE
et Wee nies fete Sgytegia Sek ji: GA Rae: Ot + eeigaey Oe ssidhag algal “Wehaeh
pac haa Say eeet TR if . pe, ) yy RS Rp sb ndaaueh ih ibe 6, whey eating Dew fire ae
, wo heripas} bray me ay olen “aaron pbleray arity. alae ete Geli ine) "waa a
UR wee PAW a) wiles aoe l eh hate BIS Be igisene GADy we nary ag ih hay
af oe, Bieue Lathe goed w Wh bend aban er a ee ‘i

aig in eck riage ee it ih, ‘Ve whe Po et ea Sih ne Tale ‘ie ba gente
‘4 j aigien ne, bat ane

j a , iy bxaifeg Pie! ae AWN PAE iets he ga Gee ‘anew “aks ts
3 ‘oer a er edace 4 ef aor Liga 4) Bea! Gewese wy He” ce DEY yet
gate eit a? Loge Rei ka via shel ee Tee SG 4 jb, Hk Hine wi eater } whad
List, Shea wink ie eet ge CEL, panel h es dhoad oft | |) mnweae te
: Ad Sie ee 1 eS ‘pal Mine ae T EOS ve de Cea gant titel
‘een thick stay ptnaes Site 4 array Y seq. ott yeh a6 Lied “panel | 5 i b%

iy asuiseie akasty Ge
Regent Shaun’ sme

rh OHM FY pen aa | Oki Ae
cs ret bing ahs ae CG a pe ‘.

oad Edie gen cam Hele ast ah Wea she pu tyoloee wii
as mes ae va ree RRA We RSD ata was Af Di » Vie M ‘waa a bs
mt i et iL) a ey

es A ds Suaeli al ane

fic peramsne at emai aah
2 aged, Fe

PREFACE

The Georges Bank Benthic Infauna Monitoring Program is the lead component
of a four-part program supported by the United States Department of the Interior,
Minerals Management Service: The Georges Bank Monitoring Program. Other components

of this Program include:

Analysis of Trace Metals in Bottom Sediments, performed by
U.S. Department of the Interior Geological Survey, Woods
Hole, MA;

Analysis of Hydrocarbons in Bottom Sediments and Analysis
of Hydrocarbons and Trace Metals in Benthic Fauna,
performed by Science Applications, Inc., La Jolla, CA.

Analysis of Historic Benthic Infaunal samples from BLM's
New England Environmental Benchmark Program, performed
by Taxon, Inc., Salem, MA

To the extent possible, the results of these investigations are used here as an

aid to interpreting the results of the Benthic Infauna Monitoring Program.

A large number of people contributed their talents to the completion of the
first year of the Georges Bank Benthic Infauna Monitoring Program. The program leaders
were:

From Battelle: Jerry M. Neff, Program Manager, Nancy Maciolek-Blake,
James A. Blake; and from Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution: J. Frederick Grassle,
Howard L. Sanders.

Other major contributors to this program and their institutional affiliations
were: Battelle New England Marine Research Laboratory: Paul T. Banas, Ellen Baptiste,
Thomas M. Biksey, Elizabeth Broughton, Christine Brown, John Brown, Donald Cameron,
James Cammarata, James Campbell, Camela Chop, Fabry Coffey, Sara Crawley, Sean
Cudmore, Nancy Culpepper, Mark Curran, Dale Davis, Constance Delano, Marcia A.

Desreuisseau, Diane Donovan, Deborah Driver, Suzanne Duffy, Margaret Dutch, David
Farucci, Mary Jane Ferson, Sandra Freitas, Elizabeth V. Garlo, Paul Garven, Frank

Gilcrist, Theresa Gilchrist, Holly Groelle, Paul Haffey, Winston Hanes, Kristen Harris,
Jennifer Hillman, Robert E. Hillman, Lawrence Hufnagle, William Johnson,

yaa perenne ih eli wt nnyert my re
aes att We: peeeniaga any we eee nai “aad a tia :
abvelnevenpriniasy nD clr: 2 pik diet Dh ie 8 saipraat ” ne

acs 4n92 hamiee nase ni uicbell: nei Le
rene TS: hata aol ms Te: hms

ie ‘te ‘alnyheh ‘ ted voraaaean ene ttett ni i anys sane Ne if
hear enuen ee At eM os {og adedhapentyht tn
TO Rl ARR, ANN GA, Bel Bete bcs slim sohalae re Barve ag 1 la
. ra) a:
"ehh Bie? ealegceiae weivetnl Mi ei shea. Ne rd ot Oo
Monnaie me vi 7 AserTytl: ‘wimps Dome i, nM wird. ekg welt — n
a? er. te A

i ‘ Le . ti ; d . s
Bi #6 Wise bot "eis ahals LO ee ween ad abc, musts mele a
start 89 piled iol eu sie ert Ya eee oar deren

oo ny
a avlteiqnys oe enotes wi namiasbindl : ani Me eset ohne A,
<anity Hl wnat engin att te) ~as ¥

Koabawl cryin aa! menor ich waa. r
_ pie alot, eset" dye hath er seat a eenatt iget lensed a e, ‘i
atee? Mobynbant of cpaindpert ene sii shaw reget, Gree! Ts dahl,
es . ui ie rented nan
apigpllit oder Gir han Ree irate ‘ot Binet M ENG ‘sini ant Wy:
edbol sod ened) TR vg erate paseo oy ih turing A til nen eils
owtiveen a). lari’ a uty . Ata ines wiley sory inthe Pal yess tS vanileel: By v7
Weak Abeer!) mame (4 alien? canary ah aS! Ry nord, xetrs whan
A ai2aaia ‘veritad) ‘edge ene ‘nme itt pata Waal fmm: rani
titrant] hon) Rermapenah: (ane ere i if ridecrin’ mas vaiag niall, om
ach owas: fun plead hae alse a. anita
cn abe (eet ashe: Patina Bch ul aa aber ice

viwipndel aS” Sa: eh re eee) et ae

Sandra Jenkins, Mary Ellen Kelley, Janet Kennedy, Bill Kennedy, Elizabeth Kitson, David
Kolstad, Deborah Kohl, Janet Kwiatkowski, Ann Levandowski, Sandra Maccaferri, John
Malone, Constance Masinda, Deborah McGrath, Richard A. McGrath, Steven Melienthien,
Emily Monasson, Jean Murphy, Theodore Nichols, Phillip W. Nimeskern, Margaret O'Neil-
Holden, Timothy Owens, Patricia Parker, Linda Patridge, Paul Perra, Laurie Pietroski,
Mary Ann Powers, Ann Reid, Margaret Richmond, Ellen Rosen, Robert Rosen, Patricia
Saksa, Janet Saliba, Judy Scanlon, Julianne Sheehan, Siobhan Sheehan, George Small, Joan
S. Sundstrom, Nina Vassalotti, Sandra Weiss, Robert Williams, Russell Winchell, Janette
Wood, Timothy Wooster; Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution: Susan Brown-Leger,
Catherine M. Cetta, J. Phillip Clarner, George R. Hampson, Rick Laubly, Steven Page,
Rose Petrecca, John Porteous, Terri Stephen, Deborah Wiebe; U.S. Geological Survey:
Michael H. Bothner, Bradford Butman, Carol Parmenter, Lawrence Poppe, and Rick
Rendigs; National Marine Fisheries Service: Richard Cooper; Lamont Doherty Geological
Institute: Michael Rawson; and Science Applications, Inc.: Rusty Sims and Robin
Robinson.

Consultants who assisted in verifying ‘species identifications of benthic infauna
included: Robert Bullock, University of Rhode Island; John Dearborn, University of
Maine, Kristian Fauchald, Smithsonian Institution, Les Watling, University of Maine.
Woollcott L. Smith, Temple University, provided advice on statistical methods.

We would also like to acknowledge the active encouragement and support

provided by Anthony P. Graffeo, Director, Battelle New England Marine Research
Laboratory.

Lv

a a: ee det:
Pa ee ou Ou er. nN ke a a. oe
. ied front rie As ’ tik om ‘hioame aie bie yn ei
=* erin, npr bala A iihtiind Thesis i sibel the esi “Apes i i
; yovadetore aah, nee waiant prude spell mh theron Me Lars tin
ire pram erence Ne ute pusinil D wii
| bken nr obey: ees luphh aelinan Pie |
dicitiha't vObedt Yn st svg ki wlll sine mai sae
Aged eye me ale rat voit? tart . cabitect®, eines ih
SA ly i ee A aca Oe eit Sakina Vealirith
ugterign tower Aare? wodiulltinl: oblawganeeeo otett pre pan ae
\ ep ever pdm) aper dronansatt A omit owe’ ithe: é ‘ane om viet
esas lacaigusdbeien? BAY poi rlbnextae panel ve alesse Hh, aa
RAE Wek page eginere nd em aret iors eget” anil santo
festa gett) gyunliet! Henge. re ROe ~) saan. >eouly ro wl ent Manuots
(ee ew aret yt sacl: paces rect leg ian ane
: deeedos aifciven ye eepiiuiliety Hidden niylre int foe ip porte A
te easel! pete dt), total itttel stag Be eee ay jared ree : hati
ged fo Veen evilieW wy aniiopitial co aaa YEE itn opting ;
Seetinty erie no soivbe table, ete” ig otonh perso
Pee tees 'MyyR nee ¥IfoN 9G nena aon -: wit. eete hie a i. ‘ie
Niniadews 2 sia iret welt. allariad seit: ‘anal a yerortne
rt

- 7 i ’ se 1 , j ri - _
: - a a a: ; Tee - : (on Vie
on rte ari) : “oh we ie - - 7 a i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
HE CON CLUSION Stesceccorecesenecsessecassccecsenscscecessencacrscssessosessscscccssscssesscccercescceccscceces 1
Dae COMMENDAIIONSscoscessereassesceeccescaceosecacenecessenrccesccssacseeeseasserccccsasesecsecsanccs 3
BPN ROD WGI ONerccssecasccccccccsscnssssecscssarsccsacacesescuctoscncncacsserccsscessersenscrscssccsssscess 5
BslwRelated:Studiess..<:csseccscceceeccctsstacesecdcssvscceus stecsccdecescacbscscdsesssseceesss 8
3.2 The Georges Bank EnvironMent.........ccscsssssccessssseccccccsssscccccessescceees 10
BaZa OCCANOPraphycccesccscecescaccercacececercuacasacacccecsacecesceccacascesacsecas 10
3.2.2 Biota and Biological Productivity...........cccccccccscccccccscscccccces 13
BeDSS RASNEries 25; chico ee esschenceceeee te cbacscoetezedaueads osscsbeudeescaceesse 15
3.3 Environmental Concerns Related to Oil/Gas
Explorationrandi Production scccececcsesessneseesnecoeesucceseenceccesnecsrcteeeerceeecs 16
Fe3 sD rilling sr luidsseeseeettsectee eeecetaccceeiceroswecsssceuaduceccesscceecaseccs 17
3.4 Design of the Benthic Monitoring Program.............cccssssssseecscecseesees 22
WEEN EMO D)Sesessecesessnctacctsesacsnancsaecenecenceesentennccanteeteeuctooscestcsecacesteccecossesnerscseesees 28
WalehieldpSamplings:4nc. scdcersevessssustecscce cece cxsev a kessecsdecacscsssevacetsnceececase 28
G2 Laboratory, PrOGessing:s-scscessercc choses sscecessacceeccecessansaccaestescacsessvases 30
Ge2elUIndatinall Graby Samp lesesccccce sossesecnceccccesocsceascessessecosuceecesssees 30
422-2 Epifaunal) Samples sccccccccscccccccccscocccoscoceccsccsesscssccccccsescsoccoses 32
4.2.3 Bottom Still Photographs...........ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccee 32
WPM CHIN ewcsicoseasccccudeccesttenten soto sacaaetsbestnsesetests cteestbeeds tucheccte 32
34

4.2.5 Sediment Grain Size........ccce- WPdedueseceedsecesocceceesdseccesscdcessesecs

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
4.3 Data Reduction and AnalySis.........sc.sssssssssssssscssssrccsesenseseceseseeceneees 34
Be RIBSUIUTTS acccecococcc0e 3206 c0 CBS CHG POOLE CRS SOLS OSSHnScogO CHAOS InocaocosecHaScHNScovecScaeecRcaEceS 37
5.1 Taxonomic Composition and Station Characterization.........cccccesseeee 37
51.1 TaxOMOMY.........ccccccccccccccccccccecccccccccccccccceccccccnscccccscccccnscsese 37
5.1.2 Efficiency of the 0.3 mm SCreen........ccccceccccceceeesccccceeeneees 38
521.3 Station Characterization.......ccccccccccccccccccceccccccccccscoscccccecccs 39
521.4 DONSity......ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccsccscccsccsccccsccccsccscsccccscccsececs 43
Seles Si DIVErs iby sxccccecsisscvessesssceselacssensestene see eee ees 43
5 SG» Biomass sesavsets diene ee ee eee chee ae
5.2 Cluster Analysis and Population Patterns of Selected Species.......... 48
5.2.1 Regional Stations........ccccccccceccccseccccsccsccscccceces seacecsccesecocsces 48
5.2.1.1 Cluster Analysis by Replicate........cccccscscsccccecccceseses 48
5.2.1.2 Cluster Analysis by Station (Replicates Summed).....- 66
5.2.1.3 Cluster Analysis of Block 410..........cecccscccccccecsceccsese 75
5.2.1.4 Population Patterns of Selected Species..............2.-<- 79
5:2°2 Site<Speci£ic’ Stations-.c.vecssrseceeeesseeoeeeec sae ea tose ccoceeeee ences 79
52-01 Cluster sArialysiszscsc<cctseszsssscesocssccseeesdeccesveeonsecseeneees 9

5.2.2.2 Population Analysis of Species
Along a Barium Gradient...........sssccsccsscscsccsececcscceccoees oe
5e3) Sed mientSssscsecscdesavesesesecleg eee ee eee ee cdi oh N ccasscanawacs no
5.4 Bottom Photographs.......ccccccccccccccccccescccssccccsccoccccccccccscceccccecsccecoces 108
5.4.1 Microtopography of Regional Stations...............ssccscssseeceecees ae
5.4.2 Microtopography of Site-Specific Stations........cccccccccceseeseees 113
123

DELESIDENStleSsancccccccnccoccnccceacocesecucccsscevesccccsoscrsescccnseccocecesccesas

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

5.5 Dredge and Traw] Samples..............ccscccssccsscccssecescccsccccnscccssccessccees 132

DEGICHING Ama lysisassccseccser ccs ener caceeroeeraccacccaccscscesccccerssencesccssccccscsceccecs 133

DE7Mily GrOpLApinynecssrsscecseeseceecscserssstecsenetesaccncasseccccecccccccccecescassenserssseee 133

6. DISCUSSION. ..........ccccccsccccceccccccsccccsccscccccccccsccccccccccccscccccccsccccscsccocsesescccsccscsccs 134

6.1 General Faunal CompoSition..............--scccesscccesccccessccccescceceseccceesces 134

6.2 Discussion of Results at Drilling Sites.............sccccsscccssssccsssceccsescees 136

6.3 Comparison with the mid-Atlantic Rig Study.........ccccssseseccsssssesecceee 138

6.4 Responses of Benthic Organisms to Sediment Deposition..............-s- 141

PIRISEE REN CE Semesters naan tessnacsates tenacsnseeereentnaneennetaatuesertsnsctscssecesateanerese 145

LIST OF APPENDICES

APPENDIX A

Infaunall Speciesulsistestec: sevccecsstececccecues cee heen un Suse Le te ccctavacccescececeseccesecedanes A-1
APPENDIX B

Annotated Species List, Systematic Literature Cited..........ccccsccecsccccccescecescscsscsoess B-1
APPENDIX C

GCommunitysParameterstsccccs-ccccssecessessccorsececosecceeec eter st enteenecencscteeececeseccoscceececstsce C-1
APPENDIX D

Sediments GrainiSizesDatasrcssr-o. sseeeses eae av ca sees eetecawerccete ceeneesdcesecsedtereceustececeeeces D-1
APPENDIX E

Species fromiMnredzerSamplessstesectecesteccccesoseseeererecratccestevocestscticasbclcesestudcaceseesese E-1
APPENDIX F

CHING Doarterscee ee eet ae eects was sare see ies eanen cen ucaaat se ctescecosececacecsdraneseucesesseeseeseuss F-1
APPENDIX G

Hydrographic Data............c.cecccoccsccccccccccccccccccccccccccsccccccecccscccscccccssccccccccccscsesccoces G-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
LIST OF TABLES

Table 1. Types and Quantities of Solid Ingredients Used to Formulate

Drilling Fluids Used for Drilling the Eight Exploratory Wells

on Georges Bank During 1981-1982. The actual amounts of drilling

Fluids Discharged to Georges Bank are Less than the Totals Listed

TERE secstcscsecesesosecestests Letecdeaacevss eachaevonscaveceses Seescacdeccseees escacssnesncuteccces a) 2
Table 2. Types and Quantities of Liquid Ingredients (Other Than Make-Up

Water) Used to Formulate Drilling Fluids Used for Drilling

Four of the Eight Exploratory Wells on Georges Bank During

1981-1982. No Liquid Ingredients were Reported for the Other

four Wells. The actual Amounts of These Materials Discharged

to Georges Bank are Less than the Amounts Used.......0ss0 scseseoatee2 wes. 20
Table 3. Coordinates for Georges Bank Monitoring Stations......... scanusesoacsecees 22
Table 4. Samples Collected at Georges Bank Monitoring Stations.......sss00 Keccueeecs 29
Table 5. Ten Most Abundant Species at Regional Stations for All Four

Seasonal Sampling Periods. Stations are Grouped According to

Major Clusters as Delimited by NESS......cccscssccscsseees scacsecenccess ocnososocos a
Table 6. Observations on the Reproduction of Six Species of Syllidae......... Beets S
Table 7. Summary of Reproductive Events in Six Species of Syllidae on

Georges Bank........s000. sdecenessctectes Steeesdcceuts sisceccdecess Weuccetocvccss susbebcaccceeeeenee
Table 8. Percentage of Juveniles (<5mm) of Euclymene sp. A at Six Site-

Specific Stations for Four Seasonal Sampling Periods.........0 ccocenecesses nex) MOR:
Table 9. Stations for Which Useful Film Footage was Obtained from

Georges Bank Monitoring Cruises.........csescssscsse ccocteosecess duadeh tie suey eid 85 209
Table 10. Summary of Results of Bottom Photo Analyses......sccccss pecvecnessnseccsees soo LLG
Table 11. Average Density Per Square Meter of Epibenthic Macrofauna

Identified in Bottom Photographs Taken at Georges Bank Benthic

Monitoring Program Regional Stations......... Bet ceuesssccutescs cdavceccoctestateass 124
Table 12. Average Density Per Square Meter of Epibenthic Macrofauna

Identified in Bottom Photographs Taken at Georges Bank Benthic

Monitoring Program Site-Specific Stations......sscccccccccsscscseccecceees sossssd 128

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1. Proposed No. Atlantic Lease Offering (February, 193%) seccccescere eecccese ooo 6
23

Figure 2. Long-Term Regional Stations......cccccscsccecccceesee eocsccccseccese ceocnoncnon ecnoncans

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

3

4,

5.

os

Figure 10.

Figure 11.

Figure 12.

Figure 13.

Figure 14.

Figure 15.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
continued

LIST OF FIGURES
continued

Site-Specific Stations............cscccccccccscccceccccccccccccccccccsccsccscccsscscescees

IDF SINE Stin once an acocC OCHO COS OSCODCCOBOOO BOO CODE OSHC HES SOOO OBO DUDS OOOO CIOS IOOOOONS

Average Number Of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation at Regional Stations 1-6 in July (M-1), November

(M-2), February (M-3) and May (M-4)...........scccccccsccscccccccccssecccecccesece

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation at Regional Stations 7-12 in July (M-1), November

(M-2), February (M-3) and May (M-4)...........cccscsccccssecccseccsccccecccnsscces

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation at Regional Stations 13, 15-18, and Site Specific
Station 5-29 in July (M-1), November (M-2), February (M-3)

nd) May (Mas) ssstcestsssenececctessesoccaceroces scorer eres tcscaureustaacesesecucscsosssseees

Shannon-Wiener (H') Diversity for Regional Station Data

Summed Over All CruisSes.......ccccccccccccscccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccsccccccccccs

Number of Species Per 100 Individuals Based on Regional

Station Data Summed Over all Cruises.....cccccccccccccccccccccscccccscccccccocce

Number of Species Per 1,000 Individuals Based on Regional

Station Data Summed Over all Cruises.......cccccccccccscccccsscccccscccccccccces

Average Biomass in Grams + One Standard Deviation of Bivalves

Found at Regional Stations for Cruises M-1 through M-4........s....seees

Average Biomass in Grams + One Standard Deviation of
Amphipods Found at Regional Stations for Cruises M-1

through M-4........ccccccccccccccccccccscccccccccsccccsccccccscnscsccescccscsssscsccsccecccee

Average Biomass in Grams + One Standard Deviation of Echinoids

Found at Regional Station for Cruises M-1 through M-4...........0sssesss

Average Biomass in Grams * One Standard Deviation of All
Echinoderms Except Echinoids Found at Regional Stations

for Cruises M-1 through M-4.........ccccccccsccccccccccccccccecsccscccssccsscccsccocs

Average Biomass in Grams of All Polychaetes Found at

Regional Stations for Cruises M-1 through M-4.......ccccccccscsssseccsecoeeee

24

33

44

45

46

47

49

50

51

52

53

54

2»

Figure 16.

Figure 17.

Figure 18.

Figure 19.

Figure 20.

Figure 21.

Figure 22.

Figure 23.

Figure 24.

Figure 25.

Figure 26.

Figure 27.

Figure 28.

Figure 29.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

LIST OF FIGURES
(continued)

Replicates of July (M-1) Regional Stations Clustered by NESS

at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting.............ccccsccscsccscccecescece peseceeee

Major Clusters of M-1 Regional Stations as Delimited by NESS

at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting.............cccccccccccecccscccecese eeseseses

Replicates of November (M-2) Regional Stations Clustered by

NESS at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting...........ccccccsscsccscssseccecceee

Major Clusters of M-2 Regional Stations as Delimited by NESS

at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting.............sscccsccesccssseccssccceccscceses

Replicates of February (M-3) Regional Stations Clustered by NESS

at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting.............cccccccccsccccsccccscccccsccccces

Major Clusters of M-3 Regional Stations as Delimited by NESS

at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting...............s.- acoucaccossanossagsasoossoo9

Replicates of May (M-4) Regional Stations Clustered by NESS

at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting............ccscccccssccccscsccesscsccccccscces

Major Clusters of M-4 Regional Stations as Delimited by NESS

at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting............cccccccccccccccccccssccccccccceces

Replicates of February (M-3) Regional Stations Clustered by

NESS at 50 Individuals and Group Average Sorting..............seeccsccseceee

Major Clusters of M-3 Regional Stations as Delimited by NESS

at 50 Individuals and Group Average Sorting...........cccseccssessseccsecceeees

Summed Replicates of M-1, M-2, M-3, and M-4 Regional Stations

Clustered by NESS at 200 Individuals and Flexible Sorting.................

Major Clusters of Summed Regional Stations as Delimited by

NESS at 200 Individuals and Flexible Sorting............cseccecccssseeseeccesees

Summed Replicates of M-1, M-2, M-3 and M-4 Regional Stations

Clustered by NESS at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting................-.

Major Clusters of Summed Regional Stations as Delimited by

NESS at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting..............cccsccccscsccscecescecee

56

i]

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

67

68

69

70

Figure 30.

Figure 31.

Figure 32.

Figure 33.

Figure 34.

Figure 35.

Figure 36.

Figure 37.

Figure 38.

Figure 39.

Figure 40.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
continued

LIST OF FIGURES
(continued)

Summed Replicates of M-1, M-2, M-3, and M-4 Regional
Stations Clustered by NESS at 50 Individuals and Group

AVErage SOGLINB <<<... ...cccccccoccccccecocossvcccccococccocseseccccccscoscccscscscososececeses

Major Clusters of Summed Regional Stations as Delimited

by NESS at 50 Individuals and Group Average Sorting........c.ccccccsscseseceee

Summed Replicates of M-1, M-2, M-3 and M-4 Regional Stations

Clustered by Percent Similarity and Group Average Sorting...

Major Clusters of Summed Regional Stations as Delimited by

Percent Similarity and Group Average Sorting.......ccccccccsscscscccccsccscceoces

Replicates of Block 410 (Stations 16, 17, and 18) Clustered

by NESS at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting............cseccccsscscccesseseseees

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation of Three Cirratulids and Three Paraonids at

Block 410 Stations 16, 17, and 18 in July (M-1), November |
(M-2), February (M-3) and May (M-4).......csssscssccsssccsscencsscceses

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation of Six Important Species at Block 410 Stations 16,
17, and 18 in July (M-1), November (M-2), February (M-3) and

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation of Five Dominant Species at Regional Station 13
in July (M-1), November (M-2), February (M-3) and May (M-4)

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation of Eight Important Species at Regional Station 13
in July (M-1), November (M-2), February (M-3) and May (M-4)

Summed Replicates of M-1, M-2, M-3 and M-4 Site-Specific
Stations Clustered by NESS at 200 Individuals and Flexible

Percentage of Fine Sand (95) at Primary Site-Specific

Stations Averaged Over the Entire Year (M-1 through M-4)....

71

72

73

74

76

77

78

80

81

82

84

Figure 41.

Figure 42.

Figure 43.

Figure 44.

Figure 45.

Figure 46.

Figure 47.

Figure 48.

Figure 49.

Figure 50.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
continued

LIST OF FIGURES
continued

Percentage of Fine Sand (95) at Primary Site-

Specific Stations in February (M-3)............ssecccecscscssecccccecsesesceees

Summed Replicates of M-1, M-2, M-3, and M-4 Site-
Specific Stations Clustered by NESS at 50 Individuals

and Flexible Sorting............cccccssscsccscscncccccccvcccscsccccecccsccscsccscscees

Replicates of M-2 Site-Specific Stations Clustered by

NESS at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting.........ccccccscsccesescesesees

Replicates of M-4 Site-Specific Stations Clustered by

NESS at 50 Individuals and Flexible Sorting.........sccsccccccescssceseesees

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation at Selected Site-Specific Stations and Regional
Station 2 in July (M-1), November (M-2), February (M-3)

ang (Mays (M=H) Scvia-csdessssseecancdacetrocscesescnccnesectascccevaccsesececeecescases

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation of Unciola inermis and Erichthonius rubricornis
at Selected Site-Specific Stations in July (M-1), November

(M-2), February (M-3) and May (M-4)..........ssseess sseawcdesuecscesesoecess

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation of Protodorvillea kefersteini and Phallodrilus
coeloprostratus at Selected Site-Specific Stations and
Regional Station 2 in July (M-1), November (M-2), February

(M23) randiMay, (M=4) 3.22. c.<.sessssoeteesccesesssssectesttceeesooetetonsenenceceneees

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation of Exogone verugera and E. hebes at Selected
Site-Specific Stations and Regional Station 2 in July (M-1),

November (M-2), February (M-3) and May (M-4)...........cccsssessseseees

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard

Deviation of Sphaerosyllis sp. A and Parapionosyllis longicirrata

at Selected Site-Specific Stations and Regional Station 2 in

July (M-1), November (M-2), February (M-3) and May (M-4)..........

Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard

Deviation of Three Common Species at Selected Site-Specific
Stations and Regional Station 2 in July (M-1), November (M-2),
February (M-3) and May (M-4)........ccscccseccscccsccccscccccsccecccccscceseeoes

85

87

88

89

90

O2.

94

95)

96

97

Figure 51.

Figure 52.

Figure 53.

Figure 54.

Figure 55.

Figure 56.

Figure 57.
Figure 58.
Figure 59.
Figure 60.
Figure 61.
Figure 62.

Figure 63.

Figure 64.

Figure 65.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
continued

Page
LIST OF FIGURES
(continued)

Average Number of Individuals per 0.04 m2 + One
Standard Deviation of Four Species at Selected
Site-Specific Stations and Regional Station 2 in
July (M-1), November (M-2), February (M-3) and
Maya (Mad) teauererccrerecesiass seh vesscctshanete eecccntceccctavanseautsecescaccuccccacroseesers 100
Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One
Standard Deviation of Three Cirratulids at Selected
Site-Specific Stations and Regional Station 2 in July
(M-1), November (M-2), February (M-3), and May (M-4).........ssssssscseeeeee 101
Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation of Three Species at Selected Site-Specific Stations 162
in July (M-1), November (M-2), February (M-3) and May (M-4)..........ss0es
Average Number of Individuals Per 0.04 m2 + One Standard
Deviation of Three Species at Selected Site-Specific Stations
and Regional Station 2 in July (M-1), November (M-2), February 108
(M23) kandi May) (MER) Basco cacao ae ete eee ea ead at Wea at, A See
Cumulative Sediment Curves for the Average of Six Replicates 106
From Regional Stations, Cruise M-4........cccccccssscsccsccsccccsccceccecsccscsecccses
Cumulative Sediment Curves for the Average of Six Replicates 19
From Regional Stations, Cruise M-4.......cccscccscsscccsccsccscccsscccssccossccoscocs d
Regional Station 16. A. July, 1981 (M-1). B. November, 1981 (M-2).... '14
Regional Station 16. A. February, 1982 (M-3). B. May, 1982 (M-4)..... iN
Regional Station 17. A. July, 1981 (M-1). B. November, 1981 (M-2).... '1®
Regional Station 17. A. February, 1982 (M-3). B. May, 1982 (M-4)..... 117
Regional Station 18. A. July, 1981 (M-1). B. November, 1981 (M-2).... 118
Regional Station 18. A. February, 1982 (M-3). B. May, 1982 (M-4)..... 119
Site-Specific Station 5-1. A. July, 1981 (M-1).
Be ebruaryelOS2i (MES)! icccces ees eece eee occ shea ae nea es esd ea eee 120
Site-Specific Station 5-10. A. July, 1981 (M-1).
Bembebruaryenl S21 (M=3) sscecesssestescecsasssrescccceoecesccscecccsecssncccseraccaceccesocs 121
Site-Specific Station 5-11. A. July, 1981 (M-1). oo

Bamebruatyanl 982) (M—3) sssscsscesscarenecseccccececescesccccscstececercccssecscecsse

ecocccce

re
oan oo
a i
a |
ist deel a
ye Uh tea ee, eee ee Se susie OF dey
iA y a a AY Mm J or Fy
ae us PR, SR gen ; } sy ; " Tae panei a } oe ‘eathinuab ange oe
ee oh eG eee [Oo K Sapa AI is Pea Pa Gs ae eth vi yr pat
a al migith eee Ly ma fi Car of Rs aa why h 4. el
7; Rei cA , [ vA ive 4 aa r vies 1
f: ek "
Ly Ra SOR
. sii
ie " ret
ahs Mei
ine Hrintin wih 1
" piaente yt nae"
“a1
1! :
re
ji " F
Pi ‘
cs why’
Ve GaN alrie
awn aM ¥
tr y

1. CONCLUSIONS

e The Regional Stations analyzed for benthic infauna group consistently over
all four sampling periods by depth and sediment type. Replicate samples at each station
show an exceptionally high degree of homogeneity. Cluster analysis demonstrates that all
of the replicates of any one regional station are more similar to each other than to
replicates from any other station. When replicates at each station are summed, the
samples from each of the four sampling periods fuse before any separation occurs between
stations. This homogeneity should enable us to detect biological changes should they

occur at these stations.

@ Site-specific stations in the array around Station 5-1 have a homogeneous
community structure, both spatially and temporally over most of the area. The species
composition does change with the increase in the proportion of fine sand at stations

located 4 and 6 km to the west of Station 5-1.

e At all stations sampled, the community structure (i.e., species composition)
does not change very much with season. Although average densities of several species
were observed to fluctuate seasonally, these changes probably reflect natural cycles in

these populations and do not appear to be related to drilling activities.

e The only result of the chemical analyses that provides a basis for an
hypothesis of an impact due to drilling activities is the gradient of barium concentrations
(as a marker of accumulation of drilling muds) near the Block 410 Stations 16, 17 and 18,

and Site-Specific Station 5-1.

e Drilling began in Block 410 in July, 1981 and continued until March, 1982.
With the methods of analysis used thus far, no biological impacts which could be
attributed to drilling activities were detected. Differences between stations were always

greater than temporal differences at any one of the three stations.

e Drilling began in Block 312 on December 8, 1981 and continued until June,
1982. At the site-specific array of stations in this block, the separation of February (M3)

and May (M4) samples into discrete clusters may be a result of the decline in total

densities at many of the stations in February (M3), followed by a recovery in May (M4).
The density declines in February (M3) may be related to changes in sediment composition
or to normal seasonal population cycles. An analysis of the change in densities over time
of 24 infaunal speciés revealed that at Stations 5-1, 5-2 and 5-8, where the greatest
increment in barium concentration between July (Ml) and May (M4) occurred, the
densities of many species declined in November (M2) before drilling began and increased
in February (M3).

@ In general, no significant changes in benthic community structure which can
be related to drilling activities have been detected with the methods of analysis used thus

far.

2. RECOMMENDATIONS

e Sampling should continue at all long-term Regional Stations in order to
establish normal seasonal patterns of population fluctuations. This will allow us to better
interpret population fluctuations seen at drilling areas. The most important stations
include the deeper water and canyon Stations 3, 6, 7A, 8, 9 and 12 adjacent to the
proposed Lease Sale 52 area, and stations in major depositional areas (Stations 13 and
13A).

e Sampling should be continued at three stations in Block 410 (Stations 16, 17,
18). This will provide information on long-term effects at a deeper drilling site, which

may be useful for predicting impacts of drilling in the Lease Sale 52 area.

e Biological and chemical sampling should continue at those stations in the
Site-Specific array at which elevated concentrations of barium (a marker of drilling mud
accumulation) were detected in the fine fraction of sediment on Cruise M4. First priority
should be given to stations of this type two or more kilometers from the drill site.
Analysis of sediment barium concentrations at an additional radial array of four to sixteen
stations located about 8 and/or !0 km from the rig site would be useful for better defining

the pattern and extent of movement of drilling muds away from the rig site.

e Barium should be analyzed in the fine fraction of sediments from the
Secondary Site-Specific Stations for Cruises M1 through M4 to better establish the
distribution of drilling muds in sediments around the rig site. If elevated concentrations
of barium are detected in sediments from the Secondary Site-Specific Stations or the new
far-field stations, a subset of these, including Stations 5-23, 5-24, 5-26 and 5-27 should be

analyzed for benthic infauna and sediment grain size.

e Additional effort should be made to obtain more samples of Arctica islandica

or other suitable macroinfaunal animals at Site-Specific Stations having elevated sedi-
ment barium concentrations, for metals and petroleum hydrocarbon analysis. This will

help answer the critical question of whether materials from drilling discharges accumulat-

ing on the bottom are bioavailable.

e Because of the problems with the wet-weight biomass technique, as
discussed in this report, the method for determining biomass should be reevaluated. For
at least one set of samples, another technique, such as decalcified wet weights or ash-free
dry weights, should be used in order to establish a better estimate of secondary

productivity.

3. INTRODUCTION

The Georges Bank is a high plateau lying under 3 to 200 meters of water 80 to
325 km east-southeast of the Massachusetts coast and 150 km south of Cape Sable, Nova
Scotia at the convergence of the Gulf Stream and the Labrador Current. With an area of
approximately 31,000 square kilometers (12,000 square miles), within the 185 meter (100
fathom) isobath, it is slightly smaller than the states of Massachusetts and Connecticut
combined. The top of the Bank, lying at a depth of 65 meters or less, has an area of
16,600 square kilometers and encloses 740 cubic kilometers of water (Hopkins and
Garfield, 1981).

A unique combination of geological, chemical, and physical oceanographic
features provides the conditions necessary for a very high level of biological productivity.
This productive ecosystem supports one of the largest commercial marine fisheries in the
world. There is also a small recreational fishery, primarily for tuna and billfish, on the
Bank. However, the inshore recreational fisheries for flounder, mackerel, and scup are
indirectly dependent on the Bank through recruitment from the Bank of these species to
the inshore stocks.

Several proposals have been made for alternative and sometimes competing
uses of Georges Bank. These include: oil and gas development; mineral extraction; sand
and gravel mining of the seabed; ocean disposal of industrial and domestic sewage, dredge
material and radioactive waste and construction of deep-water ports (NOAA/CZM, 1979).
Substantial concern has been expressed by environmentalists and the commercial fishing
industry, that proposed alternative uses of the Bank would seriously damage this complex
and highly productive ecosystem.

To date, only the oil and gas development option has been pursued. Prepara-
tions for Lease Sale 42 of 206 tracts on the south-central Bank began in June, 1975, with a
Call for Nominations and Comments (BLM, 1981). The sale, originally scheduled for
January, 1978, was delayed by several legal suits and injunctions until December 19, 1979.
Of the original 206 tracts offered, 90 were withdrawn before the Lease Sale. Seventy-
three of the remaining 116 tracts were bid on and 63 of these bids were accepted and
leased. Exploratory drilling began in July, 1981. To date, a total of eight exploratory
wells have been drilled by five oil companies or consortia.

Two additional lease offerings are scheduled for the North Atlantic Outer
Continental Shelf, including Georges Bank (Figure 1). Lease Sale 52 is scheduled for
March, 1983. Another North Atlantic lease offering is scheduled for February, 1984.

ATLANTIC OCS REGION
f 4 NEW YORK OFFICE
Ss araly MINERALS MANAGEMENT SERVICE
a DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

Legend

Boundary of Call
for Information

Existing Leases for
Sale No.42

Proposed Tracts for
Sale No.52

Area of Geoiogic
Potential (MMS)

November 1982

— 38
66
Note: This Map Not To Be Used For Navigation

FIGURE 1. PROPOSED NO. ATLANTIC LEASE OFFERING (FEBRUARY 1984) .

Because of the serious concern about the potential adverse impacts of oil
exploration and development on the Georges Bank ecosystem and commercial fisheries, a
Biological Task Force for OCS Lease Sale 42 was established to recommend to the
Department of the Interior, Supervisor of Oil and Gas Operations in the North Atlantic,
the design of environmental studies and surveys as well as periodic sampling of
environmental conditions to provide warning of adverse effects of OCS oil exploration on
Georges Bank (Biological Task Force, 1981). The Bureau of Land Management (now
Minerals Management Service) of the U.S. Department of the Interior has implemented
the monitoring program recommended by the Biological Task Force, with some modifica-
tions in sampling stations and methodology.

The primary objective of the Georges Bank Monitoring Program is to determ-
ine the fate of discharges (primarily drilling fluids and cuttings) from exploratory oil rigs
in the Lease Sale 42 area and to assess the effects of these discharges on benthic species
and communities of Georges Bank. The accumulation and distribution of drilling fluid-
associated metals, in particular barium and chromium, in bottom sediments in the vicinity
of exploratory activities are being used to trace the patterns and quantities of drilling
fluid deposition around and downcurrent from drilling rigs. This research is being
performed by the U.S. Geological Survey, Woods Hole, Massachusetts (Bothner et al.,
1982). Concentrations of several metals are being analyzed in demersal and benthic fauna
and petroleum hydrocarbons are being determined in bottom sediments and
benthic/demersal animals from Georges Bank by Science Applications, Inc. (Payne et al.,
1982) as a further effort to determine if drilling activities are resulting in contamination
of Georges Bank. The major portion of the Monitoring Program is being performed by
Battelle New England Marine Research Laboratory and Woods Hole Oceanographic
Institution and addresses the question of whether benthic infaunal populations change in
selected regions of the southern Georges Bank and southwestward (downcurrent) along the
southern New England outer continental shelf during various stages of oil and gas
exploratory activity in Lease Area 42, and whether these changes can be related to
observed changes in the concentrations in the benthic environment of pollutant materials
discharged from exploratory rigs. The purpose of this report is to describe and discuss the
results of the first year of the Georges Bank Benthic Infaunal Monitoring Program in
relation to results of the associated chemistry programs (Bothner et al., 1982; Payne et
al., 1982)

3.1 Related Studies

NPDES permits issued to exploration companies by EPA set strict limits on
discharges and require that specific monitoring studies be carried out by industry. These
include laboratory bioassays of generic drilling muds that are used on Georges Bank and
detailed monitoring and reporting of types and quantities of all drilling mud ingredients
used and discharged to the ocean.

The U.S. Geological Survey, Woods Hole, Massachusetts has several recent or
ongoing programs in addition to its participation in the Benthic Monitoring Program that
are directly relevant to assessment of geologic and oceanographic hazards associated with

oil exploration on Georges Bank. These programs include the following:

1. characterization of water currents and sediment movements in
the Georges Bank region with emphasis on implications for
transport of materials introduced into the area by OCS activi-

tys

2. characterization of water currents, bottom sediment move-
ments, and suspended sediment concentrations in Lydonia and
Oceanographer Canyons and the adjacent shelf and slope. The
objective is to determine the role of the canyons in transport-
ing sediments and nutrients onto or off of the continental
shelf;

3. determination of rate and direction of sand wave movement on
the upper Bank;

4, identification of areas of mass movement of bottom sediments
on the continental slope;

The Minerals Management Service (formerly Bureau of Land Management) has
sponsored several research programs dealing with the Georges Bank environment. The
New England OCS Benchmark Program was performed by ERCO, Inc. during 1977 on
Georges Bank and nearby shelf and slope areas. It included measurements of petroleum
hydrocarbons and metals in sediments and biota and benthic infaunal community structure
at 42 stations. The analysis of the benthic infaunal samples was not completed and a
subset of these samples collected near the current Benthic Infauna Monitoring Program
stations were analyzed by Taxon, Inc. The purpose of this was to provide an historical
perspective of the benthic fauna of the lease area to aid in interpreting results of the

current monitoring program.

In addition, measurement of water currents and hydrography were made on
Georges Bank from September, 1977 to October, 1979 by EG&G Environmental Consult-
ants and Raytheon. The purpose of these studies was to develop and refine the concepts
of transport, dilution and dispersion processes acting on Georges Bank.

The Canyon Assessment Study, performed by Lamont Doherty Geological
Observatory, was designed to study the abundance and distribution of epibenthic and coral
fauna in the Baltimore, Lydonia and Oceanographer Canyons. The canyon faunas are
thought to be particularly sensitive to impacts from drilling activities.

The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration-National Marine
Fisheries Service has several past and ongoing programs dealing with the biology and
fisheries of the northwest Atlantic outer continental shelf, including Georges Bank. The
Ocean Pulse Program is designed to measure several biological, biochemical, and
physiological parameters in marine organisms as indices of pollutant stress and impending
environmental damage. Several stations on Georges Bank are sampled periodically in the
Ocean Pulse Program. Ocean Pulse is part of the Northeast Monitoring Program which
includes the Manned Undersea Research and Technology (MURT) and Gulf and Atlantic
Survey (GAS) Programs. The objectives of MURT are to define the geology and biology of
submarine canyons and adjacent slope habitats with particular emphasis on commercially
important fishery species such as crabs, lobsters and demersal fish. In the GAS Program,
commercial fish and shellfish species from the OCS were analyzed for petroleum
hydrocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.

In addition, the Marine Resources Monitoring, Assessment and Prediction
(MARMAP) Program is being conducted on the continental shelf from the Gulf of Maine to
Cape Hatteras, and includes 30 stations in the Georges Bank area. This program focuses
on seasonal surveys of zooplankton-ichthyoplankton and demersal fish distribution on the
OES:

Finally the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the Department of Energy
and the American Petroleum Institute have independently supported research programs
dealing with the toxicity and environmental effects of used drilling fluids. The petroleum
industry has performed several investigations of the fate and effects of drilling fluids and
cuttings discharged to waters of the OCS from offshore exploratory rigs. Information
from some of these studies may be useful for predicting effects of drilling mud and

cuttings discharges on the Georges Bank environment.

The purpose of the combined industry and Government environmental monitor-
ing programs is to ensure that oil and gas exploration activities do not have an adverse
impact on the Georges Bank ecosystem, and particularly on its valuable fisheries. If
damage is detected early, appropriate ameliorative and mitigative measures can be taken.
The major concern about the exploratory phase of oil and gas development relates to
possible damage, particularly to benthic and demersal populations, resulting from the
discharge to the waters of the Bank of used oil well drilling fluids and cuttings. The major
concern about the development and production phases of the OCS oil program relates to

oil spills and their impacts on the Georges Bank ecosystem.

3.2_The Georges Bank Environment

3.2.1 Oceanography

The waters overlying Georges Bank, particularly those within the 65 meter
isobath, form a discrete water mass (Hopkins and Garfield, 1981). Numerous investiga-
tions of water currents on Georges Bank have shown that there is a residual
counterclockwise circulation in the Gulf of Maine and a clockwise water circulation over
Georges Bank at speeds in the range of 5-10 cm/sec (Bumpus, 1976; Butman et al., 1982).
The Bank circulation is defined by a southwestward flow along the southern flank, a
northward flow on the eastern side of the Great South Channel, a northeastward flow on
the northern edge of the Bank and an eastward, southeastward and southward flow on the
northeast peak.

Superimposed on the slow clockwise gyre overlying Georges Bank are a series
of strong semi-diurnal (twice per tidal day) clockwise rotary tidal currents. Maximum
tidal current velocities on the Bank vary from 35 to 75 cm/sec and are higher on the
shallow crest of the Bank than on the deeper slopes (Aaron et al, 1980). Water
displacements associated with the semi-diurnal tidal currents typically are 10 kilometers
on the crest of the Bank and a few kilometers on the flanks (Butman et al., 1982). The
tidal currents cause extensive vertical mixing, especially on the crest of the Bank, so
there is little or no vertical stratification.

The vertically well-mixed water over the crest of the Bank at depths of less
than about 70 meters may recirculate around the Bank. The circuit time for a water
particle moving along the 60 meter isobath is approximately 2 months (Butman et al.,

1982). At greater depths, circuit times may be longer.

10

However, the gyre is not closed. Water appears to enter the Georges Bank
system primarily from the Wilkinson Basin in the Gulf of Maine in the late fall and early
winter (Hopkins and Garfield, 1981). Additional water influx comes from the upper shelf-
slope water to the south, Scotian Shelf water to the northeast and Nantucket Shoals water
to the west. On the southern flank of Georges Bank, water currents diverge south of
Great South Channel, where most flow continues to the westward along the southern New
England shelf, while the remainder of the flow turns northward into the Channel (Butman
and Beardsley, 1982; Butman et al., 1982). Water in the westward flowing branch could
easily reach the shelf south of Cape Cod in one month.

On the southern flank of Georges Bank in the vicinity of the Lease Sale 42
blocks, mean current flow in all seasons and at all depths is to the southwest
approximately parallel to the local isobaths (Butman and Beardsley, 1982; Butman et al.,
1982). The mean flow is strongest near the surface (typically 15 cm/sec at 10-15 meters).
At 45 and 75 meters, mean current speeds are approximately 8.6 and 3.5 cm/sec,
respectively. Current speed also decreases offshore. At 45 meters current speed varies
seasonally from a high of about 11 cm/sec in September to a minimum of about 5 cm/sec
in March. Estimates of the mean residence time of surface water over the southern flank
of the Bank by Lagrangian and Eulerian methods (drogues and current meters, respective-
ly) are in the range of 32 to 46 days (Magnell et al., 1981).

The Georges Bank region is subjected to frequent gales and northeast storms,
particularly in winter. Storm waves on the Bank may be quite large. Wave heights
greater than one meter occur more than 50 percent of the time on the Bank and l-year
and 100-year maximum wave heights are projected at 11-12 m and 19 m, respectively
(Thompson and Harris, 1972; Neu, 1970-1972).

The combination of tide, currents, and storm waves over Georges Bank creates
a high energy environment with excellent vertical and horizontal mixing. In parts of the
Bank shallower than 60 m, this water turbulence may carry coarse-grained sand particles
over the bottom in waves, somewhat resembling migrating sand dunes on land. These sand
waves may be from 10 to 20 m high and 200-300 m long with a periodicity of 100 to 200
m.

Seawater temperatures vary seasonally and vertically with minimum tempera-
tures in winter of 4-69°C and maximum surface temperatures in summer of 15-18°C
(Colton and Stoddard, 1972). A sharp thermocline develops during the summer in deeper
parts of the Bank and on the slopes where mixing is weak, but not on the crest of the Bank

at depths less than about 60 meters.

11

Bottom sediment granularity varies substantially from one part of Georges
Bank to another. Sand covers approximately 75 percent of the Bank (Wigley, 1961).
Gravel sediments cover a large area in the northeast corner of the Bank and occur in
small patches on the north-central Bank and in the Great South Channel. Patches of silt
and clay sediment occur in deep water off the northwest corner of the Bank. It is thought
that much of the fine silt/clay sediments washed off the Bank are deposited in a large
muddy area south of Rhode Island sometimes called the Mud Patch (Twichell et al., 1981;
Bothner et al., 1981b). Mollusc shell fragments make up to 5 to 25 percent of the coarse
sand and gravel sediments along the eastern flank of the Bank. Total organic carbon
concentration of the sediments varies from 0 to about 3.5 percent and tends to increase
with decreasing grain size. Dominant sediment types in the Lease Sale 42 area are
medium and fine sands. Total organic carbon concentration of these sediments is in the
0.1-0.5 percent range.

Concentrations of suspended particulates generally are very low in waters
overlying Georges Bank, except after major storms. In the Lease Sale 42 area, total
suspended particulate concentrations range from 750-800 ug/l over shallower portions to
about 250 jig/l in deeper slope waters (Bothner et al., 1981a). Dominant minerals in the
suspended inorganic particulates are layered silicates, quartz, and feldspar. The most
abundant clay minerals are illite (57 + 6%) and chlorite (27 + 4%), with small amounts of
kaolinite. No montmorillonite (bentonite clay) is found.

A surface deposit of fine-grained silt and clay, covering an area of approxi-
mately 13,000 square kilometers and as much as 13 meters thick, exists on the floor of the
continental shelf south of Cape Cod at depths between 60 and 200 meters (Twichell et al.,
1981; Bothner et al., 1981b). Evidence that this area, called the Mud Patch, is a site of
active sediment deposition is provided by investigations of the vertical distribution in
sediment cores of the isotopes 14 and 210Ppb (Bothner et al., 1981b; Bothner and Johnson,
1981). The !4C concentration profiles indicate that sedimentation rates were approxi-
mately 130 cm/1,000 years when deposition began and have decreased to current rates of
about 25 cm/1,000 years in the central portion and about 30 cm/1,000 years at the eastern
end of the deposit.

The 219Pb data yielded an estimated current sedimentation rate of about 170
cm/1,000 years. This higher estimate may be due to bioturbation of near-surface
sediments. Based on an average sedimentation rate of 25 cm/1,000 years, sediments are

accumulating in the Mud Patch at a rate of about 84 million metric toms per year.

12

Because the net water current direction in this area of the continental shelf is
southwestward, it is thought that these fine-grained sediments originate on Georges Bank
and Nantucket Shoals. In support of this hypothesis, the clay mineralogy of sediments in
the Mud Patch is similar to that of the clay-size fraction of sediments from Georges Bank
(Bothner et al., 1980). Illite is predominant, with moderate amounts of chlorite and small
amounts of kaolinite. Montmorillonite is absent or present only as a trace. Periodically,
during storms, some fine sediments may bypass or be eroded from the Mud Patch and be
transported into Long Island Sound (Bothner et al., 1981b). Thus, fine-grained materials,
such as drilling fluids, discharged from drilling rigs on Georges Bank could be carried to
and deposited in the Mud Patch and Long Island Sound.

Concentrations of primary nutrients in waters over Georges Bank are generally
quite high. Nitrogen/phosphorous (N/P) ratios generally are low, characteristic of shallow
areas where intense mixing brings nutrients up from the bottom (Riley, 1941). Dissolved
oxygen concentration is usually near saturation in surface waters and rarely lower than 50

percent saturation in deeper portions of the slope.

3.2.2 Biota and Biological Productivity

The combination of strong water mixing over most of Georges Bank and
nutrient upwelling caused by convergence of major ocean currents sustains a very high
primary productivity throughout the year. Primary production of phytoplankton varies
seasonally and reaches a maximum of about 950 mg C/m2/day in April over shallower
parts of the Bank (Riley, 1941). Annual mean phytoplankton production on Georges Bank
is estimated at 400-500 g C/m2/year. This value is as high as or higher than any value
reported for any other oceanic ecosystem, including the highly productive North Sea and
Grand Banks of Newfoundland.

The rich phytoplankton crop supports a large and diverse zooplankton com-
munity dominated by copepods (Sherman et al., 1978). Georges Bank is known to be a
major spawning ground for at least 26 species of fish. Pelagic eggs and larvae of 29
species of fish, many of them commercially important, have been collected on the Bank
(BLM, 1977; Colton and Byron, 1977). Georges Bank is a major spawning area for such
species as Atlantic herring, Atlantic cod, haddock, and several species of flounder.

The benthic invertebrate fauna of Georges Bank also is very diverse and

productive. This fauna contains not only some of the more economically important

13

commercial fishery species (e.g., the sea scallop Placopecten magellanicus) but is a major
source of nutrition for most of the other commercial fishery species (e.g., cod, haddock,
flounder). The benthic community also is the one most likely to be adversely affected by
oil and gas exploration activities on Georges Bank.

Before the present investigation, few quantitative surveys of benthic popula-
tions on Georges Bank were made. Wigley (1961, 1965, 1968) sampled once in August,
1957, and used 1 mm sieves. He estimated the average abundance of benthic macroepi-
fauna and infauna at 1,690 individuals per m2. The composition of Wigley's samples
included 66 percent crustaceans (an average of 1,113 individuals), 20 percent annelids (334
individuals), 3 percent each molluscs and echinoderms (with 54 and 47 individuals,
respectively) and 8 percent miscellaneous (142 individuals).

Another survey was the BLM-sponsored New England Environmental Bench-
mark Program conducted by Energy Resources Company, Inc. (ERCO). Benthic samples
were collected in February/March and May/June, 1977, and sieved on 0.5 mm mesh
screens. Results of the February/March, 1977 cruise indicate densities of individuals,
exclusive of polychaetes, ranging from 80 to 13,319 individuals per m2 at 42 stations and
numbers of species from 60 to 330 per m2 (Michael, 1977). When the polychaete data for
this cruise (Maurer and Leathem, 1981) are considered in addition, total infaunal densities
range from 432 to 20,553 individuals per m2, with an average density of 6,413 per m2.
The densities thus recorded are of the same order of magnitude as those obtained by
Wigley (1961); this is surprising in view of the fact that smaller mesh (0.5 mm) screens
were used in the Benchmark Study.

More recently, Grassle (W.H.O.I., unpublished data) sampled three stations on
the southern edge of Georges Bank. Using fine (0.3 mm mesh) sieves, he obtained
densities of 14,000 to 17,000 per m2 at one station, and 21,000 to 64,000 per m2 at a
second station. These generally higher densities can be attributed to the finer mesh sieve
and careful handling of the samples (Grassle, unpublished observations), as well as to
possible spatial differences.

In both the Benchmark survey and the recent study by Grassle, polychaetes
accounted for at least 50 percent of the taxa collected, with amphipod crustaceans being
the second dominant group, followed by molluscs, other crustaceans, echinoderms and
other phyla (Michael, 1977; Maurer and Leathem, 1981; Grassle, unpublished data).

Ampeliscid amphipods belonging to 2 species are particularly common on

Georges Bank. Byblis serrata (Smith) is more common on top of the Bank, and Ampelisca

14

agassiZi (Judd) is common in deeper waters (Dickenson and Wigley, 1981). These animals
account for a high proportion of the benthic productivity and are food for commercial
species of fish. Tube-building amphipods such as these are also important in stabilizing
the sediment (Ekman, et al., 1981). The ampeliscid amphipods are also known to be among
the species most sensitive to increased levels of hydrocarbons in marine sediments
(Sanders, et al., 1980; Cabioch et al., 1978).

3.2.3 Fisheries

Georges Bank has been fished constantly for more than 300 years. Until about
1960, most fishing was for cod and mackerel by U.S. fishermen. After that date, foreign
fishing effort increased dramatically so that by the 1970's the foreign catch far exceeded
the U.S. commercial catch. In 1977, the total foreign catch was 456,111 metric tons
compared with 65,707 tons for the U.S. (Houghton et al., 1981).

In 1968, the commercial yield of Georges Bank was 11.6 metric tons/km2, the
highest catch per unit area anywhere in the Atlantic, ranking Georges Bank over the
North Sea and the Grand Banks of Newfoundland in fisheries productivity (Hennemuth,
1976; Mills, 1980). Since that date, total biomass of principal demersal fish species has
declined by roughly 50 percent. The major cause of this dramatic decline was overfishing,
although adverse environmental conditions, coastal pollution, and inter- and intra-specific
competition also may have contributed (Clark and Brown, 1976). The Fishery
Conservation Management Act was passed in an effort to protect the fishery from
overexploitation and to allow fish stocks to recover. If stocks recover and are fished at or
below their maximum sustainable yield, the economic value of the Georges Bank fishery
over the next 20 years is estimated at $3.34 billion (1978 dollars) (NOAA/CZM, 1979).
Total value of commercial landings from Georges Bank in 1978 was $167,625,000. The
most valuable species were sea scallops ($99 million), cod ($17.9 million), haddock ($15.8
million) and yellowtail flounder ($10.3 million). Lobster with a market value of more than
$8 million were landed from Georges Bank, primarily from the heads of submarine canyons
along the southern flank of the Bank. There is some concern that drilling muds discharged
from exploratory rigs in Lease Sale Area 42 may be swept into the canyons and increase
suspended sediment concentrations there, possibly damaging the important filter-feeding

community (mainly soft and hard corals) (Haedrich et al., 1975).

LS)

The portion of Georges Bank containing Lease Sale Area 42 produces
moderately low catches of demersal fish compared to other areas of the Bank
(Pikanowski, 1977). During spring and fall groundfish surveys performed by NMFS in 1972-
78, average weight of groundfish per tow of an otter trawl was 30.97 and 19.34 kg.,
respectively, compared to 111.77 kg per tow in the most productive area on the western
border of the Bank. Elasmobranchs and yellowtail flounder were the most abundant fish
species taken in the lease area.

Although ocean scallops Placopecten magellanicus are most abundant in the
northeastern part of Georges Bank and in the area of the Great South Channel,
commercial quantities of scallops (average, 0.75 bushels per 15-minute tow) occur in the
eastern part of the Lease Sale 42 area (MacKenzie et al., 1978). Lobsters Homarus
americanus do not occur regularly in the Lease Sale area, but are abundant in the
submarine canyons immediately to the south. However, these lobsters make shoalward
migrations, possibly for spawning, in spring and summer, with a return to the edge of the
shelf in fall and winter (Cooper and Uzmann, 1971). These migrations take the lobsters
through the Lease Sale 42 area.

3.3 Environmental Concerns Related to

Oil/Gas Exploration and Production

The major environmental concerns resulting from exploration, development,
and production activities for oil and gas on Georges Bank are that intentional discharges
of materials (mainly drilling fluids and cuttings) from oil platforms during normal
exploratory and development activities may damage the Georges Bank marine environ-
ment and in particular the fisheries; and that accidental spills of crude oil and discharges
of petroleum hydrocarbon-laden produced water during the production phase will harm the
marine biota (particularly floating eggs and larvae of commercial fish) and result in
tainting of fisheries species. Other concerns relate to increased ship traffic over the
Bank, disruption of the bottom by pipelines and rig structures, and disturbance of
migrating whales by noise. Interestingly, the major damage to fisheries reported from oil
industry activities in the North Sea has resulted from damage to nets from jetsam cast

overboard from rig work boats, barges, etc.

16

3.3.1 Drilling Fluids

A large volume of drilling fluid (also called drilling mud) is used to drill a
typical offshore oil well. Between 100 and 2,000 tons of drilling fluid may be used to drill
a single well (Hrudey, 1979; Ayers et al., 1980). Water-based drilling fluids, but not oil-
based drilling fluids may be permitted (by NPDES Permit) for discharge to the ocean.
Used drilling fluids are often discharged intermittently in small quantities, usually
associated with drill cuttings, during exploratory drilling and in bulk quantities at the end
of the drilling operation (McGuire, 1975; Ray, 1979; Neff, 1982). In most cases, much less
drilling fluid is discharged during drilling of a production well than during drilling of an
exploratory well, because in the former case it may be possible to use a single batch of
mud for more than one well.

Initially it was estimated that during the remainder of the initial 5-year lease
period for Lease Area 42, approximately 35 exploratory wells will be drilled (BLM, 1977).
Up to 3 rigs will be operating in Lease Area 42 at any one time. If there are significant
finds of oil and/or gas, between 150 and 420 development wells will be drilled during the
development phase lasting 8 to 11 years. These production wells would be drilled from 11
to 28 fixed platforms (10 to 15 wells/platform). The production phase, when no drilling
would take place, would last about 20 years.

To date, a total of eight exploratory wells have been drilled in the Lease Sale
42 Area. All wells were reported to be dry holes. Because of the discouraging initial
results and the rapidly changing oil supply picture, it is uncertain how much additional
exploration will take place in the Lease Sale 42 Area.

Drilling fluids are custom-formulated by the mud engineer on an oil rig to
fulfill a variety of functions integral to the whole drilling operation. The most important
of these functions are to suspend drill cuttings and carry them to the surface and to
balance subsurface and formation pressures preventing a blowout. There are well over
1,000 trade-name products available for drilling mud formulation (World Oil, 1977),
representing about 55 different generic materials or formulations (McMordie, 1975). Of
all these materials, only about 10 to 15 are actually used for mud formulation for a
typical well. Five chemicals (barite, bentonite clay, lignite, sodium hydroxide and chrome
or ferrochrome lignosulfonate) make up more than 90 percent by volume of most water-
based drilling muds. Other minor ingredients in a typical offshore drilling mud include
cellulose polymer, sodium carbonate/bicarbonate, and lime. A variety of other ingredi-

ents may be added in small quantities as needed to solve particular down hole problems.

17

The quantities and types of materials used to formulate the drilling fluids used
to date on Georges Bank are listed in Tables | and 2. The amount of drilling mud solids
used per well ranged from 717.7 to 2,023.5 metric tons with a total mud useage for eight
wells of 9,727.7 metric tons. Of this total, 5,727.2 metric tons were barite and 3,004.8
metric tons were bentonite (montmorillonite) clay. Not all this drilling mud was
discharged to the ocean, but if it had been, it would represent 0.01 percent of the
estimated 84 million metric tons of fine-grained sediments accumulating each year in the
Mud Patch. Some diesel oil was used in one well (Block 312) to help free stuck pipe.
Apparently, most of this oil was not discharged to the ocean (E.P. Danenberger, MMS,
Hyannis, MA, personal communication)..

The two major environmental concerns relating to discharge of used drilling
fluids to the oceans are that: (1) the drilling fluids may be acutely toxic or produce
deleterious sublethal responses in sensitive marine species or ecosystems, and (2) metals
present in some drilling fluids may be accumulated by marine organisms to concentrations
that could be harmful to the organisms themselves or to consumers, including Man, of
fishery products.

The fate and biological effects of used drilling fluids discharged to the ocean
have been thoroughly reviewed in three recent monographs (Houghton et al., 1981; Neff,
1982; Petrazzuolo, 1981). The authors are in general agreement that a majority of the
drilling fluids evaluated to date have a relatively low order of acute toxicity to all but the
most sensitive species and life stages of marine organisms. Median lethal exposure
concentrations at 96 hours (96 hr LC50) usually lie above 10,000 ppm drilling mud added.
The most sensitive species and life stages of marine animals may show acute lethal or
chronic sublethal responses to concentrations as low as 10-50 ppm. Among the most
sensitive organisms tested to date are larvae and juveniles of ocean scallop Placopecten
magellanicus and lobster Homarus americanus, both extremely important Georges Bank
fishery species (Gerber et al., 1980; Derby and Atema, 1981; Atema et al., 1982; Gilbert,
New England Aquarium, unpublished report).

Observations in the field have shown that in a dynamic high energy offshore
environment, drilling fluids discharged to the ocean are diluted to "background" concen-
trations usually within 1,000-2,000 m downcurrent from the discharge pipe and usually
within 2 hours of discharge (Ayers, et al., 1980; Ray and Meek, 1980). Because of this
rapid dilution, it is unlikely that adverse impacts of drilling mud discharge will be

detectable in water column organisms. However, drilling mud ingredients accumulate on

18

S€Z0Z 22 ES Cat OC ae OFS) ee iC OI L£9€L — 0°96L
"2 = = : : : > =
= 2 : <0'0 > : : =
- - - 1-0 - - - -
0°01 = S 5 5
Z°¢h = = =

: > = L“€ : ; = :

- - - - 1°Z - - -
6'€Z oz = ; BR z ° °
ina = = : = 62 : =

: 5 5 nh = : 2°49 =
62 cs oh €'l n€ orl 8°9 1"0
0°8 8°8 ord Al 9°61 "9 Pi z°0
Z°0 10°0 = 20°0 z°0 I = "0
z'8 ri = Z = = 6:0 £0
6°81 “£0 - 8°2 40 4°22 orl z°0

2 = : 10 ; 10 40 a)
ne z0 611 i i" Z"1 10 81

3 2'0 = a) ; : Le 8°0
Z'6E z°¢ ord 6°59 C91 9°L2 6 IE E12

2 "0 z €1S LHe = ord! 6 LI
8°SS z2E 6°51 ICL 6Lh C6E 1:92 0°02
0°nZs GUse GS CIIG 9°006 4° 0ZE S786 SIE Gee
S'S8Z1 60h = RIE S20Z1 1'E801 «6606 PIGE TPA

LSE Elz cal 131 Z1€ Olh S16 oa

(22qWNN >POTG) 1A

SPITOS [P10]

aplsopyD wn1pyeg

(9}euogIeD WNIDTED) O€ OM

(4atjtsoost, SsawiAyog ueyiueyx) JawAlog DX

Z0Z [OAL aTeYS Jodng

X-JOsluays

(elluolUuag paleIdIfauag) JoD-Jadns

(PInt4 Buriods faanaxtw ipeydsy-al1ea[O eD parys1a_) 10d
(4auurYy] ainjesadway ysty

‘pua]g aeuoqsesd WNIpos-jawA;Og-9} BUD F]NSousIT) XY ATOd

(daBUaAkdDG SCH fa1eUOgIeD UZ-91PUOJING UZ) TT X-JINS

(IDBN) HES

(EODZEN) USY BPoOs

(asofnyfaD fAyrawAxoqueD en) eds1uq

(JUeWeOJaq) 92e1e91¢ WNUTWNTYy

(Jelsa1ey UOT}e[NdDIID 1S07) BIT!

(JeI497eW UOTe[NDIID 3Ss07) BNJdq INN

aiyeydsoydoshg ploy wnipos

(08D ‘(HO)eD) 2wIT

a} euOqIeDIG WNTpos

a1euos[nsousi7y aWoIyD

aust]

(HOPN) BPpos 23sneD

Ae]D ailuojuag

(osed) ase

(suo | 31439~)
SPITOS

“dudH

G3LSIT SIVLOL AHL NVHL SSA71 JUV ANVA SADUYOID OL GADAVHOSIG SGINTA ONITMNUG AO SLNNOWV
TVNLOV SJHL “72861-1861 DNINNG ANVG SADYOAD NO STIAM ANOLVUAOTdXA LHOW SJHL ONITMNIG
YOA GISN SGINTA ONITINIG ALVINWUOA OL GASN SLNFIGAUYDNI GIIOS JO SAILILNVNO GNV SHdAL “Ll ATAVL

19

TABLE 2. TYPES AND QUANTITIES OF LIQUID INGREDIENTS (OTHER
THAN MAKE-UP WATER) USED TO FORMULATE DRILLING
FLUIDS USED FOR DRILLING FOUR OF THE EIGHT
EXPLORATORY WELLS ON GEORGES BANK DURING 1981-1982.
NO LIQUID INGREDIENTS WERE REPORTED FOR THE OTHER
FOUR WELLS. THE ACTUAL AMOUNTS OF THESE MATERIALS
DISCHARGED TO GEORGES BANK ARE LESS THAN THE

AMOUNTS USED.

Liquids
(Liters)

Foam Ban (Blend of Phosphoric Acid
Tributyl Ester, Alcohol and Refined
Hydrocarbon Carrier; Defoamant)

Torque Trim (Liquid Triglycerides
and Alcohol; Lubricant)

Lube 106 (Blend of Glycerol Mono-
oleates and Mixed Long-Chain Alcohols;
Lubricant)

MD (Modified Alkanolamid and Sodium Acid
Pyrophosphate; Detergent)

Diesel Oil

Free Pipe (Oil-Soluble Surfactants)
Scale Ban (Acrylic Polymer)

LD-8 (Surfactant, Defoamant)

WO Defoamer

Aqua Spot (Water-Soluble Surfactant)
Mentor 28

Total Liquids

20

410

113.6

113.6

Well (Block Number)

312

16,216.7

416.4

19,775.0

187

1,722.4

56.8
8,422.5
359.6

4,788.5

1,041.0

16,390.8

273

624.5

7,629.5

the bottom under and for as much as several thousand meters downcurrent from the
discharge. This may result in outright burial of benthos or produce acute or chronic toxic
effects (including metal accumulation) in surviving benthic fauna.

Elevated concentrations of barium, chromium, zinc, cadmium, and _ lead,
presumably derived in part from discharged drilling muds, have been reported in bottom
sediments in the immediate vicinity of offshore exploratory wells (Ecomar, 1978; Crippen
et al., 1980; Gettleson and Laird, 1980; Mariani et al., 1980; Meek and Ray, 1980; Tillery
and Thomas, 1980; Wheeler et al., 1980; EG&G Environmental Consultants, 1982). A few
attempts have been made to determine whether these and other drilling mud associated
metals are accumulated by benthic marine animals (Liss et al., 1980; McCulloch et al.,
1980; Neff, 1980; Page et al., 1980; Rubinstein et al., 1980; Tornberg et al., 1980).
Drilling mud metals showed a very limited bioavailability to all species tested. Chromium
(present in drilling mud primarily associated with lignosulfonate) was the most bioavail-
able metal studied. Barium (from barite) was accumulated to a small extent by some
species. The other metals studied showed little or no bioaccumulation potential. Small
increases in the concentrations of barium and/or chromium were reported in tissues of
mixed assemblages of molluscs, echinoderms and polychaetes collected from bottom
sediments near an offshore exploratory rig on the mid-Atlantic OCS up to one year after
completion of drilling (EG&G Environmental Consultants, 1982). There are no other
reports of accumulation of metals from drilling muds by marine animals in the vicinity of
offshore exploratory wells.

Because of the high energy mixing regime over most of Georges Bank, little
long-term deposition of finer fractions of discharged drilling muds is likely in shallower
regions of the Bank. Significant deposition and long-term retention of drilling muds is
expected in the near-field of rigs deeper than 100 meters.

Normal background concentrations of barium in sediments in Lease Area 42
range from 28 to 300 mg/kg with a mean of 105 mg/kg. Bothner et al., 1982 report that
from July 1981, when drilling began, to May 1982, the concentration of barium in bulk
(unfractionated) surficial sediments increased by a factor of 3.5 near the rig site in Block
410 and by a factor of 2.3 near the drill site in Block 312. Post-drilling levels of Ba did
not increase above pre-drilling levels at other monitoring stations. Concentration of Ba in
the clay-size fraction of sediments (< 62m) increased by a factor of 36 near the drill site
in Block 410 and by a factor of 22 near the drill site in Block 312. Changes in

concentrations of other metals in bulk sediments from Blocks 312 and 410 were within the

21

normal background concentration range. Concentrations of Cr, Hg, Cu, and Al in the
clay-size fraction of sediment at the drill site in Block 410 increased temporarily by a
factor of about 2.

Deposited drilling muds may damage the benthic invertebrate community
through burial and smothering, clogging with fine suspended particles of gills etc., of
animals, or chemical toxicity. The extent of this damage and rate of recovery are not
known. In the mid-Atlantic OCS, changes in benthic fauna were observed under and
downcurrent from an exploratory rig immediately after and one year after drilling ceased
(Menzie et al., 1980; EG&G Environmental Consultants, 1982). Many of the effects were
attributed to predation by demersal fish and motile macroinvertebrates (crabs and
starfish) attracted to the area by the increased microrelief provided by cuttings
accumulation and by mussels knocked off rig structures and anchor chains. Substantial

recovery had occurred within one year.

3.4 Design of the Benthic Monitoring Program

The Benthic Monitoring Program proposed by the Biological Task Force was
designed to determine both the near-field short-term and regional long-term environ-
mental impacts of oil exploration activities in the Lease Sale 42 area. A total of 46
collecting stations were established on and adjacent to Georges Bank (Figures 2 and 3,
Table 3). These were of two types. A group of long-term regional stations was established
to assess long-term and regional impacts of drilling activities (Figure 2). Benthic faunal
distributions on the southern flank of the Bank are determined largely by water depth and
sediment characteristics. Therefore, three transects of three stations each were set up
perpendicular to the local isobaths, approximately in a north-south direction. The
transects were located west of, east of and directly through the Lease Sale 42 blocks,
with the three stations on each transect located at approximately the 60, 80 and 100
meters depths. Because net water movement over the southern flank of the Bank at all
depths is toward the southwest, the eastern Transect I lies upstream and is considered a
reference transect. The western Transect III lies downstream of the drilling activity
where drilling discharges could accumulate and long-term effects might occur. Additional
regional stations were located at sites of possible deposition of drilling muds and cuttings
from the rigs. These include the heads of Lydonia and Oceanographer Canyons, the Mud

Patch south of Cape Cod, an area of fine-grained sediments at the northern end of the

22

SNOILVLS TVNOIDSY WHSL-DNOT

599 £9 89 69

SJB}JBW Ul ArjowAyyeEg
wy Peeper

os Se O
os Se 0

s}9e41 Zp aes eseo] [7
Buijdwes oy109dS-a}Is B

“é AYNDIS

OL lid

% SSVI
Seat Be

: {uojsog

otal

Buyjdwes jeuoiBoy © | (OV
ot?
pieAoulp g
pues] CP > 6, eyueW Boers!
yoyonjUueN 4 Wa “i
C4 fi
eae gk i |
ouepiAodd
Har aur eee iA 4

23

CROSS-SHELF

MAJOR AXIS

|
MEAN CURRENT TIDAL CURRENT ELLIPSE
—<——

|

a
: | Ber ie Re | LONGSHEL
| Qe @

@® Primary Stations
O Secondary Stations
iN Special Stations

FIGURE 3. SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS

24

TABLE 3. COORDINATES FOR GEORGES BANK MONITORING STATIONS

Long-Term Regional
Station No.

Site-Specific

Station No.

*5-1 (rig site)

* 5-2

*Primary Stations

~ 40938.3'N

Latitude
41013.0'N
40059.0'N
40053.7'N
40050.7'N
40039.5'N
40034.3'N
40028.8'N
40027 .1'N
40926.7'N
40042.0'N
40030.8'N
40°22.2'N
40929.5'N
40°930.0'N
41934.2'N
41927.5'N
40934.2'N
40035.0'N
40033.5'N

Latitude
40939.5'N
40939.6'N
40939.8'N
40939.5'N
40°039.3'N
40°939.5'N
40°939.9'N
40°40.1'N
40939.9'N
40939.4'N
400939.2'N
40939.0'N
40939.2'N
40039.5'N
40°940.3'N
40°40.6'N
40°940.3'N
40°39.6'N
40°38.38'N
40938.5'N

40939.5'N
40041.7'N
40041.1'N
40°939.5'N
40938.0'N
40°37 .4'N
40939.5'N
40939.5'N

25

Longitude
67915.3'W
660955.8'W
660946.5'W
68000.2'W
67046.2'W
67045.3'W
67943.2'W
67937 .4'W
68909.38'W
68935.3'W
68933.7'W
68930.2'W
70°12.6'W
71900.5'W
68959.0'W
68900.7'W
67912.3'W
67911.7'W
67913.7'W

Longitude
67946.2'W

67945.3'W
67946.1'W
67946.5'W
67946.2'W
67945.4'W
67045.7'W
67946.1'W
67946.7'W
67946.9'W
67946.6'W
67046.1'W
67945.6'W
67944.7'W
67945.2'W
67°46.1'W
67947 .1'W
67947 .6'W
67947 .2'W
67°46. 1'W
67945 .1'W
67943.3'W
67°46.1'W
67948.1'W
67949.0'W
67948.1'W
67°46.1'W
67041.9'W
67950.4'W

Great South Channel, and just above the shelf-slope break south of the lease sale area.
Another station was located in a high energy erosional area at the top of the Bank in
about 35 meters of water.

Two groups of stations were located in close proximity to two exploratory
drilling operations in order to assess near-field impacts of drilling discharges on the
benthos. A group of three stations was located within 200 meters, and approximately
2,000 meters upcurrent and downcurrent of the drilling rig in Block 410 in about 140
meters of water. A larger site-specific array of 29 stations was located in a radial
pattern around the exploratory rig in Block 312 in 79 meters of water (Figure 3). Stations
were located within 200 meters and at distances of 0.5, 1, 2, 4, and 6 kilometers from the
rig. An over-sampling strategy was used here. Nineteen of the stations were designated
as primary stations, and all samples from these stations were analyzed. The other ten
stations were designated as secondary stations, and samples from them will be analyZed if
needed to aid in interpretation of impacts observed at the primary stations.

All stations are sampled four times per year on a seasonal basis. During the
first year of the program, covered by this report, samples were collected in July and
November 1981 and February and May 1982. At each station, six replicate biology
samples and three replicate chemistry samples of undisturbed bottom sediments are
collected with Van Veen grab samplers. Subsamples of these are taken for carbon-
hydrogen-nitrogen (CHN) and sediment grain size analysis. Biology samples are sieved and
preserved. Chemistry samples are frozen. Bottom photographs are taken at each station
to document the presence of epifauna and demersal fish and in an effort to detect possible
accumulations of drilling mud and/or cuttings. Measurements of water column
hydrography (salinity, temperature, dissolved oxygen) are taken at all regional stations.
Dredge and trawl samples are collected at up to three regional and three site-specific
stations to obtain fish and mollusc samples for chemical analysis and to obtain representa-
tive specimens of epifauna and demersal fish for a voucher collection to be used in
identifying species observed in bottom photographs.

All animals retained by a 0.3 mm sieve from the biological benthic grab
samples are identified to lowest possible taxon, enumerated and weighed. These data are
evaluated statistically to characterize the benthic communities and to compare them
within and between stations over the time-course of the investigation. Relatively small
changes in community parameters, possibly attributable to drilling activities, can be

detected.

26

Chemistry samples are analyzed for several metals associated with drilling
muds and for petroleum hydrocarbons. The biological and chemical data are evaluated to
discern any correlations between accumulation of materials from drilling discharges and
changes in community parameters in the benthic infauna.

Progress of the Program is reviewed periodically by a Scientific Review Board
and by the Biological Task Force and recommendations are made for improving the

program.

27

4, METHODS

4.1 Field Sampling

Sampling stations were located by LORAN-C (Northstar 6000), using average
time delays obtained during Cruise Ml. The several types of samples which were taken at
each regional and site-specific station are summarized in Table 4. At each regional

station, 6 replicate 0.1 m2 2

Van Veen grabs and 6 replicate 0.04 m*“ Van Veen grabs were
taken for infaunal analysis. Large (0.1 m2) grab samples were taken at all regional and
primary site-specific stations for trace metal and hydrocarbon analyses.

Core subsamples for CHN and sediment grain size analyses were taken from
each 0.04 m2 grab sample immediately after collection. A plastic syringe with an inside
diameter of 2.54cm was used. No cores were removed from MI samples; 4 cores were
removed from each M2 sample, and 3 cores (1 for CHN, 2 for sediment grain size) were
removed from each M3 and M4 sample. Cores were frozen in labelled Whirlpak bags
immediately after collection. Removal of these cores therefore reduced the surface area
analyzed for infauna by 5.07% (M2 samples) and 3.80% (M3 and M4 samples).

2

After the core subsamples were removed, each 0.04 m“ sample was placed ina

10-qt. bucket with pour spout. Filtered seawater was added to the bucket, then decanted
onto a 12 inch diameter screen with 0.3 mm mesh. This procedure was repeated as long as
a low density organism fraction was obtained. The portion remaining on the screen was
then transferred to a 16 oz. jar, preserved with 10% buffered formalin in seawater and
labelled both inside and outside the container. The heavy sediment residue was placed in

a l-gallon plastic jar and similarly preserved and labelled. Large (0.1 m2) grab samples
were transferred to a muslin bag, stored individually in labelled 3.5 gallon buckets, with
10% buffered formalin added as a fixative. Large grab samples collected on Cruise Ml

were stored in nine 30-gallon drums rather than in individual containers.

Epifaunal samples were collected at Regional Stations 2, 7, and 13 and at Site-
Specific Stations 5-1, 5-18 and 5-28. Various types of sampling gear were employed
including an epibenthic sled, a Blake trawl, a Day dredge and, on Cruise M4, an otter
trawl. These samples were collected primarily to provide specimens for analysis of the
metal and hydrocarbon content of selected tissues of particular species, but also to
provide biological voucher specimens, especially to assist in the analysis of the bottom

photographs.

28

TABLE 4 SAMPLES COLLECTED AT GEORGES BANK MONITORING STATIONS M1-M4

0.10m2 Van Veen Grab Samples

0.04m2

Van Veen Grab Samples
CHN Subsamples
Grain-Size Subsamples

Epifaunal Samples

Hydrographic Measurements

Botton Still Photographs

Geology and Geochemistry
Grab Samples*

Regional Stations

6 replicates

6 Replicates

6 Replicates

6 Replicates

3 Stations Only

D.O. - 3

Salinity - 2
XBT - 1

20 Frames

3 Replicates

Site-Specific Stations
Primary Secondary

Sta. 5-1 Only
6 Replicates 6 Replicates
6 Replicates 6 Replicates
6 Replicates 6 Replicates
3 Stations Only
1 Station Only:
D.O. - 3
Salinity - 2
XBT - |

20 Frames

3 Replicates 3 Replicates

*Collection coordinated.

29

Specimens for chemical analysis were removed, labelled, and frozen by the
chemistry Contractors. Voucher specimens were preserved in 10% buffered formalin in
seawater and transferred to Battelle for labelling and archiving.

Bottom still photographs were taken at each regional and primary site-specific
station in order to record surface topography and visible epifauna. A Benthos Model® 372
underwater camera and strobe unit were mounted on a steel frame, which was raised and
lowered using a hydrowinch. The camera was triggered by a bottom switch coupled with
an auto advance. A minimum of 20 color frames were exposed at each station.

Hydrographic measurements, including dissolved oxygen, salinity and water
temperature profiles were made at all regional stations. A minimum of three replicates
of bottom water were collected by attaching a Nansen water sampling bottle to the winch
wire of the grab sampler. When the water sample was received on deck, a portion was
drawn off into a Winkler (BOD) bottle, and immediately fixed with manganous sulfate and
alkaline iodide solutions. A Winkler titration was performed, using an automated burette,
within 3 hours of sample collection.

Surface water samples for salinity measurements were collected using a
bucket. Bottom water samples for salinity were obtained from the Nansen bottles. For
Cruise Vl an AUTOSAL 8400 at W.H.O.I. was used to determine conductivity. For
Cruises M3 and M4, either a Hydrolab Model IIB conductivity probe or American Optical
refractometer was used to take one measurement each for surface and bottom salinity.

Temperature profiles were obtained via XBT casts. A deck-mounted launcher
was used to deploy the XBT, and a strip chart recorder was used to record the

temperature profile with depth.

4.2 Laboratory Processing

4.2.1 Infaunal Grab Samples. The large 0.1 m2 grab samples collected on Cruises M1
through M4 were transferred to 70% alcohol (denatured ethanol or isopropanol) and
archived at Battelle. The muslin bag containing the sample was removed from each 3.5
gallon bucket, and the bag plus sample rinsed several times in fresh water to remove the
formalin. Each bag was then returned to the properly labelled bucket, and the bucket
filled with 70% alcohol. Each sample was labelled inside the muslin bag, with a tag tied
around the neck of the bag, and on the outside of each bucket. Samples collected on
Cruise Ml were removed from the large drums and placed in individual buckets in August,

1982. Several labels had faded to the point where they could not be read.

30

All small (0.04 m2) grab samples which were to be analyzed were individually
logged into the Battelle laboratory when they were received, either at the start of the
contract, or upon completion of each cruise. Each sample was logged on a "Sample
Tracking Sheet" which can be used to determine the location of any particular sample or
portion of sample at any time. These sheets were initialed by each technician who
handled the sample. Each sample was resieved before sorting. All regional station
samples were rescreened through a nest of 0.5 mm and 0.3 mm screens. The heavy
residue from each sample was elutriated with fresh water in order to rernove low density
organisms which may not have been removed during shipboard handling. The two resultant
fractions of each sample (0.5 and 0.3 mm) were kept separate during sorting,
identification and biomass procedures. Samples from site-specific stations, with the
exception of Station 5-1 which was treated as a regional station, were resieved only onto a
0.3 mm screen.

Each sample was stained with a solution of Rose Bengal at least four hours
prior to sorting. All fractions of each sample were examined under a dissecting
microscope and each organism or fragment thereof removed. Organisms were sorted at
this point to basic taxonomic groups such as polychaete families, Amphipoda, Isopoda,
other crustacea, Mollusca, Echinodermata and "miscellaneous", which includes Porifera,
Cnidaria, Bryozoa, Sipunculida, Oligochaeta, and Chordata.

The majority of sample residues sorted were subjected to a quality control
check before the vials containing organisms were released for final identifications. In this
check, the sample residues were partly or completely reexamined by the laboratory
supervisor or by a technician other than the one who originally sorted the sample. At
least 10% of the samples sorted by any one technician are completely resieved and
resorted. When each sample was finished, the low density or light fraction was stored in
alcohol in a zip-loc bag which was then placed inside the | gallon jar containing the heavy
sediment residue, also in 70% alcohol. All sample residues are archived at Battelle.

Identifications were made to the lowest possible taxon, usually to species. For
most major taxonomic groups (i.e. Arthropoda, Mollusca, Echinodermata), a single
identifier was responsible for the entire sample. However, the Polychaeta, which
represents the single most complex and difficult group of organisms present in the
samples, were identified by a series of individuals with experience with a particular group
of families. In only a very few cases, for example with juvenile polychaetes, have we been

unable to distinguish separate species and have been forced to use a category whicn might

31

include 2 or more species. In some cases, these problem identifications have been worked
out during the course of this program. Voucher specimens of mollusc and arthropod
species were submitted for verification to Dr. Robert C. Bullock, University of Rhode
Island, and Dr. Les Watling, University of Maine, respectively. Taxonomic problems were
also discussed with Dr. John Dearborn, University of Maine (echinoderms) and Dr. Kristian
Fauchald, Smithsonian Institution (polychaetes).

For regional station samples, counts of individuals were recorded separately
for the 0.5 and 0.3 mm screen (Fig. 4). Only a total (0.3 mm screen) count was recorded
for site-specific stations (with the exception of Station 5-1, which is the same as Regional
Station 5). Notations were also made as to visible reproductive condition and presence of
juveniles where appropriate, and size class estimates were made for a number of species.

Wet weight biomass was determined separately for each species. Weights
were recorded to the nearest 0.001 gram. Hard parts of organisms were not removed
prior to weighing. Therefore, the shells of molluscs and calcareou endoskeletons of

echinoderms were included in the weights.

4.2.2 Epifaunal Samples. Voucher specimens from dredge and trawl! collections were
identified to species and stored in separately labelled glass jars or vials. No specimens
were received from Cruise Ml. Dredge samples from Cruise M2 were received at Battelle
in February, 1982, and those collected on Cruises M3 and M4 were received at the

completion of each cruise.

4.2.3 Bottom Still Photographs. Film from Cruises Ml and M2 was transferred to Battelle
in March, 1982. Film from Cruises M3 and M4 was developed at W.H.O.I. after each cruise
was completed. Each frame was projected onto a screen and examined for characteristics
of surface topography. Visible epifauna were identified and counted, and biogenic
features noted. Assuming that the trigger switch wire was 6 feet long, the area of bottom

covered by each frame is slightly greater than 1 square meter.

4.2.4 CHN. Sediment samples frozen for CHN analysis were prepared at Battelle and
analyzed at W.H.O.I. No samples were taken on Cruise Ml. Samples from Cruise M2 were
transferred to Battelle in March, 1982. Samples from Cruises M3 and M4 were recieved at
Battelle immediately after the completion of each cruise. Each sample was prepared by

thawing, drying to a constant weight, and grinding in a mortar and pestle.

32

“LASHS VLVG “bv AYNDIS

E
a
]
zs
|
al
al
(ae
El
LenaL
ey
a
i |
|
| |

[ee]
l
iH
[a
[
|
|
i=
ot
alae
a
alas
|
|

rf |_— {ot | — ——| ——— | ——— | — is t — —_ =
‘ |
SUE ET eee ——
|
STSRICISGL Ee \ IRN eee
ee LIL | Rese ee Ne as oes ene
Sjuamuiog SHI SSPUIOTG it OOS qunog NOOk noos apd auirN satoads
qTeIoL SSUWOTY SSUMOTS TvaoO], yunog junog satoeds

LT] Oo) aia SER E a Be

“MA CVC “OW
AdAL YvVad FLVOT Td a “ON NOTLVIS LVL ASTANO

40 q9Vd WVUDOd ONTUOLINON XNVA SOMO US THONONVA

33

Drying was accomplished by placing each sample in an aluminum tare dish in a 60°C oven
for 12 hours. The dried sediment is then ground in order to provide a fine, homogeneous
sample. An aliquot is placed in a properly labelled, clean, dry | dram vial. Samples are
analyzed on a Perkin-Elmer CHN Elemental Analyzer Model 240. An on-line computer
provides immediate coversion of the digital display into percentages of carbon, hydrogen

and nitrogen present in the sample.

4.2.5 Sediment Grain Size. Analysis of sediment grain size of subsamples removed from
the 0.04 m2 grabs was performed by W.H.O.]. Ail samples were frozen upon collection
and thawed just prior to analysis. The procedures followed are identical to those used by
the U.S.G.S. for their analyses of Georges Bank sediment samples. A coarse sieving
technique is used to separate gravel, sand, and silt-clay fractions, and the percentage
each of silt and clay is determined using pipette analysis. The Rapid Sediment Analyzer is

used for further analysis of the sand fractions.

4.3 Data Reduction and Analysis

Completed data sheets for data from Cruises MI through M4 were coded at
Battelle and entered into the VAX lI/780 computer at Woods Hole Oceanographic
Institution by W.H.O.I. personnel. Verification of hard copy printout and correction of any
errors was conducted jointly by Battelle and W.H.O.I.

Statistical treatment of the data set included an agglomerative clustering
technique (Williams, 1971) to determine similarity between samples. The first step in this
classification is to measure similarity between all pairwise combinations of samples,
starting with the most similar pairs, and subsequently combining samples until they all
combine into one large group. The similarity measure is NESS, the Normalized Expected
Species Shared (Grassle and Smith, 1976), where the comparison of expected species
shared is between random samples of 50 individuals from the initial collection of
individuals in each grab. Since two samples of 50 drawn within each of the samples are
required for normalization, samples with less than 100 individuals are excluded from the
analysis. The method has also been used with m set at 200 individuals. NESS is more
sensitive to the less common species than other commonly used methods. The clustering

strategy is flexible sorting with 8 set at the commonly used value of -0.25 (Boesch, 1977;

34

Williams, 1971). This allows more intense clustering than the other commonly used
methods, such as the group average or unweighted pair-group method. Boesch (1977)
points out that intense clustering strategies are often prone to misclassifications and "one
often has to choose between non-classifications due to weakly clustering strategies or
misclassifications due to intensely clustering strategies". This is not the case with the
data presented below. We have also used the Bray-Curtis or percent similarity coefficient
(Boesch, 1977) as a similarity measure with group average sorting. The few individuals
where the species identification is uncertain (juveniles, fragments, etc.) are not used in
the analysis. The animals attached to hard surfaces such as rocks and shells, and the
parasitic species are also excluded from the analyses.

Shannon-Wiener diversity (H') was calculated:
Hew =. 1
ln pan ae
j

in which s is the total number of species, and P; is the observed proportion of individuals
belonging to the a species (j = 1,2,....,S).
Hurlbert's modification (1971) of the rarefaction method (Sanders, 1968) was

used to predict the number of species in a random sample without replacement, given a

k
e| sl |- Sy We @ > Wa)
N

ec

in which Ni is the finite population of species i; N is (N., N

population N:

aro), a vector representing
the entire finite population; and N is the total number of individuals in the finite

population,

and Se is the random variable denoting the number of species in a sample of size m

(Smith and Grassle, 1977). For the species diversity results presented, we have used
m=100 or the number of species per 100 individuals, and m= 1,000 or the number of species

per 1000 individuals.

35

Spearman rank correlation (Siegel, 1956) was used to test the association
between biological variables such as density of individual species or community similarity

indices and physical variables such as sediment grain size.

36

5. RESULTS

5.1 Taxonomic Composition and Station Characterisation

5.1.1 Taxonomy

The species found in all infaunal grab samples analyzed fron cruises Ml
through M4 are listed in Appendix A. Excluding categories labelled "spp." which might
represent two or more taxa which cannot be separated because of the lack of development
of diagnostic characters, or damage to those characters, a total of 783 taxa have been
identified. Seventy-four of the species listed, including the poriferans, hydrozoans, and
ectoprocts, are entirely epifaunal; others, such as the five fish species, are also clearly
not usual members of the infauna. A few species, such as the bivalve Dacrydium vitreum,
and the hyperiid amphipod Parathemisto gaudichaudi are epizootic. Several molluscs are
found only on hard substrates such as rocks; these include species of Crepidula and
Anomia. Such species are excluded from the statistical analysis of the infaunal samples.

Polychaetes were represented by 306 species, and accounted for 39.1 percent
of all taxa identified. Of these, at least 8 represent undescribed genera, and at least 30
represent undescribed species. One of the most bizzare and interesting polychaetes is a
new genus and species of Phyllodocidae having an armed proboscis which has been
collected from several of the deep-water stations. Of the 46 families recorded, the
spionids, paraonids and syllids were the best represented, with 30, 26, and 24 species,
respectively. These three families therefore accounted for 26 percent of all polychaete
species recorded. The next most abundant families were maldanids (20 species), phyllodo-
cids (18 species), ampharetids (18 species) and cirratulids (15 species). Several species
were rare, with only one or two specimens collected in over 800 samples analysed. Many
of these rare species, for example Malacoceros indicus, Apoprionospio dayi, Prionospio
aff. cirrobranchiata and Nematonereis unicornis are previously known only from as far
north as Cape Hatteras, and are found mainly at stations deeper than 100 m on the
southern slope of the Bank. Two specimens of Cirrodoce cristata represent only the
second and third specimens ever collected of this rare and interesting polychaete.

Arthropods are represented by 159 species, and accounted for 20.3 percent of
all taxa identified. Amphipods are clearly the dominant group, with 76 species, or nearly
half of all arthropod species recorded. At least two undescribed species are present in the

collections, and our records constitute at least four range extensions. Arthropod species

37)

previously known only from as far north as Cape Hatteras included larvae of Ocypode
quadrata and juveniles of Anoplodactylus petiolatus. The arthropods Epimeria obtusa and
Janaria alta are more typical of slope depths.

Molluscs, represented by 132 species, accounted for 16.6 percent of the fauna.
At least two range extensions and one new species are included in our records. Tellina
agilis is the most common infaunal bivalve, and was the dominant mollusc at several
stations.

Additional comments on species of interest can be found in the annotated
species list in Appendix B. It is expected that additional taxa will be added to the
cumulative species list when samples collected subsequent to Cruise M4 are analyzed.

The relocation of Stations 7 and 14 in particular should yield new taxa.

5.1.2 Efficiency of the 0.3 mm Screen

For regional stations sampled on Cruises M1 through M4, the contents of the
0.5 mm mesh screen were identified and enumerated separately from the fraction
retained by the 0.3 mm mesh screen. Results indicate that the use of the 0.3 mm mesh
resulted in greater efficiency in sampling the populations of several benthic species. In
particular, small syllid polychaetes such as Exogone hebes, E. verugera, and Sphaerosyllis
sp. A occured in almost equal numbers on both screens. This implies that these species
would be drastically undersampled if only the 0.5 mm mesh were used. Additionally, some
very small species such as Paradoneis new sp. A were retained almost entirely on the 0.3
mm screen. This was the dominant species at Stations 16 and 17, and probably would not
have been collected at all if only the coarser screen had been used.

The recently hatched young (first or second instar) of most of the common
arthropod species were retained by the 0.3 mm mesh screen. The percentage of arthropods
retained on the 0.3 mm screen varied from 21 percent in November (M2) when recently
hatched young were most abundant to 3 percent in February (M3). In the fall and spring
(M2 and M4), when recently hatched young were most abundant, the 0.5 mm screen
undersampled arthropods by 16 to 21 percent. Long, thin, smooth species such as Tanaissus
lilljeborgi and Ericthonius rubricornis were especially susceptible to slipping through the
0.5 mm screen, and were the most severely undersampled. Thirty-seven percent of the T.
lilljeborgi and 17 percent of the E. rubricornis were retained on the 0.3 mm screen.
Species such as Unciola inermis which has pointed coxal plates, were retained primarily on
the 0.5 mm screen: only 4 percent of all U. inermis collected were found on the 0.3 mm

screen.

38

5.1.3 Station Characterization

The dominant species at each regional station, for samples summed over all
four cruises, are presented in Table 5. Stations located along the same depth interval
were clearly similar to each other in terms of dominant species. The shallow Stations 1, 4,
and 10, at approximately 60 m depth, were dominated by an archiannelid, Polygordius sp.
A, a bivalve, Tellina agilis, and the arthropods Pseudunciola obliquua and Protohaustorius
wigleyi. Bottom photographs at these stations showed large numbers of the sand dollar,
Echinarachnius parma, distributed very patchily over a sandy, rippled surface. Juvenile
echinoids from these stations, listed as Echinoidea sp. A, were probably E. parma.

Stations 2 and 5, at approximately 80 m depth, were dominated by syllid
polychaetes and an oligochaete, Phallodrilus coeloprostratus. The amphipods Unciola
inermis and Erichthonius rubricornis were dominant at Station 5, but were replaced by
Byblis serrata at Station 2. The primary site-specific stations generally appeared very
similar to each other in terms of species composition. Station 5-29, and to a lesser extent,
Station 5-25, appeared to differ from the majority by having more species present and
fewer individuals of the species which were dominant at the other site-specific stations.
Station 15, at the top of the Bank, is slightly shallower than Stations 2 and 5, but was
similar to them in species composition, being dominated by syllid polychaetes and P.
coeloprostratus.

Station 3, at approximately 100 m depth, was similar to other stations at the
same depth interval (i.e. Stations 6 and 12), but also shows some affinities with Station 11
at 80 m. Dominant species at these stations include Ampelisca agassizi, Polygordius sp. A,
and Protodorvillea gaspeensis.

Station 13, at the Mud Patch, was characterised by sediments that were finer
than those at most of the other regional stations. The community here was dominated by
several species of polychaetes, including Cossura longicirrata, Levinsenia gracilis, and
Euchone incolor, and an oligochaete, Limnodriloides medioporus. Ampelisca agassizi is
the dominant arthropod at this station. Station 13 shared two dominants, L. medioporus
and Ninoe nigripes, with Station 11.

The deeper stations, below 100 m on the southern slope of the Bank, include
Station 7 in Lydonia Canyon, Station 8 at the shelf/slope break, Station 9 in Oceano-
grapher Canyon, and Stations 16, 17 and 18 at 140 - 145 m. Ampelisca agassizi was

dominant at Stations 8, 9, and 18, but only a few individuals occurred at Stations 7, 16 or

39

By e1OTBUOT St][ASouordeseg
T193SqaM SI][ASOIdaI1S

vy ‘ds xXaeyy

PJ OeYOO][OIJO}SOd BIUeIH

Talogalyt] snssteue |

§N}e1}SO0IdO]20D SNIIpoyyeud

san{ Sy sds eaprouryog

y ‘ds snipsosAjog

PWISSIPITOS BINSIdS

Saqay au0s0xy

G 20 0 0

=NMFKHGNANS

GT UOTIeIS

y ‘ds eajsowan
SUBTIA SI][ASO}d013S
sant ‘y sds Beploulyod

_syise eulfaL PUITTOL

Saqey au0s0xy

Tuospny snjudxodayy
TAayBIM SNtIO}SNeYyo}0I1g
TaJOGAalT II] SnssTeueL
ewaed sniuyoeseulyog
y ‘ds snipsoséjog

=

HANMNFHGON ARS

°

OJ “ones

SEUTIOYJED (PIIWOY) Paploay

vy cds xXaeuy

vy ‘ds suawAyjong

ByeINO BuO] Stp[Asouotdeaeg
$n} 1}S0IdO0[90D SN{IpoTfeud
s1UJODTAGNa snTuOYy Yq
STWJOUT BTOIDUA)

Soqoy suos0xq

v_‘ds sij[Asosoeyds
PlodnJaA DUOs0Xy

¢ UOTIEIS

STW JOUT BTaUdd0}U0g
SlUJOOIIGNA sntUOYy YO”
winjaa PAWATOS
ewied sniuyeseUulYyo"
san{ ‘vy sds eaproulyoq
SISUDUTTOIED sNIJOZSNeYpNasd
juospny sniuAxodayy sniuAxodeyy
TAaTZIM SNTIO}SNeYO}OI
Siiae CUlTIOL

y ‘ds snipaodijog

UOIEIS

=

ANN FtKHGRKANS

—A=NnNFHRHGONAKRS

.

VW 'ds snif snips03Ajod Ol
__vopeuag s SoputAS °6
aeuade SJAso}dens °g
sant *y cds eaprourysg =
eyedjes sIIqkG §=°9
SN}e1}SOIDOTOOD SNIIpoyeud °°
y ‘ds syjjAsosseydsg = *h
PlodnJaA QUOSOXY =“
Saqey aUuodOXxy = °Z
PyeINorsuoy si[Asouoideseg = *]
Z UOIIEIS
Euyssipyyos einsids “TT
BOdeD SODUTJOWOISIYDS “OT
jwospny snuxxodeyy “6
sisuaAkpponb elasodAyjeg = °8
dds eyjayidea “L
ThayTsIM SNTJOPsSNeYyo}01g "9
ant ‘y *ds eaproulyod °¢
Tdi0galyiy] snssteuey = *h
Bnnbiyqo ejorounpnesq = °€
suse PUlaL © °2
y ‘ds snipsodzjog “I

J uoreIsS

“SSIN Aq pazwiyjap se siajsnjo Jofew 0} BuIps0z5De

pednoad are suoneig “SGOIMAd DNITAWYS TVWNOSVAS UNOS T1V YOA SNOILVLS TVNOIDSU LY SAIDAdS LNVONNGY LSOW NAL “S A1GVL

40

PUapleu auOdOXy

eoroans (ENTY) Pep
DPUTJAYIeO (PAIWOY) Paploly
y ‘ds ‘u suoeieg

SNadTJa}e] SNISPWOON
saqey auodoxy

sisudadsed eal[IAJOpo}Old
eyepneotipuryAD eurpeydo
y ‘ds snipsodéjog
IzIssede POSTJOdWY

=aANnFtKHON AAS

Z1 UOIEIS

_suatzeduit staeutaquiny
PoTOeNs (ENV) Poplolly
seuyayyed (PATWOY) PEPIy
SI[ISe IF SNISPWOIPOW
Sodlialu DOUTN

izissede eosyodwy

JoyoouT suoyony

sniodolpow Soproy,lapou wi]
SI]IDeIa BTUDSUDART]

Pye IOTUOT BINSSOD

€]7 uoneis

sniodoipaw Saplojlapou wry
TypooueY SuOYoN

iuenEw xAaey

“Yj -ds_ ‘u iscier
y ‘ds snipsodéjog
yds addishjaq
SeUTIOYIED (BITWOY) oplony
Sisuaadsed Pal[IAJOpoOIdg
IzIssede eostjoduy

6 UOIIEIS

___sadjadtu S0ulN

juospny § snjudxodayy
P]UOPOUTYd]ap eyNONN,
‘anf Sy sds eaproulyoy
sisudodsed Paf[tAJOpo}Olg
SIjloeid BUaSUaAOT
ewIxOld e]NONN
sniodoipewi s SOPIO]IIpOU WIT]
BPyeUIOIIO snWeYydoessy

y ‘ds snipsodAjog

TT uoneis

PJasNIDA DUOSOXY
exo[du PUPIBOTI

y ‘ds ‘u stuoeieg
P}EUIOIIO SnWeYydoelsy
$nad1J9}P] SN}SEUIOJON
sisuoodsed ea][IA10po}0Iq
Saqay su0s0xy

y ‘ds snipaodAjog
STUJOOIIgn4 sntuoyYoTIy
Tz1ssede eosTPodwy

=aANnNtKHGN ANG

9 UOTIEIS

WNZeTJUT PUB2IGIeS
y ‘ds ‘u sjuoeieg
sTuJooliqna sniuoyiyotig
STUIOUT BTOIOUL)
BOIPURTST BOTJOIY
sisudodsed Pol[IAJOpo}Olg
IzIssese eostoduiy
exe]duy PUPISOTTA
y ‘ds snipsodAjod

SN9D119} ET SNJSEUIOJON

=

.

=aNnFtnHGNanG

£ UOIeIS

(penutjuod) -¢ AIGVL

4l

sisuododsed eal[IAJOpo}01g
Bloy{IstO O1dsouolig
BolDansoau (PATWOY) PaPy
Y[fo4pey] stssuTaquin 7
SnNad119}e] SN}SPWOJON,
SEUTIOY}ED (PITWOY) POplony
qa -ds eatsexyy

vy ‘ds u stuoeleg

snsojnuue xAaeyy

IzIssede eostjodwuy

$7 UOHeIS

Sisusodse’d Pal[IAJOpoyolg
V ‘ds -u (ENV) Beplony
snsojnuue xAaeu]
quorew xAIeyL
y ‘ds snipsodAjog
v ‘ds snaa1ATog
$n}e1}S0IdO[a0d SN{TpoTyfeud
Staejiuow ‘su xAseyy
SN21JOye] SNJSCWOJON

vy ‘ds ‘u stouopeseg

LZ] UOIIeIS

D]IIeIT ISSEAISIOIN
y ‘ds ‘u stuoeieg
TJouNp su0YyD

y ‘ds snipao3shjog
juoraew xAzeuy

Bo|Dansoau (BIW) POPIONY

sliejiuow ‘su xAaeuy

DBUT JOYS (BIWOY) PAPIOV
W[fojyey stsoutaquin 7]

Izissede eosijodwy

B UOIEIS

.

=NMNFKHGNAOAS

ANAM FH CNOA
=

y ‘ds snipsos}oq

Izissede eostjoduy

q ‘ds eysnoudoj9juq
SIsUdodsed eal[IAJOpo}O1g
juolzew XAJEUL

Siaejruow ‘su xAJeuy

$n} 1}s0Idoy905 snyIspor;eud
SNddTI9}e] SNISPWIOJON

y ‘ds snaa1oAjod

y ‘ds ‘u srauopeseg

=

ANN FtHUN ANS

97 uoNeIS

snjnoe xAaeuL

SDPUIIAYIED (BATWOY) POploNy
rey
Bo|DaNsoou (PITWOY) PapIoNy
vy ‘ds snipsodAjog

TJounp asu04yD,

Sisudodsed Cal[TAJOpO}O1g

y ‘ds addiskjaq

V_‘ds oeplorsiqnt

W[la47e] stroutaquin’y

oe
=

0 20 O25

=aNnFnGKaANnS

Lu0neis

(Ppenuiquod) “¢ AIGVL

42

17. Several polychaete species of paraonid and cirratulid polychaetes were common at
these stations. Several species typical of the slope fauna catalogued by Hartman (1965)
and Hartman and Fauchald (1971) occur at the Block 410 stations, as well as several
undescribed genera and species, and species more typical of southern latitudes.

Station 14, in the Gulf of Maine, was dropped after only three samples each
from July (M1) and November (M2) had been analysed. These samples were dominated by
high numbers of sabellid polychaetes, including a possible undescribed species of Euchone

resembling E. elegans and an undescribed species of Chone.

5.1.4 Density

The average number of individuals per 0.04 m2, plus or minus one standard
deviation, is graphed for each regional station except Station 14 and for Site-Specific
Station 5-29 for each of the four seasonal sampling periods in Figures 5-7. Densities were
highest at Stations 5, 12 and 13, averaging approximately 1020, 870, and 1200 individuals
per 0.04 m2, respectively. Station 2, although similar in species composition to Station 5,
had slightly less than*half the average densities found at Station 5.

The pattern of change in density with season was clearly different at Station
13 than at most other regional stations. At Station 13, the average density increased from
July (M1) (ave. = 1076/0.04 m2) to February (M3) (ave. = 1686/ 0.04 m?), and then declined
drastically to a low (ave. = 552/0.04 m2) in May (M4). Other stations showing a decline in
M4 included Stations 1, 4, and 10, Stations 6 and 8, and the Block 410 stations 16, 17, and
18. None of these stations, however, showed as dramatic a decline from M3 to M4 as that
seen at Station 13.

Other stations, such as Regional Stations 7, 11, and 15, and Site-Specific
Station 5-29, showed a decline in densities from November (M2) to February (M3), and an
increase or recovery in May (M4). A third pattern, seen at Stations 5-1, 9 and 12, was a
decline in average densities from July (M1) to November (M2), followed by a steady rise
through February (M3) and May (M4).

Patterns of change in densities at site-specific stations are discussed below
(see section 5.2.2.2).

5.1.5 Diversity

Species diversity at regional stations, averaged over all four sampling periods,

is mapped for the Shannon-Wiener (H') index (Figure 8) and Hurlburt's rarefaction or

43

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

1600

1500

1400 |

1300 >|

on
i
on
ae
4

500

300

200

fo}

2200

M1 wee = M4 M1 a “3 M4 3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. aa Mn STA. A STA. 6

FIGURE 5. AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION AT REGIONAL STATIONS 1-6 IN JULY
(M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3) AND (M-4).

I~
io

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

8004

7004

600

TsTh Ron USTA. ay OSTA: a

FIGURE 6. AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION AT REGIONAL STATIONS 7-12 IN JULY
(M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

45

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. 13

FIGURE 7.

M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4

M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. 15 STA. 16 STA. 17 STA. 18 STA. 5-29

AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION AT REGIONAL STATIONS 13, 15-18,
AND SITE-SPECIFIC STATION 5-29 IN JULY (M-1), NOVEMBER
(M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

46

“SASINYD T1V YSAO GAWWNS VLVG NOILVLS TIVNOIDSY HOS ALISHSAIG (.H) YHSNSIM-NONNVHS ‘8 SYNDIS

099

029 089 069

69'E-

h.wo02 .

oO L

old

Soe ©

oO

ol?

otb

47

number of species expected per 100 individuals (Figure 9) and number of species expected
per 1000 individuals (Figure 10). The pattern shown in all three indices is the same:
shallow Stations 4 and 10 have the lowest diversity, and Stations 3, 16 and 17, all 100 m
or deeper, have the highest diversity.

Community parameters including total number of species, total number of
individuals, H', evenness, and species per 100 or 1000 individuals at site-specific stations
are presented in Appendix C, Tables C-1 and C-2. The average and 95 percent confidence
limits of the number of individuals, number of species and number of species per 100
individuals at Regional Station 2 and Site-Specific Stations 5-1, 5-9, 5-25, and 5-29 are
given in Appendix C, Table C-3. There does not appear to be any significant change over

time in these parameters at these stations.

5.1.6 Biomass

Wet-weight biomass was measured to the nearest 0.001 g for each species
collected. Average biomass of polychaetes, amphipods, bivalves, echinoids and all
echinoderms except echinoids found at regional stations at all four sampling dates is
mapped in Figures 11-15. Molluscs and echiniods clearly dominate the biomass, because
non-living material (the shells of molluscs and the calcareous endoskeletons of

echinoderms) were included.

5.2 Cluster Analysis and Population Patterns of Selected Species

5.2.1 Regional Stations
5.2.1.1 Cluster Analysis by Replicate. The most remarkable feature of the

cluster analysis of the regional stations is that all of the replicate samples of one station
cluster with each other before joining with those of another station (Figures 16-25). This
occurs at each of the four sampling dates. The only exception is that a single February

sample from Station 8 (located next to Block 410) clusters with the Block 410 stations
instead of with the other five Station 8 replicates (Figure 20), and replicates from the

closely spaced Stations 16 and 17 often cluster together (Figures 18, 20, 22 and 24).

The 60 m contour Stations l, 4, and 10 cluster as a unit at each season except
May (M4) when Station 10 shows affinities with the top-of-the- Bank Station 15. Stations

2 and 5 are always together but have some similarity to Station 15 as may be seen using

group average sorting. Stations 11 and 3 are usually distinct from each other and all other

48

Y3SAO GAWWNS VLVG NOILVLS TVNOID3SY NO G3ASV4E STVNGIAIGNI OOt YAd SAlOAdS JO YASWNN

099 ob 089 069

eee, . OLE ae
Blzp 8 a
0” ae oa

Ge? °

‘ eee

ao woOe 2

“SASINUD T1V
*6 AYNDIS

oO old

oO

ie wog~

ol D

oo

49

“SASINYD T1V
Y3SAO GSAWWNS VLVG NOILVLS IVNOIDSY NO G3ASVE STIVNGIAIGNI OOOt YAd SAlIOAdS JO YASWNN ‘Ol AYNDIS

099 oL9 089 069 00d old

#yoP PF Mog 0 MA

8 HOON

02”

Oh4

ol D

ot

50

‘V-W HONOYHL --W SASINYD YOS

SNOILVLS TVNOIDSSY LV GNNOJ SSATVAIE JO NOILVIASG GYVONVLS JNO SWVUD NI SSVWOIE8 SADVHSAV “LL SYNDIS

099

o29 089

20% 796

Pera DOS doy alen
+6U.° —~— rere 09
6Srr16-- ce fa Be,
NOtOpe aeaaon
oes Saivesoc
6917S.
81S"
“ OeF00r-

ely +27'S2

68°+ 8c >

‘Elyseve.

gberey |

069 o0d old

oO

ve

5 no)

ol?

oft

51

‘V-W HONOYHL --W SASINHYD HOS SNOILVLS
IVWNOIDSY LV GNNOJ SGOdIHdNYV AO NOILVIASG GYVGNVLS ANO 1, SWV¥Y5 NI SSVWOId JADVESAV

099 BS 089 069 SO,

9O'FOb.. a ELF
SOT LOF1O OF S0Es wom, 8078.
80560 “* £t°30b': 2a 2 eee
LOFLG Eb F6L" Sox L6°*
907 60". ened z
80'+80'° b

eed :

COmcO = he, Ps

“ok AYNDIS

old

oO

olD

ott

52

o99

“V-W HONOUHL Ft
TWNOISSY LV GNNOJ SGIONIHDS JO NOILVIAAG GYVGNVLS ANO4SWVHD NI SSVWOIS SDVYSAV

1D 089
LOLs Le. “007 +00". .
ZO'=00' 00°00" “90 Heue teva :
E01+62 +» 0000": ee
ves ZOFLO> pegi sere»
ogee: evar zsoLt

zo'r9oL °

LoZex60Ll.

697+ 6c:

069

1 .wooe”

-W SHSINYD YOS SNOILVLS

"EL SYNDIS
POPs old
wool
00° +00".
% m6o*
ol?

ott

53

‘vV-W HONOYHL --W SASINHYD YO4 SNOILVLS TVNOIDSY LY GNNOJ

SGIONIHOS Ld30X3 SWYHSAGONIHOS TV 4O NOILVIAZG GYVGNVLS JINOTSWVHD NI SSVWNOIS SDVYSAV “vl AYNDIS

o99

oL9 089 069 oO 2 old

ee lo, 0b

roseg _ 00'706 HOT 0072001.
€e°+80 | “e AS ° Mb pats sifitensca yo ocoae Og

ZO FO “ 9v'360"° lezser:

4 oO)”
96s E9., oO Oe 5 -
{00°700" eae 2 A ae

00°+00' -

ot

eee |

54

‘v-W HONOYHL L-W
S3SINYD HOS SNOILVLS TVNOIDSSY LV GNNOJA SALAVHOA1Od T1V 3O SWVHD NI SSVWOIS S5VYHSAV

099 BS 089 069 SO,

“St SYNDIS
old

ol D

ot

55

"DNILYOS 318IX314
GNV SIVNGIAIGNI OS LY SSAN AG GAYSLSNIO SNOILVLS TVNOIDSY (1-W) AIAr 4O SALVONIdSY “91 AYNDIS

St vis ft vis Li WLS vA 8 ViS L-vis 6 ViS Zt Wis 9 ws _ € wis z VLS Ss vlS Ol Vis 1 Vis pwis

g9zersSrpe rpo9tStErezgvs

Vm \/amuneN GRRE RE REGRESS if /

x PRSSTOOD
See Tee eee ta osc ez tect ez by ostees Se Gan On ee Oe emt en OL Ooo ash DEOL

7

ane eon?

ALIMWIIWIS SSAN

“ONILYOS 311X314
GNV STVNGIAIGNI OS LV SSSN Ad GALINITAG SV SNOILVLS IVWNOIDSY L-W 43O SHSLSNTO YOrVW

099 oL9 089 069 oO

“Zt AYuNDIs

old

oO

57

“ONILYOS J18IX314
GNV SIVNGIAIGNI 0S LY SSAN AG GAYSLSN1O SNOILVLS TVNOIDSY (2-W) HASWSAON JO SALVOIIdSY “St AYNDIS

St wis et wis th WLS z ViS Ss vis zi wis 9 vis € wis Bt w1S 8 Vis 6 vis i vis bowls Ob VLiS 1 vis

SBOSSRbRR Vv

wu
SSRRRR noe oan SOW OSU DOD DO a) GED anD A po ObD nOeu EOD e) Sob ON one hoo Doon Onl GNOeo CACHE O MCRAE EN Spa tce Sie Uae

| =e

ALINWTIAIS SS3N

“ONILYOS 318IX314
GNV STIVNGIAIGNI OS LV SSAN AG GSLINITSG SV SNOILVLS TVNOID3SY c-W 3O SYSLSNIO YOrYW “6 SHYNDIS

099 oL9 o89 069 oO Ld old

oO?

ol?

od

59)

“ONILYOS 318X314
GNV SIVNGIAIGNI OS LV SSAN AG GSAY3SLSNIO SNOILVLS TIVNOIDSY (€-W) AYWNYESS JO SALVOMNdsaYd “Oe JYNDIS

GEG Chaya) ey eee)
el vis Lh WLS > > > PDP > PPP Dp > P Bt Vis 8 VLS 6 Vis Lis € vLs ZL WLS 9 vis St vis Ss vis @ WLS b VIS Ol WLS 1 Vis

PPP PPP PP PP 3 : a \

/ my Ge eh
wu ao =~ WNN YW [Ne ea an Gao iE no Dao DONO ONG leonc-obae on

=]
eErogatstztGraezin

if it 7

|

ALINWIIWIS SS3N

60

“ONILYOS 318IX3T1S
GONV STVNGIAIGNI OS LY SSSN AG GSLINITSG SV SNOILVLS IVNOIDSY €-W JO SYSLSNIO HOrYW ‘Lz SHNDI

099 029 o89 069 oO old

-|0OD

61

“ONILYOS 318X314
GNV SIVNGIAIGNI OS Lv SSSN AG GSYALSN1O SNOILVLS TVNOIDSY (7-W) AVW JO SALVONIdSaY “ee AYNDIS

Olb yD0718
€t wis tt wis e€ wis st wis Ol vis Ss vis z Vis b vis bovis 6 vis Zi wis 9 wis Uf \ 8 vis 2 -wis

r \ r = —) r \ 7 SN Se Vea RDO THAAVADROL YW, »

G9) ze eb ss) ee GOrpeztectvoszesrpeezepetgoS 9trzse ODOR NOE DOS ODO ROOBODOOR SERDOD EO OSOOOOOXBNOXO BO OELOUGEED
or
—6
8
|
49

ALINWTIWIS SSIN

“ONILYOS 318IX314
GNV STVNGIAIGNI OS Lv SSAN Ad GSLININAG SV SNOILVLS TVNOIDSY ¢-W 43O SHSLSNID YHOrWW ‘ee SuNDIS

099 ol9 089 069 oO old

oOP

ofD

8 vis Bt vis i Wis zt Vis 9 viS 6 VIS € vis bh WLS

“ONILYOS SDVYSAV dNOYD GNV
SIVNGIAIGNI OS LV SSSN AG GSYSLSNID SNOILVLS IWNOIDSY (€-W) AYWNHEAS JO SALVOIIdSY “ve AYNDIS

el vis

st vis Ss wis @ Vis Ol Vis bpvis Ol Wis b wis

\ \

IN U \

eztproeaSezStiovezisopeztisorhtirpszoeo9tSrheztSzeorsroeztevoatrtset stsvztigezsteooe ztryreztsservas vedcs or

-

[ot

or

ALINWHIIWIS SS3N

64

“ONILYOS JDVYSAV
dNOYS GNV STVNGIAIGNI OS Ly SSSN Ag GALINITEG SV SNOILV.LS TVNOIDSY €-W 4O SY¥31SN19 YOrvIN

099 oL9 089 069 oO

"92 SuNDId

old

oOD

cv

stations, but are somewhat similar in February (M3) using group average sorting. With
flexible sorting at 8 = -0.25, the large group fusions place more emphasis on the least
similar samples and Station 3 joins the other stations (6 and 12) on the 100 m contour.
Stations 6 and 12 group more often with the deepest Stations 7, 8, 9, 16, 17, and 18.
Stations 6, 9, and 12 usually form an eastern subgroup. Station 18 differs from Stations 16
and 17 in having Ampelisca agassizi as one of the most abundant species. Station 18
sometimes groups with its neighbors Stations 16 and 17 and sometimes with Stations 7 and
8. Station 13 usually clusters by itself but shares species with Station 11 more often than

with other stations.

5.2.1.2 Cluster Analysis by Station (Replicates Summed). By using a summa-
tion of the six replicates at each sampling date as the set of samples to be clustered, it is

possible to include all of the regional data in a single cluster analysis. Using NESS
(Flexible Sorting for m = 50 and m = 200 and Group Average Sorting for m = 50), the
samples from each of the four seasons fuse before any separation occurs between stations
(Figures 26-31). The only exceptions are the samples from the closely spaced Stations 16
and 17 which are particularly similar. The species composition of the Georges Bank fauna
changes very little over the year and differences between sampling dates are always less
than differences between stations. Another similarity measure, the commonly used
percent similarity index, results in a grouping of the Station 6 summer samples (M1) with
Station 12 and a heterogeneous mix of sampling periods from Stations 1 and 10 (Figures
32-33). Percent similarity is much more sensitive to the abundance of a few common
species than is NESS.

The groups of stations are not very different from those resulting from the
clusters of replicates within each sampling period. Using NESS at m = 200 (Figures 26-27)
there are two distinct stations (the Mud Patch Station 13 and top-of-the-bank Station 15)
and five groups: the eastern deep (140-150 m depth) Stations 8, 16, 17, and 18, a western
deep (100-250 m) grouping of Stations 6, 7, 9, and 12, a low similarity fusion of the 80 m
Station 11 with a 100 m Station 3, a 70-80 m grouping of Stations 2 and 5, and a 60 m
contour group of Stations 1, 4 and 10. Within these groups the easternmost deep Stations
16 and 17 group separately from Stations 8 and 18 and the 100 m contour Stations 6 and 12
cluster away from the deeper Stations 7 and 9. NESS at 50 individuals gives a similar
result except in this diagram the stations around 140-150 m depth (Stations 7, 8, 9, 16, 17,
and 18) are all together (Figures 28-29). This leaves Station 11 distinct from the other

stations.

66

“ONILYOS 3A1EIX314 GNV STVNGIAIGNI
00¢ LV SSAN AG GAYSLSNID SNOILVLS TIVNOIDSY ¢-W GNV &-W ‘2-W ‘L-W SO SSLVOINdSY GAWWNS ‘92 SHNDIS

Olt HD018
EE EN
FERREEERBERE
AAAAAARAAGh LX St ‘vis EL ‘VLS 6 ‘VLS L°WiS ZL WLS 9 'v1S LL “WLS £ ‘vis S ‘VLS z ‘WLS bp ‘V1S Ol ‘WLS L WS
see cA NSA eA SASH lle Sl metal No / 0 ee NG / ma N/E N/E NV RE N/R N/a NY ee N/a ENG SENG, \ / NS \
hee Peer a Shee Z2222222
NOYNDHDANODDDD A F BOoOoO=-|BNHAD=

fo.)

o

SsSsss88
o =n BW
| |

LS

|

©

re)
ALIYVIIWIS SSAN

SS

G

Oy

rc

SSS2BSZ22222 2222322322333 3253353 BSSSBSSSSBSERBRBSEBS2SESE8 E5385
ONONBSFZARGDNHNARDNHANRDBROANHNA DARN AWBEANHD ARAN ADAH AN =

67

“ONILYOS ATEIX3T1sa GNV
STVNGIAIGNI 002 LV SSAN A@ GALININSG SV SNOILVLS IVWNOIDSY GSANWNS 43O SH3SLSN1D YOrVW “Ze SHNDIS

099 029 089 069 SOL, old.

aE Pat ee : BoP Yon Clip, oO
5, GON
“ wo9 5

olD

ocD

a a woo ;

68

2b wis LW SY

ZL WLS ZN
Qt WLS LIN
ZL WLS vW
ZL W1S EW
QL VLS EW
91 WLS DIN
ol VIS ZW
81 ‘VLS ZN
8 ‘vis LW
81 ‘V1S PIN
SL ‘VLS EW
LW

pW |
ew

zw

STA. 8

STA. 9

STA. 7

STA. 13 STA. 15

STA. 11

- N
22
=
STA. 12

ast

22

N=
STA. 6

oO
2
STA. 3

at
=
STA. 5

wt
=
STA. 2

nN
2
STA. 1

i, ML LANL |
ais an

ALIYVIIINIS SSAN

BLOCK 410

SUMMED REPLICATES OF M-1, M-2, M-3 AND M-4 REGIONAL STATIONS CLUSTERED BY NESS AT 50

INDIVIDUALS AND FLEXIBLE SORTING.

FIGURE 28.

“ONILYOS 318X314
GNV SIVNGIAIGNI OS LV SSAN Ad GALINITSG SV SNOILVLS TVNOIDSY GAWWNS 4O SYSALSNI1D YOrVW

099 029 089 069 oO

‘6e AYNDIS

old

oOP

ol

ot

70

“ONILYOS ADVYAAV dNOYD GNV
STVAGIAIGNI OS LV SSAN AG GAYSLSNTD SNOILVLS TVNOIDSSY ¢-W GNV &-W ‘2-W ‘L-W JO SSLV9INdSHY GAWWNS ‘O€ 3YNDIS

ZSSEE8 85
St WLS S ‘VLS @VlS bv WLS bt W.LS OL ‘WLS SL -VLS 8 -VLS a) v a a a a a) a 6 ‘VLS Z°V1S 9 ‘VLS ZL VLS €‘VLS elt VLs LL WLS
eg ESEESEESEER SEES 25E24EE5 5288 Pee ee Ge Nee cee \ ASN ae NA \
Sagano on SPESBRB32223222355 SSS58 585
BR iS asks ES nN +-~ PWN =

OL

o

N

-

ALIYWIIWIS SS3N

71

“ONILYOS JDVYESAV dNOwS GNV
STVNGIAIGNI OS LV SSAN AG GALINITAG SV SNOILVLS TVNOIDSY GSNWNS AO SYHSLSNIO YOrVW

099 oL9 089 069 oO Ld

“Le AYNDIS

old

+00

oc

72

ALIYVTIWIS LNS0Y83Sd AG GAYSLSNID SNOILVLS TIVNOIDSY F-W

9 VLS 8L VLS

Fn NENG n Gon na GaN

i S Be

:

8 VLS 9 WLS ZI ‘“VLS 6 V1iS

“ONILYOS ADVYSAV dNOYSD GNV

LL WLS €l WLS Slt -VLS S VLS @ Wis bVLS

Sains Sees ce Gane ee

Z°WLS €VLs

Zt -VLS LW
ZL WLS ZIN
9t -VLS LW
ZL WLS DW
QL -VLS ZW
9L VLS DIN
Zi VLS €IN
OL VLS EW

OL VLS ZIN

GNV €-W ‘2-W ‘L-W 4O SALVOINIdSY GSWWNS

L VLS DW
OL VLS DW
Ol VLS EW
Ol VLS LW

“ef AYNDIS

t VLS LW
| WLS EW
Lt WLS cW

+

ii Ki

‘ia

ALIYVTIINIS LN3943d

13

099

“ONILYOS JDVYSAV dNOHD GNV
ALINVIIWIS LNS0Y¥Sd AP GALINITSG SV SNOILVLS TVNOIDSY GSANWNS JO SYSALSNT19D YOrVvAN

oL9 089 069 oO dL

‘ee AYNDIS

old

oOP

ol?

oc

74

If group average sorting is used with NESS at 50 individuals, the first major
division separates the 40-80 m depth eastern stations from the rest and the next division
separates the remaining two shallow stations from the stations at 100 m depth or greater
(Figures 30-31). The deeper stations divide into 100 m and 140-150 m groups.

With the percent similarity, the most dissimilar large groups are the same as
with NESS: Stations 1, 10, and 4; Stations 2, 5, and 15; Stations 11 and 13 and the

remaining stations (Figures 32-33).

5.2.1.3 Cluster Analysis of Block 410. At Block 410, Station 18 to the west of
the rig Station 16 is clearly different from the samples taken at Stations 16 and 17,
regardless of sampling date (Figure 34). Samples from the several sampling periods are
scattered throughout the cluster diagram and any temporal trend is less obvious than
differences between stations. For example, Ampelisca agassizi is dominant at Station 18
and rare at Stations 16 and 17, whereas Paradoneis n. sp. A is the most abundant species

at Stations 16 and 17, but rare at 18.

5.2.1.4 Population Patterns of Selected Species. In an effort to determine if
drilling activities were affecting benthic populations at Block 410 stations and also at the

Mud Patch Station 13, the average densities of several species for each of the four
seasonal samples were plotted. Drilling began at Station 16 shortly after the completion
of Cruise (M1), and continued until March, 1982.

For Block 410, the densities of 10 important polychaetes, one oligochaete and
the amphipod Ampelisca agassizi were plotted (Figures 35-36). There was a general
tendency in at least two of the three stations for populations of Tharyx nr. monilaris,
Notomastus latericeus, Polycirrus sp. A and Paradoneis n. sp. A to increase from July (M1)
to February (M3) and to decline in May (M4). With the possible exception of Paradoneis n.
sp. A, there is no apparent influence of drilling activities on abundances of the species
examined. For Paradoneis n. sp. A, there is a decline in November (M2) at Station 16,
followed by a large increase in February (M3) and a subsequent decline in May (M4).
However, the large standard deviations for all three stations at all four sampling periods
suggest that the decline of this species in November (M2) is not significant.

Ampelisca agassizi is far more abundant at Station 18 than at either Station 16

or 17. Gravid females and recently hatched young were most abundant in February (M3),
which was the sampling period with the highest densities. The general population

75

S
fo)

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

re) (ce)
fo) fo)

ALIYVITWIS SSAN
76

0.7

0.8

REPLICATES OF BLOCK 410 (STATIONS 16, 17 AND 18) CLUSTERED BY NESS AT 50 INDIVIDUALS

FIGURE 34.

AND FLEXIBLE SORTING.

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

{o}

te)
M1 M2 M3 M4

STA. 16

FIGURE 35.

304

Tharyx annulosus Aricidea neosuecica

)

a

<

a

5 204
a

=

Ww

{e}

ai

a 10
Po

=)

2

(0)
Tharyx marioni 9 Aricidea catherinae

=<

>

Q

2

(=)

z

uw

fo}

c

w

a

=

=)

2

Tharyx nr. monilaris ane Paraonis sp. A

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS
r
Sis

{o)
M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. 17 STA. 18 STA. 16 STA. 17 STA. 18

AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THREE CIRRATULIDS AND THREE
PARAONIDS AT BLOCK 410 STATIONS 16, 17 AND 18 IN JULY
(M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

U7

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

30

30

20

M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. 16

FIGURE 36.

304
Notomastus latericeus a Protodorvillea gaspeensis
a
<
] 2 |

5 20
a
2
ma
fe)
i 10
oO
=
=)
2

ie)
® 30
$s

Polycirrus sp. A a Phallodrilus coeloprostratus

>
fa]
<=
o
fo)
i
Ww
o
=
=)
2

8

Paradoneis n. sp. A A Bee
Paradoneisin-)sp. 300 Ampelisca agassizi
250

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS
a
fo)

Ea 0
M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. 17 STA. 18 STA. 16 STA. 17 STA. 18

AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF SIX IMPORTANT SPECIES AT
BLOCK 410 STATIONS 16, 17 AND 18 IN JULY (M-1),
NOVEMBER (M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

7&

fluctuations observed at Station 18 were similar to those seen at Stations 6, 8 and 13, but
differed considerably from the pattern seen at Station 12. At that station, densities were

always greater than 420 per 0.04 m2

and steadily increased over all four sampling periods,
with no decline in May (M4).

Seasonal densities at Station 13 have been plotted for 12 polychaete and one
oligochaete species (Figures 37-38). All 13 species show an abrupt density drop in May
(M4), corresponding to the overall population decline (Figure 7). This decline is most
dramatic in Levensenia gracilis and Cossura longicirrata. An amphipod, Ampelisca
agassizi (not figured), also shows an abrupt decline (avg.=142/0.04m? in February (M3) to
avg.=25/0.04m2 in May (M4)]. Sharp declines from February (M3) to May (M4) are also
documented for Ninoe nigripes, Aricidea cathernae, Mediomastus fragilis, Lumbrineris
impatiens, Aricidea_suecica, Nephtys incisa, Tharyx acutus, T. annulosus and T.
dorsobranchialis. Densities of Euchone incolor also decreased in May (M4), but had also
declined in February (M3) from a peak in November (M4). The oligochaete, Limnodriloides
medioporus also dropped in density from a peak in November, but most of the decline
occurred in February (M3). Other invertebrates, such as the amphipod, Metopella angusta
and the protobranch bivalve, Nucula proxima also showed population declines in May M4)
(See Fig. 36 of Second Summary Report, BNMRL, 1982).

The population fluctuations observed at Station 13 probably represent a
sequence of normal seasonal settlement and mortality patterns. The suite of species
which dominate at Station 13 are for the most part not dominants at other stations on the
Bank. Exceptions include Ampelisca agassizi which also dominates at Station 18. This
species exhibits the same population decline in May (M4) at Stations 13 and 18, suggesting
that this is a typical seasonal pattern for this species. Preliminary results from Station 13
for the M5 (July, 1982) cruise indicate that both Cossura longicirrata and Levensenia
graclis have returned to high density levels.

5.2.2 Site-Specific Stations

5.2.2.1 Cluster Analysis. All the site-specific stations and the sampling dates
can be clustered at once using NESS at 200 individuals (m = 200) drawn from samples
consisting of all six replicates at any given sampling date pooled (Figure 39). The clearest

separation occurs between Station 5-29 and the rest of the site-specific stations. This

79

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

350

300

250

200

150

50

Levensenia gracilis

Euchone incolor Cossura longicirrata

500
Limnodriloides medioporus

Ninoe nigripes

300

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

200

M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4

FIGURE 37. AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF FIVE DOMINANT SPECIES AT
REGIONAL STATION 13 IN JULY (M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2),
FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

C
OU

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

Aricidea catherinae

100
80
60
40

20

T
(o} L

Nephtys incisa

nN
{o)

—
fe)

M1 M2 M3 M4

FIGURE 38.

Mediomastus fragilis
Lumbrineris impatiens

Aricidea suecica

Tharyx acutus

Tharyx annulosus
Tharyx dorsobranchialis

M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4

AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF EIGHT IMPORTANT SPECIES AT
REGIONAL STATION 13 IN JULY (M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2),
FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

81

ALIYWIIWIS SSAN

82

62-S ©
6c-S ©
62-S ©
62-S ©
Se-s ~
S2-s ©
S2-s ©
Sc-s ©
Oc-S ~
LES *
Ls”

OLS”

©
or
bb
FS fed pS fe BS PS
DNnDNDNDHDYN
of NE,

hss
a
/\.

M3

M4

M3

M2

M2

M1

M2

M1

SUMMED REPLICATES OF M-1, M-2, M-3 AND M-4 SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS CLUSTERED BY NESS

AT 200 INDIVIDUALS AND FLEXIBLE SORTING.

FIGURE 39.

partly results from a change in the amphipod fauna: at Station 5-29 there are higher
numbers of Ampelisca agassizi and fewer Erichthonius rubricornis and Unciola inermis
regardless of season. We attribute this change in fauna to an east-west change in
sediment composition. At Station 5-29, 6 km west of the drill site, the sediments are 50.0
+ 6.6% fine sand while at Station 5-25 4 km west of the drill site, the sediments are 14.9 +
5.0% fine sand (Figure 40). The remaining site specific stations have a lower fine sand
component.

Station 5-25 shows a tendency to cluster by itself and also has some affinities
with the February (M3) samples located south of the drill site (Stations 5-5, 5-11, 5-12, 5-
20). These stations also have a high fine sand component and cluster together in February
concurrent with the peak proportion of fine sand (Figure 41).

Excluding Stations 5-25, 5-28 and the four stations in February, the remaining
samples separate over time starting with a tight cluster of July (M1) and November (M2)
samples. February (M3) is the next most dissimilar sampling period and May (M4) is least
similar to July (M1) and November (M2). The second year of sampling will determine if
this is a seasonal pattern.

An interesting feature of this diagram is that unlike any other station, the
February (M3) and May (M4) samples at the easternmost upstream station (5-28) cluster
with the July (M1) and November (M2) samples. In other words, Station 5-28 is the only
Station that does not show the temporal changes that occur at the rest of the site-specific
stations. Because Station 5-28 changes less than the other site-specific stations during
February, it can be considered as a reference station to which the other stations can be
compared. For the comparison of each of the other site-specific stations with Station 5-
28, we calculated NESS similarity at 200 individuals. From inspection of the sediment
data, it appears that the distribution of fine sand changes during the winter months, with
the percentage of fine sand being higher in February at many of the site-specific stations.
To test whether the community changes at most of the site-specific stations in February
are related to changes in sediment composition, we have used the Spearman rank
correlation to test whether NESS similarity to Station 5-28 is correlated with percent fine
sand. There is a significant inverse correlation between NESS similarity to Station 5-28
and percent fine sand during both February (M3) and May (M4). An alternative hypothesis
is that the changes in community similarity in February may be correlated with increases
in levels of barium (used as an indicator of the distribution of drilling fluids). To rank the

stations on the basis of the potential effects of drilling fluids, we have used the data in

83

AITAHSONOT

(v-W-L-W) YVSA AYILNSA SHL
Y3AO GADVYSAV SNOILVLS OISIOAdS-SLIS AYVWIYd LV (SM) GNVS ANIS JO SDVLNSAOYSd “Ov JYNDIS

4STSHS-SSOUYO

84

“(€-W) AYVNHEASA NI SNOILVLS DIlsIOSdS-J3LIS AYVWIYd Lv (SP) GNVS 3NI4 4O ADVINAOYSd “lb SYNDIS

JTSHSONOT s Cue @

wz

4SVSHS-SSOU9

85

Bothner et al. (1982, figs. 8 and 11). There is no significant rank correlation (Spearman
rank correlation, p<.01) between the increase of barium from July (M1) to May (M4) and
the NESS (m = 200 individuals) similarities to Station 5-28 for data from either February
(M3) or May (M4).

When comparing NESS at 50 individuals, the pattern is similar but less obvious
as would be expected if the differences seen depend heavily on some of the less common
species (Figure 42).

When all of the replicates are used separately as illustrated by the figures for
November (M2) and May (M4) (Figures 43 and 44), the only completely consistent
separation is the westernmost Station 5-29. Other stations where the replicates tend to
group with each other are Station 5-25 in November (M2) and Stations 5-20, 5-22, 5-25 and
5-28 in May (M4). There is some affinity between most of the replicates of Stations 5-20,
5-22 and 5-25 and a few replicates of Stations 5-12 and 5-14 in May (M4).

Based on cluster analysis, none of the samples from the site-specific stations

are very dissimilar with the exception of Station 5-29.

5.2.2.2 Population Analysis of Species Along a Barium Gradient. The results of
trace metal analysis presented by Bothner et al. (1982) show increased levels of bulk

sediment barium at several site-specific stations. Those stations showing the highest
magnitude of change (M4 levels compared to M1 levels) were Stations 5-8, 5-2 and 5-1,
with 2.5, 2.4 and 2.3 times as much barium in May (M4) as in July (M1) (Bothner et al.,
1982332, fig. 8). Stations 5-10 and 5-25 are downcurrent of the rig site, and had 1.6 and 1.5
times as much barium in May (M4) as in July (M1). Station 5-28, at the furthest point
upcurrent from the rig, had only 1.1 times as much barium. No clear increase in barium
occurred at Station 2, the upcurrent control station on Transect 1. Because barium is a
major constituent of the drilling muds used on the Bank, the increased levels at certain
stations can be regarded as an indication of the dispersal of the drilling muds around the
rig. Using these barium levels as a basis for a gradient, the total number of individuals
and the densities of 24 species abundant at these seven stations were plotted. The semi-
submersible rig ROWAN MIDLAND arrived in Block 312 on November 21, immediately
after completion of Cruise M2 and drilling started on December 8, 1981.

Figure 45 shows the average number of individuals of all infaunal species at
these stations. Although the standard deviations of all samples are large, different trends

can be detected. At Stations 5-8, 5-2 and 5-1, the stations closest to the rig, there was a

86

ALIYWIINIS SS3N

87

1.0

VLS pW
VLS LW
VLS EN
VLS ZN
VLS EW
VLS vIN
VLS ZIN

“WLS LIN
“WLS CIN
“WLS CIN
“WLS EIN
“WLS CIN
“VLS CIN
“WLS CIN
“VLS EIN
“WLS EIN
“WLS EIN
“WLS EIN
“WLS CIN
“VLS EIN
“WLS CIN
“WLS EIN
“VLS EIN
“VLS DIN
“WLS DIN
“VLS VIN
“VLS DIN
“VLS DIN
‘VLS VIN
“VLS VIN

“WLS DIN
“WLS DIN
“VLS VIN
“WLS VIN
“WLS DIN
“VLS VIN
“WLS VIN
“WLS DIN
“WLS VIN
“WLS LIN
“VLS LIN
“VLS LIN
“VLS LIN
“WLS LIN
“WLS ZIN
“VLS VIN
“WLS EIN
“WLS ZN
“WLS ZIN
“WLS ZIN
“VLS ZN
“WLS ZIN
“WLS EIN
“WLS ZIN
‘VLS CIN
“VLS LIN
“WLS LIN
“VLS LIN
“WLS ZN
“WLS ZIN
“VLS ZIN
“WLS ZIN
“WLS ZIN
“WLS ZIN
“WLS ZIN
“VLS ZN
“WLS LIN
“VLS LIN
“VLS LIN
“WLS ZIN
“VLS LIN
“VLS LIN
“WLS LIN
“VLS LIN
“WLS LIN

FIGURE 42.

SUMMED REPLICATES OF M-1, M-2, M-3 AND M-4 SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS CLUSTERED BY NESS AT 50

INDIVIDUALS AND FLEXIBLE SORTING.

ill

Ala of

IL

ALISWTIWIS SS3N

JL

v=

aealiitamo, Ali

REPLICATES OF M-2 SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS CLUSTERED BY NESS AT 50 INDIVIDUALS AND

10

ws
wis
wis
wis
ws
wis
wis
wis
wis
vis
wis
wis

FIGURE 43.

FLEXIBLE SORTING.

—

ALISWTIWIS SS3N

89

10

vis
wis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
wis
vis
vis
wis
vis
vis
wis
wis
wis
wis
vis
vis
wis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis

“vis

vis
vis
vis
vis
wis

“wis
‘wis

vis

wis

vis
wis
vis
vis

‘wis
“WLS

vis
vis
wis
wis
wis
wis

wis
“wis

vis
vis
vis

wis

vs

“Vis
“Vis
“wis

wis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
wis
wis
wis
wis
wis
wis
vis
wis
wis
wis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
vis
wis
vis
wis
vis
vis
wis
wis
wis
wis
wis
wis
wis
vis
ws
wis
wis
vis
wis
wis
wis
vis
vis
wis

50 INDIVIDUALS AND
LUSTERED BY NESS AT

-4 SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS C

REPLICATES OF M-4 S

FLEXIBLE SORTING.

FIGURE 44.

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

1000

2219

M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. 5-8 STA. 5-2 STA. 5-1 STA. 5-10 STA. 5-25 STA. 5-28 STA: 2

FIGURE 45.

AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION AT SELECTED SITE-SPECIFIC
STATIONS AND REGIONAL STATION 2 IN JULY (M-1),
NOVEMBER (M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

90

decrease in faunal densities from July (M1) to November (M2), with a good recovery in
February (M3) continuing through May (M4). Stations 5-10 and 5-25, downcurrent of the
rig, did not exhibit a decline in total numbers until February (M3); these stations also
’ showed a strong recovery in May (M4). Stations 5-28 and 2, the farthest upcurrent of the
rig, did not demonstrate decreases in either November (M2) or February (M3), but
exhibited gradual increases in total density throughout all four seasonal sampling periods.
Station 5-28 can be considered to function as an upcurrent control station for the site-
specific array. Station 2 also is an upcurrent control, but to a lesser extent, since some
species which are abundant at site-specific stations are rare at Station 2.

Because of the relatively large standard deviations associated with each mean,
it is not possible at this time to attach a high level of statistical significance to these
observed patterns. In order to determine if the observed pattern of the overall fauna is
repeated for individual species, we have plotted the densities of 24 species of amphipods,
polychaetes and oligochaetes at these stations. Some preliminary data on reproduction of

6 syllid polychaete species and size class data on one maldanid polychaete are also
presented in an effort to determine if reproduction or recruitment can explain the

observed patterns.

Unciola inermis (Figure 46) follows the overall pattern in a general manner
except that there is poor recovery in February (M3) at Stations 5-8 and 5-2, and it
continues to decline in February (M3) at Station 5-1. At Stations 5-10 and 5-25, densities
of U. inermis decrease in both November (M2) and February (M3). These declines are also
seen at the control Station 5-28 in November (M2) and February (M3), but they are not as
strong. Densities recover well at all stations in May (M4). Unciola inermis was rare at
Station 2 and is therefore not included in Figure 46. The distribution of U. inermis is
related to sediment grain size characteristics: densities of this species are low at stations
with a high percentage of fine sand. For example, there is a significant inverse
correlation (Spearman rank correlation coefficient, p< .05) between the density of U.
inermis and percent fine sand in February (M3).

Erichthonius rubricornis (Figure 46) shows the most dramatic population
decline in the vicinity of the rig site. Average density of this species declines in

November (M2) at Stations 5-8, 5-2 and 5-1 followed by continuing severe declines in
February (M3), with poor recovery in May (M4). Stations 5-10 and 5-25 show virtual

elimination of the species in February (M3) with poor recovery in May (M4). A totally

different pattern is seen at the control Station 5-28, with populations steadily increasing

91

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS
a
fo)

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS
i)
8

a
fo}

Unciola inermis

1120

Erichthonius rubricornis

M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M

STA. 5-8

FIGURE 46.

STA. 5-2 STA. 5-1 STA. 5-10 STA. oom mers ele

AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF UNCIOLA INERMIS' AND
ERICHTHONIUS RUBRICORNIS AT SELECTED SITE-SPECIFIC
STATIONS IN JULY (M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3)
AND MAY (M-4).

92

from July (M1) through February (M3) when there are extreinely high numbers, followed
by a decline in May (M4). However, the high average density at Station 5-28 for February
(M3) is due to only two of the six replicates. Four replicates contained from 5 to 20 E.
rubricornis, but two others contained densities of 576 and 1717 individuals each. Only
one individual of this species was collected at Station 2, on Cruise M2. The distribution of
E. rubricornis is also clearly related to sediment characteristics. It is similar to U.
inermis in preferring coarser sediments, for instance, there is a significant correlation
(Spearman rank correlation coefficient, p < .05) between high densities of E. rubricornis
and high percentages of gravel in February (M3).

The oligochaete species Phallodrilus coeloprostratus (Figure 47) generally
declines at the site-specific stations, including Station 5-28. At Station 5-2 and Regional
Station 2 there is a decline in November (M2) and an increase in May (M4).

Protodorvillea kefersteini, a dorvilleid polychaete, follows the general pattern
very Closely (Figure 47). This species is rare at Station 5-25 and at Station 2.

The six species of syllid polychaetes analyzed generally follow the basic
pattern described above for total individuals (Figures 48-50). Exogone verugera,
Parapionosyllis longicirrata, Syllides benedicti and Streptosyllis arenae all repeat the
pattern, but densities of E. hebes did not decline at all at Station 5-8 and densities of
Sphaerosyllis sp. A did not decline at Station 5-1. These six species differ in the timing of
reproductive events (Tables 6 and 7), suggesting that recruitment of juveniles to the
benthos may not be important in explaining differences between stations.

Fourteen species of polychaetes exhibit varying degrees of adherence to the
general pattern (Figures 50-54). Aricidea catherinae, A. cerruti, and Euclymene sp. A
follow this pattern closely, while 11 others depart from it in various ways at Stations 5-8
and 5-1. Some preliminary size class data is available for Euclymene sp. A (Table 8).
Percentages of juveniles (<5 mm) at five of the six site-specific stations gradually
increased from July (M1) through November (M2) and February (M3) and declined in May
(M4). Values at Station 5-10 were slightly lower in November (M2) than in July (M1), but
increased in February (M3). These values indicate recruitment to the benthos through
reproduction in summer and fall. However, the pattern is essentially the same at all
stations, regardless of distance from the drilling site, which implies that, as for the
syllids, reproductive events cannot be used to explain differences in patterns of changes in

densities.

93

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

M1 M2 M3 M4 M1
STA. 5-8

FIGURE 47.

Protodorvillea kefersteini

Phallodrilus coeloprostratus

M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4

STA. 5-2 STA. 5-1 STA. 5-10 STA. 5-25 STA. 5-28 STA. 2

AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF PROTODORVILLEA KEFERSTEINI
AND PHALLODRILUS COELOPROSTRATUS AT SELECTED
SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS AND REGIONAL STATION 2 IN JULY
(M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2). FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

94

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

260 Exogone verugera

Exogone hebes

40 4 1
| i lis
°

M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 wat ue M4
STA. 5-8 STA. 5-2 STA. 5-1 STA. 5-10 STA. 5-25 STA. 5-28

FIGURE 48. AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF EXOGONE VERUGERA AND E.
HEBES AT SELECTED SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS AND
REGIONAL STATION 2 IN JULY (M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2),
FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

ee)

T : Sphaerosyllis sp. A
320-4 ] pe PHACKOSsvINS

8

=
a
fo)

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS
@
°
—_—

8
tt

8 8

8

60

40

; J [ |
Uiaiaus

231 234

160

oan Parapionosyllis longicirrata
9120
<
a
5 100
a
=
uw 80
fo}
rf
ui 60
=
=)
2 40

: E) eT |
M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. 5-8 STA. 5-2 STA. 5-1 STA. 5-10 STA. 5-25 STA. 5-28 STA. 2

FIGURE 49. AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF SPHAEROSYLLIS SP. A AND
PARAPIONOSYLLIS LONGICIRRATA AT SELECTED SITE-
SPECIFIC STATIONS AND REGIONAL STATION 2 IN JULY (M-
1), NOVEMBER (M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

96

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

Syllides benedicti

Streptosyllis arenae

Schistomeringos caeca

M1 M2 M3 M4 muon

STA. 5-8 STA. om mora eee Oral aa pera 5

—

FIGURE 50. AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THREE COMMON SPECIES AT
SELECTED SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS AND REGIONAL STATION
2 IN JULY (M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3) AND
MAY (M-4).

OT,

TABLE 6. OBSERVATIONS ON THE REPRODUCTION OF SIX SPECIES OF

SYLLIDAE.
Percent Percent
Species Cruise Juveniles Reproductive
Exogone verugera M-1 0 0
M-2 19 2.5 (gametes)
M-3 18.6 2.8 gametes &
larvae
M-4 9.6 0
Exogone hebes M-1 39.6 1.0
(eggs & young)
M-2 43.4 6.6
(gametes)
M-3 35.6 0.4
(eggs & larvae)
M-4 48.6 0.1
(eggs & larvae)
Sphaerosyllis sp. A M-1 26.0 10.0
M-2 75.0 0
M-3 81.0 0
M-4 71.8 0
Parapionosyllis longicirrata M-1 2.1 5.6 (eggs)
M-2 60.0 0
M-3 46.0 0
M-4 49.4 10.8 (eggs)
Syllides benedicti M-1 26.0 0
M-2 43.0 0
M-3 42.0 14
(eggs & larvae)
M-4 60.0 17

(eggs & larvae)

Streptosyllis arenae M-1 20.8 0
M-2 0.8 1.0 (gametes)
M-3 39.0 0.01
M-4 14.0 0.001

98

TABLE 7. SUMMARY OF TIMING OF REPRODUCTIVE EVENTS IN SIX SPECIES OF
SYLLIDAE ON GEORGES BANK.

SPECIES M-1 M-2 M-3 M-4

Exogone verugera SS a ee

Exogone hebes pa ees es pt

Sphaerosyllis sp. A

Parapionosyllis longicirrata

Syllides benedicti

Streptosyllis arenae eee HE pes i

major reproductive events
-—- rare occurrence of reproductive individuals

9

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

fe}
M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 Mi M2 M3 M4
STA. 5-2

STA. 5-8

FIGURE 51.

STA. 5-1

M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. 5-10

Aricidea catherinae

Aricidea cerruti

Caulleriella sp. B

Aglaophamus circinata

M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. 5-25 STA. 5-28 STA. 2

AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF FOUR SPECIES AT SELECTED
SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS AND REGIONAL STATION 2 IN JULY
(M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

100

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

Tharyx acutus

SO)

45-4

404

25
20
15
: hat il A aetis.

a

Tharyx annulosus

70 Tharyx sp. A
60
50
40
30
20
10
2 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. 5-8 STA. 5-2 STA. 5-1 STA. 5-10 STA. 5-25 STA. 5-28 STA. 2

FIGURE 52. AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THREE CIRRATULIDS AT
SELECTED SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS AND REGIONAL STATION
2 IN JULY (M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3) AND
MAY (M-4).
lul

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

100 Polygordius sp. A

100
90 Euclymene sp. A.
80
70
60
50
40 c
30
20
i
50
Chone duneri
40 AS A
30
20
10
2 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4

STA. 5-8 STA. 5-2 STA. 5-1 STA. 5-10 STA. 5-25 STA. 5-28

FIGURE 53. AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THREE SPECIES AT SELECTED
SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS IN JULY (M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2),
FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

luz

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS

Novaquesta trifurcata

Notomastus latericeus

Scalibregma inflatum

to)
M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4
STA. 5-8 STA. 5-2 STA. 5-1 STA. 5-10 STA. 5-25 STA. 5-28 STA. 2

FIGURE 54. AVERAGE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER 0.04 M2 + ONE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THREE SPECIES AT SELECTED
SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS AND REGIONAL STATION 2 IN JULY
(M-1), NOVEMBER (M-2), FEBRUARY (M-3) AND MAY (M-4).

105

TABLE 8.

Station

5-8

5-2

5-1

5-25

5-28

PERCENTAGE OF JUVENILES (<5 mm) OF EUCLYMENE sp. A AT
SIX SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS FOR FOUR SEASONAL SAMPLING

PERIODS

17.0

17.4

22.2

104

34.0

32.5

16.5

46.0

BY/ 38)

26.5

51.0

26.3

7.1

13.0

10.5

12.6

12.0

Scalibregma inflatum (Figure 54) departs completely from the general pattern
by showing only a slight variation in population density from July (M1) to February (M3),
and a substantial increase in May (M4). This increase is not as great at the control
Stations 5-28 and 2.

Two bivalve molluscs, Cyclocardia borealis and Cerastoderma pinnulatum (not
figured), exhibit density patterns related to those described for total individuals. C.
pinnulatum decreased in total density from July (M1) through May (M4) at all six site-
specific stations, but the numbers of individuals retained on the 0.3 mm screen were
highest during July (M1) and February (M3). This suggests recruitment at those times, yet
total numbers declined throughout. The density of C. borealis declined in November (M2)
at Stations 5-2, 5-10 and 5-25, but not at Stations 5-8 or 5-1. Since the patterns at
Stations 5-8 and 5-1 were similar to the control Station 5-28, results are inconclusive for

these two species.
5.3 Sediments

Sediment grain size analyses from regional stations indicated that, with the
exception of Station 13, the sediments consisted of greater than 95% sand. Station 13, as

sampled in July (M1), consisted of 50% very fine sand and 50% silt/clay. Station 13A,
established in May (M4), consisted of 82% silt/clay. The higher percentage of silt/clay at

Station 13A supports the contention that this is even more of a depositional area than
Station 13. Figures 55 and 56 are cumulative curves for the average of six replicate
samples from each regional station collected in May (M4). Similar curves, plotted but not
presented here for the primary site-specific stations centered around Regional Station 5,
indicated that 18 of the 19 stations were nearly similar in sediment composition. The
exception is Station 5-29, which had higher percentages of finer sediments. This station
also appeared dissimilar to the others in terms of faunal composition and diversity (see
above). The percentage of fine sand at site-specific stations was generally higher in
February (M3) than in November (M2) or May (M4). Tables D-1 and D-2 in Appendix D
give the average percent composition of gravel, very coarse sand, coarse sand, medium
sand, fine sand, very fine sand, silt and clay for each collecting period for site-specific

stations and Block 410 Stations 16, 17, and 18, respectively.

105

CUMULATIVE WEIGHT PERCENT

FIGURE 55. CUMULATIVE SEDIMENT CURVES FOR
THE AVERAGE OF SIX REPLICATES
FROM REGIONAL STATIONS, CRUISE M—4.

VERY VERY
GRAVEL COARSE COARSE MEDIUM FINE FINE SILT CLAY

mm —— SAND WA W_______ —jMuD—~=
106

CUMULATIVE WEIGHT PERCENT

99.99

99.9
99.8

Stations

FIGURE 56. CUMULATIVE SEDIMENT CURVES FOR

THE AVERAGE OF SIX REPLICATES
FROM REGIONAL STATIONS,
0.05 CRUISE M-4.

0.01 §

VERY GOARSE MEDIUM FINE VERY

SILT AY
COARSE FINE os

GRAVEL

———— id ved VU) oy tile

107

5.4 Bottom Photographs

The stations for which useful film footage was obtained and analyzed for
cruises Ml through M4 are shown in Table 9. The stations photographed, number of
frames exposed, and quality of the film were all affected by several factors.

The bottom contact switch failed to operate at several regional stations on
Cruise M2. The camera was lost on that cruise when a large swell caused the hydrowinch
wire to snap. The camera was later recovered, but most of the site-specific stations were
not photographed.

Mechanical problems during Cruise M3 reduced the number and quality of
photographs obtained. A strobe malfunction caused the areas photographed to be poorly
illuminated, if at all. Rapid advancement of the film resulted in only alternate frames
being exposed, and no film was exposed at several regional stations.

Rough seas prevented camera use for much of Cruise M4. Although many
stations were reoccupied for camera work, the focal point of the strobe was misaligned
when the bottom contact switch wire was shortened, resulting in very dark and therefore
unusable photographs for many M4 stations. This dark film was stepped-up during
development in an effort to overcome the problem; however, this was only partially
successful.

If available, at least 6 frames from each station/cruise were analyzed for
microtopographical features and densities of visible epifauna. A descriptive summary of
the results of this analysis is presented in Table 10. The qualitative information
developed through inspection of the photographs complimented the quantitative results of
the infaunal grab analysis in several ways. It confirmed the patchy distribution of certain
species, particularly the sand dollar, Echinarachnius parma, whose numbers varied widely
in replicate grab samples at Stations 1, 4 and 10. Seasonal changes in topographical
features such as ripple marks became apparent. Of particular interest was the potential
accumulation of drilling muds or cuttings around the 2 drilling rigs. No such accumula-

tions were noted in any of the photographs examined.

5.4.1 Microtopography of Regional Stations

Several regional stations, generally those at the same depth interval, showed

similarities in surface topography, amount of detritus or biological cover, and sediment

108

SUOTJEIS DTJIDedG-a11g Ayepuodas = x

x x x x x x x x X x h-W
Xx x x x x x xX x xX €-W
x Xx x x x x x X x x x x x x Z-W
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x XX x I-W

SNOILVLS TVNOIDAY

n-W
x x x x x x Xx x x x x x x XX x X x €-W
x Xx x X Z-W
x Xx Xx x x x x X Xx x Xx Xx X x X I-W

62-S B2-S SCS CCG OZ-S x6I-S BI-S 9I-S tHI-S ZI-S TI-S OI-G 6-€ 8-6 xl-S 9-6 G-G tS €-G 2-6 I-¢

SNOILVLS OISIDddS-S3LIS

SASINUD ONISOLINOW INV SADYOAD
NO GsANIVIGO SVM ADVLOOA WIld TNAASN HOIHM WOU SNOILVIS 6 ATGVL

109

ssojddia soy {419A OUWIOS SMOYS E-1Y

*yUdIIND

(40310qg JO QdUapIAs awWos AT qtssod
‘stiqop pue ysey [Jays a1olu soLuty
Auew SMOYS ¢-1A) $UI0}1OqG pa4inoyUOS
solu ‘Yysey Jays diowW sey Z-W tJorpos
BoPJINS FO JUNOWe Seay SMOYS [-W

*€-\N Ul SLaqap Jay1o pur sjuaW3eI}
[J@ys a4ow Ing ‘seyIwis ¢-\W pue |-/W

*[-\W Ul JUasaad OU
‘¢-\y) pue Z-\\ Ul Satddi4 Jo aduapIAg

*Z-1N UL UP UOWULUOD sso]
‘youllsip ssay soyddt4 4-w pue [-w

“APPS 4-1 pur ‘Z-W ‘1-1

ssajddia inoyim
“PIJ wo1l0g F-W $Z-W Ul asoy2
uvyl 1ourIsIp ssay yonu soyddia [-w

ssayddia [Jews Maz ITM H-IN “E-W 40
Z-\V Ul asoyd UPYI JeOTIJaWIWWAS JJOW
sojddia t-w f¢-w ul eulued -qy s9M2.4

SoIn easy I1uasoIq
soy idadxa YloolUS pure IPT} APSO st WoI}0gG
tysey [Joys ouly so iuNotue FPetus yItM ‘Apues

*sounyeoy
dIuasolq JoJ 1dodx9 Y1oOLUS pur 1P]] SI 0}10q
fsnilajep pue ysey [Joys surf yt IIS pUe pues

*yUapPIAd
sounieay dtuasolq {snitilap awos YIN IIS pue pues

“(€-W

“7-1) satddia peorsyomuudse “avepndast YL JO ([-\N)
1e]J WoI0g {snit4jap Jo iuNOWe 93841e] ‘puRS 9SIPOD
*yuanboiy pue

‘mo] ‘snonulluoosip ‘eotsyoutuAse sojddii fApuesg

*JUDPIAD SAINI e|J

dtuasorg fsayddia ou $snitsjop aWos YIM pues pur IIIS

*yuanbaay
‘mo] ‘snonuliuoosip ‘;rorsawtuAse sajddri tsayddra
Jo sysnon ul JUdIUIPas Jas41POD YIM parsos ‘Apurs

‘yuanbasy ‘moj ‘snonuluoosip ‘peotsauiwAse sojddi4
fsajddi4a yo sysno4y ur ysey [Joys outy yim ‘Apues

‘guely A19A9 1SOW]E Ul S9DURIIUD Wong fprountydo
oBavy | xp YStparys ouuos ‘ayqisIA stustuvdso Mo.

*yuosoijd

osfe poazyeosoy Aype4siuad Sodued1Ua MOWING YIM
suotssoidap aoeyins Aue fa]qistA SooueIIUa MO1INgG
palenrgjo ‘yeotuod Aueiu ‘afqistA SlustueB40 Mo4

*sffoys eonoay Aidwe Aueiu $eoulanssey

Ppuewily puke ssnyo *f) osTR ‘uowWoD ‘ds sPTiaisy
*S|Toys PONY

Aidiua fuowwos seliaisy » Ploual Selioiseiday

“sipeajog JOOURD ‘SSNYD “fF, Maj e {sTfays POrpurys!
Ponoiy Aidwa sewed -y ‘aejjop pues Aq paieunuog

*sqfoys easy Aidwa Aue *paiou osye snot
-UP]Jadew Ua}dedooe]q »» ssnyo slokydosp fuowiuo ‘ds

SNOSIPOUDID W PlauUal Seliaiseiday ‘StaPD|NA SeIJosy

*U9aS S[JOYs POIpury]s!
PoMoly » ‘StIBBINA Seisaisy | ‘ds eley |
‘Snolur|JadseU! Ualoodoor]q | fafqisiA stuustueds0 Ma-]

*sawieay awos ul ssnyo sfokydoayy
puv ‘ds efey {sjjays eorpurys! eonoay Aidwa
spurned sniuyseseuryod ‘ueyjop pues Aq poreunuog

9

(suol1e1S)
*SS PUP)
S

h-W “SA €-W “SA Z-W “SA I-W

Aydesadodoy adeying » s}UuDWIP|S

P101g

SUOI}E}S [BUOIZay

SISATVNV OLOHd WOLLOW AO SLINSAY AO AUVWWNS 01 DIUV LE

110

DIPII9dg-9lG = Sx

ssopddta yaa ¢-3y
fapyiwis H-1y pue Z-\y “suoTssaidap
BUIpaoy pue SsNyd “A SHOT T-W

*sofddia yin ¢-\y
*1P[J Wo1l0g f-1W pure ‘7-1 ‘T-IN

ssotddra yam ¢-1y fysey
I[T9YS YIGISIA ssa] puke snitajep si0oW
SPY [-W H4PTWts h-IN fZ-W STN

“auUeAy ssooe Yysnos1 pue adpti

adie] MOYS UdIJO SaWeIy Z-W fZ-W
ueyi podunouolid asow sayddia 7-w

“OIQRITEAR LITT H-WW JO “¢-WW ‘Z-W
ou fuolinjosad jood ‘yaPp wit [-w

“ALTTUUIS [TB H-WW Pur “E-W “Z-W “T-IN
*sayddia inoyitm 4-W “paynfoAuod pue

jejnsasat Ata sarddts 7-y faeaury
pue yeotaawwaAs asow sayddii [-\w

“JETIWIS H-|N PUR Z-LY ‘T-IN

sotddia yam
Z-W ‘yloous Ay1soWw WoI0g [-\W

‘luasoid suotssoidop Burpaaj-ysty
SsNldap 9S1COD JO JBAOD B YA IJIS DUB pues

*E-W Ul Safddia peoraiuiuAs ‘papunos aivos ing ‘1e]F
(wolloq tsnjldap pue ysey Jfays oury YyIrmM Apues

*luapIAa oie sajddia moy uay.w ¢-\W UT Ida0Xxe 1eTy
U10110q fAIIAIIDP BUIpaaf-Ysl} JO uaptAa awos fysey
T]9YS PUB sNITep Jo BulsaAod YIM pues asse07)

*AdauWAS pue fazts ‘uole1uatso
ut Aaea ‘aejndaaut Aston sajddta fsuorssasdap ut
snit4jap 10 stiqap Jo saydied yews yim Apues

*saddis pRorsowuAse pausoj-sjam ‘adsP]
0} 1e]J Wor SatseA AydesaBodoi ‘sjuawWBeIy
IT9Ys Maj e pure snyiiiep atuos YyItTM ‘Apues

*suoIssoidap Moy] eys
Jews 10J 1dadxe ssajoinjeay pue 1e]} Wo110q
tsnildap 1ysty fauly awos YIM IJIS pue pues

*SNONUT]UODSIP
aepndos fyeotayawuwAse pue eoraawws
yroq sojddi4 fsnirszap ou 30 37131] ‘Apues

*SOWPRIT UJIMIAq SatIeA Satddis yo yUaWdoOTaAap
pue uolejUatJoO fsnonuluoosip ‘;eoraawWAsSeE
Gejndaiat sajddia fysey jpays awos yam ‘Apues

“snonuljUuoosip ‘Moy ‘feotsawwAse
sajddis ftyysey [Jays aury ‘snatszap awos yim ‘Apues

*UOLULUOD Pi9uaI
stiiaiseiday] pue ‘ds seriaysy ‘ssny> stoAydoayy

*sqPays PONDIy Aidwia !yuasaid Ja1seaIOG pure ‘ds
SPlJoisy ‘Pigual seliaiseiday ‘arqisia suustuesi0 M24

"UOWIUOD

S1UsWIZeIJ PUB S][aysS UaldadooeR,q pue PoMo4y Aidwa
‘ ‘

tuasoid sjaa ayeus pue ssnyd stoXkydoap ‘eoursn tay

epuewt7y “ds efey fuouiwoo eioual selioiseiday

*juaseid sjjays eoNd4ay Aidwoa “ds eley

*juasoid Ysty41e1s

*juasoud os[e s[joys
eonoiy Aidwa pue sqeid iwiay ‘eouldnaday Bpuewi 7
‘ewed -¥ ‘snosauinu «ds serdaisy pure ds snosipousala

*syToys eoNdsy Aidwa ‘uourwoo ‘ds serieisy ‘eued -q

*juasoid
sl[eaioq JaoueD pue ‘ds efey fsjjays eolpueyst
eonoay Aidwa fewsed °y ‘uejjop pues Xq pareurwoqg

*luasaid sifeasoq JauRD

SI

1A

9T

a

|

Zl

TI

Ol

6

h-W “SA €-W “SA Z-W “SA [-W

Aydesdo0do] a0eyang 9» syUuIWIpas

PION

suojeys jeuolday

(penunuod): OT ATIAV.L

111

type. Although differences were often noted between frames taken at a single station on
a particular cruise, and also between cruises, the following general groupings of stations

can be delineated.

I, Stations 1, 4, and 10, approximate depth 60 m

Sediment sandy, well-sorted, without detritus. Small amount of
fine shell hash in troughs of ripples. Small, discontinuous, frequent,

asymmetrical ripples present.

II. Stations 2 and 11 - depth between 70 and 80 m

These two stations are similar to Stations 1, 4, and 10. Sediment is
coarser, with some detritus and larger shell fragments present. The

ripples are symmetrical, and more linear.

Ill. Stations 3, 6, and 12 - approximate depth 100 m

These stations are characterized by silty sediment covered with

detritus and shell fragments. The shell fragments are of all sizes and
most are partially covered with detritus. The bottom is flat except for

some biogenic features. Station 7 is similar but has less detritus and

shell fragments.

IV. Stations 8 and 9 - depth 145 m

Sediment is sand and silt, with a small amount of fine detritus and

fine shell hash. There is some contour to the bottom. Ripples are not
very distinct but some low, rounded, symmetrical ripples are present.

Biogenic features are evident, most are faint trails across the sediment.

112

V. Stations 16, 17, and 18 - depth 140-145 m

The Block 410 stations are situated very close together and are
very similar. Sediment consists of sand and silt with some fine and
medium textured detritus. The bottom is flat but not smooth. There are

many biogenic features and disturbed areas.

Photographs from Stations 14 and 15 are of poor quality, partially due to water
turbidity. It can be seen that the bottom is very irregular. Ripples and bottom contour
vary. There appears to be very little detritus or shell fragments.

The differences in these groups seem to be a function of the presence and
strength of water currents. The shallower stations of group I have obvious ripples and
well-sorted sediment without detritus indicating a higher energy environment. In
contrast, the deeper stations of groups II and III have relatively featureless surfaces with
fine sediment and are littered with more shell fragments and a more uniform cover of
detritus or biological material.

The degree of water movement varies not only between different areas but
also between seasons. The photographs show similar seasonal changes for nearly all
stations. This is illustrated by photographs from Block 410, Stations 16, 17, and 18
(Figures 57-62). There are concurrent changes in surface topography and detritus cover.
As the bottom becomes more contoured and ripples begin to form, the amount of detritus
is reduced. Photographs from M1 and M4 are most similar, reflecting more stable
conditions during July and May. The bottom has less contour and the fine detritus is
uniformly distributed. M2 and M3 photographs, taken during November and February,
show irregular surface topography and patchy, coarser detritus. M3 (February) photo-

graphs in particular show rippled sediment at most stations.

5.4.2 Microtopography of Site-Specific Stations
The site-specific stations, located at Regional Station 5, at an average depth

of 80 m are all very similar. Most are characterized by poorly sorted, sandy sediment
with some silt; a fairly uniform cover of medium-to-coarse detritus; shell fragments of all

sizes and flat surface topography with many biogenic features.
As in the regional stations, consistent seasonal changes can be seen (Figures

63-65). The above description of site-specific stations is most accurate for Cruise Ml

Lis}

FIGURE 57. REGIONAL STATION 16

A. July, 1981 (M-1). Note scattered shell debris and large mounds
indicative of a burrowing animal.

B. November, 1981 (M-2). Greater amount of shell hash and coarse
sediment present.

Se. see)

% ay

ee,
Lm

6B neue: (Meeks

FIGURE 58. REGIONAL STATION 16.

February, 1982 (M-3). Bottom appears slightly rippled.

May, 1982 (M-4). Irregular rows of animal burrows and fine
shell hash are evident. Less coarse sand present and more silt
seen than in February, 1982 (M-3). Note flounder, Paralichthys
dentatus, in lower left quadrant.

FIGURE 59. REGIONAL STATION 17

July, 1981 (M-1). One small asteroid, Leptasterias tenera is
present in the right half of this frame. Burrow entrances and
animal traces are present in the center.

November, 1981 (M-2). Several large feeding depressions, probably
formed by demersal fish, are evident. Shell hash is present in
moderate amounts and sediment is coarser than that seen in
February, 1982 (M-3) and May, 1982 (M-4) photographs.

FIGURE 60. REGIONAL STATION 17

February, 1982 (M-3). Symmetrical, discontinuous ripples were
characteristic of this station in February. A few bicgenic
features and small amounts of shell hash are evident.

May, 1982 (M-4). Bottom is enly slightly rippled, with some
fine shell debris present in troughs. Sediment is finer than
that seen in February, 1982 (M-3) photographs. Urophycis sp.
present in upper left quadrant.

FIGURE 61. REGIONAL STATION 18

July, 1981 (M-1). Sediment appears to be sand overlain by
biological mat, mostly Ampelisca tubes.

November, 1981 (M-2). Biological mat is less evident, but
several small depressions are noticeable. A Urophycis sp.
sits in the center of one such feature.

<i

ae
+.
i
.
:

FIGURE 62. REGIONAL STATION 18

February, 1982 (M-3). Bottom shows high relief, with irregular
discontinuous ripples and depressions. Shell hash has been
deposited in depressions and sediment is slightly coarser than
that in November, 1982 (M-2) and May, 1982 (M-4) photographs.

May, 1982 (M-4). Bottom appears flat, with Arctica valves in
irregular rows. Several small Asterias vulgaris are present.

A.

FIGURE 63. SITE-SPECIFIC STATION 5-1

July, 1981 (M-1). Sandy sediments covered by a dense biological
mat, and many small asteroids (Leptasterias tenera and Asterias
vulgaris are typical of this station.

February, 1982 (M-3). Starfish are fewer in number, and bottom
is characterized by irregular, discontinuous ripples.

FA geen

FIGURE 64. SITE-SPECIFIC STATION 5-10

July, 1981 (M-1). -A dense biological mat covers the bottom.
Several starfish, a sand eel, Omochelys cruentifer, and a skate,

Raja sp.., are present near the center of the frame.

February, 1982 (M-3). Biological cover is reduced, although
several starfish are present. Bottom is characterized by very
irregular, discontinuous ripples.

PIGUNE 65. SiTz-SPEIGMe UG SUAIMON Soli.

July, 1981 (M-1). A dense biological mat is present, and several
Leptasterias tenera.

February, 1982 (M-3). The biological cover is reduced, and the
bottom is characterized by discontinuous, irregular ripples.

(July). Contrary to the results of the sediment grain size analysis, the bottoin
photographs at many of these same stations during Cruise M3 (February) appear to show
coarser sediment with very little detritus present, less fine shell hasn and more large
fragments. The bottom is not smooth but irregular and sculptured, sometimes with ripples
and large troughs present.

There are, however, several site-specific stations with unique characteristics.
Site-Specific Station 5-29 is distinct in the larger amounts of Arctica shells and fragments
covering its surface. The fragments vary in size and most are partially covered by
sediment. Photographs from this station did not show any seasonal changes.

Photographs from M3 Site-Specific Stations 5-12, 5-16, 5-22, and 5-28 show a
great change in sediment and detritus compared to MI and M2. The M3 photographs show
dark, coarse, sometimes clumped sediment or detritus, usually accumulated in depressions
or troughs.

Another unusual feature, present only in the M3 photographs, is the appear-
ance of small, bluish areas of sediment. These as yet unexplained patches are seen at
Site-Specific Stations 5-2 and 5-9.

5.4.3 Densities

Visible organisms of 17 taxa were identified and counted from the photo-
graphs. The presence of empty Arctica shells was also noted. Densities per square meter
were calculated for each taxon in each frame and averaged for each station (Tables 11
and 12. Echinarachnius parma sometimes occurred in dense patches and were impossible
to count accurately; in those cases percent cover was used as an indication of abundance.

At regional stations, Echinarachnius parma and asteroid echinoderms are the
most numerous organisms. Asterias spp. and Leptasterias tenera were the most common
starfish. Ctenodiscus sp. was seen less often. The most common fish were sculpin,
Urophycis, Raja and flounder. Lophius americanus and Macrozoarces americanus were
rare. Gastropods were seldom seen and Placopecten magellanicus occurred at only two
stations. Sponges, hydroid or bryozoan colonies and Cancer irroratus and C. borealis
occurred infrequently. Onuphid polychaetes were identified at Station 17 from Cruise M2
photographs and Station 8 from Cruise M3 photographs.

The site-specific stations are characterized by a high number of starfish.
Arctica shells are common at almost every station and there are no Echinarachnius

parma. Cancer spp., Raja sp., Urophycis sp., and Macrozoarces americanus are less

123

TABLE 11. AVERAGE DENSITY PER SQUARE METER OF EPIBENTHIC
MACROFAUNA IDENTIFIED IN BOTTOM PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN AT
GEORGES BANK BENTHIC MONITORING PROGRAM REGIONAL

Sta. |

Sta. 2

Sta. 3

Sta. 4

STATIONS.

Gastropod

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Cancer sp. :

Hermit crab

Echinarachnius parma

Myoxocephalus sp.
Urophycis sp.

Hydroid colonies

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Placopecten magellanicus
Cancer sp.

Echinarachnius parma
Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Lophius americanus

Raja sp.

Porifera

Anthozoa
Placopecten magellanicus
Cancer sp.

Hermit crab
Asteroidea
Asterias sp.
Leptasterias tenera
Ctenodiscus sp.
Urophycis sp.

Raja sp.

Porifera

Hydroid colonies

Gastropod

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Cancer sp.

Echinarachnius parma
Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Urophycis sp.

124

—

wo
OOOrONOO

DONDWVAO0O000
mm N 00 WOON RR

e+

me UNN NN + 00

0.2

210

(eee)
NNN

9OOrFrDOOCO000
PCO Gants wee O
FNRrFNF WN

0.2

95

(eo)

NN

on

TABLE 11.

Sta. 5-1

Sta.

(continued)

Hydroid colonies

Cancer sp.

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Placopecten magellanicus
Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Leptasterias tenera

Macrozoarces americanus

Urophycis sp.

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Asterias sp.

Leptasterias tenera

Flounder

Urophycis sp.

Raja sp.

Porifera

Gastropod

Asteroidea

Flounder

Omochelys cruentifer

Urophycis sp.

Anthozoa

Onuphid polychaetes

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Asteroidea

Flounder

Cancer sp.
Arctica islandica (empty shells)

Hydroid colonies

Gastropod

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Cancer sp.

Hermit crab

Echinarachnius parma

Asterias sp.

Urophycis sp.

Raja sp.

125

foe)
°
N 00

TABLE 11.

Sta. ll

Sta. 12

Sta. 14

Sta. 15

Sta. 16

Sta. 17

(continued)

Hydroid colonies

Gastropod

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Echinarachnius parma
Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Leptasterias tenera
Flounder

Porifera

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Hermit crab

Echinarachnius parma
Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Ctenodiscus sp.

Flounder

Urophycis sp.

Asteroidea

Asteroidea
Arctica islandica (empty shells)

Raja sp.

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Hydroid colonies

Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Leptasterias tenera

Oreaster sp.

Flounder

Urophycis sp.

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Onuphid polychaetes
Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Leptasterias tenera

Oreaster sp.

Omochelys cruentifier

Urophycis sp.
Raja sp.

WoO
ee

or
a 0
+ 00

re OON
Oo G0. 0
OUNN

oo
e

2.5

0.5

0.2

0.8

0.8

0.2

TABLE 11. (Continued)

M-1 M-2 M-3 M-4
Sta. 18 Arctica islandica (empty shells) 0.5 0.2 353) 6.4
Cancer sp. 0.2 0.2
Asteroidea 0.4 0.2
Asterias sp. 1.1 0.2 5.8
Flounder OFZ 0.2 0.2
Omochelys cruentifier 0.2 0.2 0.4
Urophycis sp. 0.2 0.2

+ indicates a thick cover, density impossible to estimate accurately.

127

TABLE 12. AVERAGE DENSITY PER SQUARE METER OF EPIBENTHIC
MACROFAUNA IDENTIFIED IN BOTTOM PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN AT
GEORGES BANK BENTHIC MONITORING PROGRAM SITE-SPECIFIC
STATIONS.

Sta. 5-1 Hydroid colonies Q.
Arctica islandica (empty shells) ND 1

Placopecten magellanicus 0.1

Cancer sp. 0.1

Asteroidea 5.5

2.8

6.5

Asterias sp.

Leptasterias tenera
Macrozoarces americanus

Urophycis sp. 0.1

Sta. 5-2 Hydroid colonies
Arctica islandica (empty shells) 2
Asteroidea 5
Asterias sp. 0.
Leptasterias tenera 5
Urophycis sp. 0

Sta. 5-4 Hydroid colonies 0.2
Arctica islandica (empty shells) 250)
Asterias sp. 0.2
Leptasterias tenera 7.6

Sta. 5-5 Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Asterias sp.

1
Leptasterias tenera SE

Sta. 5-6 Arctica islandica (empty shells) 1
Asteroidea 0
Leptasterias tenera Do
Raja sp. 0

Sta. 5-7 Arctica islandica (empty shells)

0.2
Placopecten magellanicus OZ
Cancer sp. 0.1
1.6
10)

Asteroidea ‘
Leptasterias tenera Pike

Sta. 5-8 Porifera oZ
Hydroid colonies
Arctica islandica (empty shells) 2.0
Asteroidea 4.5
Leptasterias tenera 4.8

or
oO

128

TABLE 12.

Sta. 5-9

Sta. 5-10

Sta. 5-11

Sta. 5-12

Sta. 5-14

(continued)

Hydroid colonies

Anthozoa

Porifera

Gastropod

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Cancer sp.

Asteroidea

Leptasterias tenera
Sculpin

Porifera

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Cancer sp.

Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Leptasterias tenera
Macrozoarces americanus
Omochelys cruentifier

Raja sp.

Hydroid colonies
Anthozoa
Arctica islandica (empty shells)

Placopecten magellanicus
Asteroidea

Leptasterias tenera

Macrozoarces americanus

Urophycis sp.

Hydroid colonies

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Leptasterias tenera

Raja sp.

Hydroid colonies

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Placopecten magellanicus
Leptasterias tenera

Raja sp.

AL)

TABLE 12.

Sta. 5-16

Sta. 5-18

Sta. 5-19

Sta. 5-20

Sta. 5-22

(continued)

Porifera

Hydroid colonies

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Placopecten magellanicus
Cancer sp.

Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Leptasterias tenera
Flounder

Macrozoarces americanus
Omochelys cruentifier

Urophycis sp.
Raja sp.

Porifera

Hydroid colonies

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Cancer sp.

Placopecten magellanicus
Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Leptasterias tenera
Sculpin

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Asteroidea

Urophycis sp.

Raja sp.

Anthozoa
Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Placopecten magellanicus

Asteroidea

Leptasterias tenera

Porifera

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Placopecten magellanicus
Hermit crab

Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Leptasterias tenera
Urophycis sp.

130

10.

oor
COON Ww

19.

NON
suntel acs
NNO

TABLE 12.

(continued)

Sta. 5-25

Sta. 5-28

Sta. 5-29

+ Indicates a thick cover, densities impossible to estimate accurately.

Porifera
Hydroid colonies
Arctica islandica (empty shells)

Placopecten magellanicus

Asteroidea

Leptasterias tenera

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Asteroidea
Asterias sp.

Porifera

Hydroid colonies

Gastropod

Arctica islandica (empty shells)
Placopecten magellanicus
Cancer sp.

Asteroidea

Asterias sp.

Leptasterias tenera
Raja sp.

no
OD

0.2

re O
ee
FN

common. Sculpin are seen at only two stations. There are more hydroid colonies and

Placopecten than at the regional stations.

5.5 Dredge and Trawl Samples

Epifaunal samples were collected from Regional Stations 2, 7, and 13 and Site-
Specific Stations 5-1, 5-18, and 5-28. The primary purpose of these collections was to
provide tissue for analysis of trace metal and hydrocarbon levels. Voucher specimens of
all species collected were preserved, identified and archived by Battelle. Species for
which voucher specimens had been collected on early cruises were not retained on later
cruises. No voucher specimens were retained on Cruise M1. A tabulation by station and
cruise of species for which voucher specimens were retained is given in Appendix D.

In general, results of dredging and trawling were poor. Various types of gear
were used on successive cruises in an attempt to increase the amount of tissue available
for chemical analyses. An epibenthic sled was used at 5 stations on Cruise M1; however,
no voucher specimens were retained. On Cruise M2, a Day dredge with a 1/2-inch mesh
net was used at all stations except Regional Station 13, where collections were made with
an epibenthic sled. Three types of gear were used on Cruise M3, including a Blake trawl
(Station 13), the Day dredge (Stations 7, 5-18, and 5-28), and the epibenthic sled (Station
2). The net of the Blake trawl was ripped out on the first attempt to use it, and no
specimens were collected at this station. Only Stations 2 and 5-18 yielded diverse
samples. Anchor lines and subsurface current meters associated with drilling activities at
Station 5-1 prevented sampling at that station.

As a result of the poor collections from previous cruises, it was decided to
employ a 40-foot otter trawl on Cruise M4. The trawl was used at Regional Stations 10
and 13 and Site-Specific Stations 5-1, 5-18, and 5-28. The epibenthic sled was used at
Regional Station 7, at the head of Lydonia Canyon, because of the possibility of snagging
and tearing the otter trawl net.

The species collected by the various dredges mentioned above included, for the
most part, large numbers of echinoderms such as the sand dollar (Echinarachnius parma),
starfisn (Asterias vulgaris and Leptasterias tenera), attached hydrozoans and bryozoans,
or single specimens of large crabs (Cancer borealis, Bathynectus superbus) or gastropod

132

molluscs (Colus stimpsoni, Buccinum undatum). These species were either inappropriate
for chemical analysis, or were not collected in sufficient numbers from enough stations to
justify analysis.

The ocean quahog, Arctica islandica, was determined to be a species of
particular interest. Although it was occasionally taken in dredge samples, it was sampled

more routinely by the 0.1m?

Van Veen grab sampler. Specimens of A. islandica for
chemical analysis were therefore saved from the large chemistry grabs in which they
occurred. On recent cruises (M-5, M-6, and M-7), a Rocking Chair Dredge has been used
to collect this species. Similarly, the otter trawl was found to be more efficient than

other sampling gear in collecting demersal fish, and has been used on recent cruises.

5.6 CHN Analysis

The raw data developed as a result of CHN analyses at regional and primary
site-specific stations for all sampling cruises are given in Appendix F. Values for these
parameters were fairly consistent across all stations over all cruises. Values of percent
carbon were highest at Regional Station 13.

5.7 Hydrography

Appendix G contains data on dissolved oxygen (Table G-1), surface and bottom
temperature (Table G-2), and surface and bottom salinity (Table G-3). The temperature
values are those recorded on the XBT charts during each cruise.

133

6. DISCUSSION
6.1 General Comments

The Regional Stations analyzed as part of the Georges Bank Monitoring
Program clearly show that faunal composition is very closely related to depth and
sediment type. Analysis of both grab samples and bottom photographs provide evidence
for this conclusion. Stations along similar depth intervals appear similar in the
photographs, and group with each other in the cluster analysis of infaunal samples.
Replicate samples at each station showed an exceptionally high degree of homogeneity.
Cluster analysis demonstrated that all of the replicates of any one regional station are
more similar to each other than to replicates from any other station. When replicates at
each station are summed, the samples from each of the four sampling periods fuse before
any separation occurs between stations. This homogeneity should enable us to detect
biological changes should they occur at these stations.

The array of site-specific stations centered around Regional Station 5 are all
very similar in terms of species composition, with the exception of Station 5-29. That
station, located 6 km to the west of the rig site, has a higher number of species present
and fewer individuals of those species which are dominant at the other site-specific
stations. Faunal densities at Station 5 and the primary site-specific stations averaged
about 25,000 per m2, and were second only to densities at Station 13, which averaged
close to 30,000 per m2.

Station 13 at the Mud Patch is characterized by sediments that are somewhat
finer than those at most of the other stations. Sample residues from this station in July
(M1) appeared "oily"; that is, after several rinsings in water and 70 percent alcohol, a
surface sheen reminiscent of oil contamination persisted. Several specimens of amphipods
from this station also appeared to be fouled by a dark, oily substance. Since this was
observed in samples collected before drilling had started on the Bank, this contamination
must be from a source other than drilling activities. However, if this station has already
been stressed by various forms of pollution, it may be difficult to distinguish changes
caused by deposition of drilling muds from those caused by other sources of stress. The
fauna at Station 13 is somewhat different than that found at other regional stations. This

is almost certainly due to the presence of finer sediments at Station 13.

134

In general, the species recorded in our analyses correspond to those reported
by Maurer and Leathem (1980a; 1981) for polychaetes, and Michael (1977) for amphipods
and other groups. However, our stations are located in a limited region of the Bank
compared to the broad area covered by the earlier Benchmark Study. Because of this, and
also due to the use of fine mesh (0.3 mm) screens which retain small species and sample
populations of certain other species more efficiently, the dominant polychaetes in the
present samples are not identical with those reported by Maurer and Leathem (1980b).
For example, in that study, Spiophanes bombyx was the single most abundant polychaete
on Georges Bank for both winter and spring. This species is also reported as occurring
widely and abundantly throughout the Middle Atlantic Bight (Pratt, 1973; Maurer, et al.,
1976) and is most abundant in sandy sediments from 30-60 m. S. bombyx was not abundant
in our samples, and was not dominant at any station, although it might have been expected
to be abundant at Stations 1, 4, 10 or 15.

Maurer et al. (1976) and Maurer and Leathem (1981) considered species of
syllid, paraonid and cirratulid polychaetes to be characteristic of the northeastern
Continental Shelf. These polychaete families are also clearly dominant in our samples,
along with spionids. In terms of numbers of species reported, paraonids, syllids and
spionids accounted for 26 percent of all polychaete species recorded. Unlike earlier
studies in which bipalpate cirratulids have not been speciated, we have been able to
separate this portion of the fauna into 13 species. Several of these species co-occur at
some stations, so it is clearly important to be able to separate them. For example, at
Regional Station 17, three species of Tharyx are all among the ten most abundant species.
Similarly, oligochaetes have not been speciated in most other benthic studies, but have
been separated in this study. At least three oligochaete species are among the dominants
reported here, although the dominant species differed between stations.

Several rare species more typical of slope depths or more southern latitudes
occurred at the deeper stations (generally greater than 100 m). Polychaete species such
as Malacoceros indicus, Apoprionospio dayi, Prionospio aff. cirrobranchiata, and
Nematonereis unicornis were previously known only from as far north as Cape Hatteras.
Arthropod species in this category included larvae of Ocypode quadrata and juveniles of
Anoplodactylus petiolatus. The polychaetes Cirrodoce cristata and Typosyllis tegulum and
the arthropods Epimeria obtusa and Janaria alta are more typical of slope depths.

In general, the molluscs in our samples tend to be smaller in size than the size

ranges given in published descriptions. As mentioned above for polychaetes, some species

135

of molluscs reported in other studies (e.g. Michael, 1977) do not occur in high numbers in
our samples. For example, turrid gastropods were represented by only three specimens of
one species. Two species, Arctica islandica and Spisula solidissima, are commercially
important. Arctica islandica was most numerous at Stations 3, 6 and 11, between 80 and
100 m. Specimens collected in our infaunal samples exhibited a great size dichotomy,
with the largest diameter of most specimens being either 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm or over 80
mm. This species reaches sexual maturity at an average size of 39 mm (Ropes and
Murawski, 1980). The high proportion of juveniles to adults in our samples implies a high
juvenile mortality.

Use of the wet weight technique for biomass determinations provides results
that are of limited value. Because the non-living, calcium carbonate components are
included, molluscs and echinoderms dominate the total biomass recorded, accounting for
close to 95% of the total in most samples. Because the values are so clearly dominated by
Caco, skeletal and shell components, the values cannot be used for analysis of energetic
relationships within the Georges Bank ecosystem. Also, since the random inclusion of
single large animals, such as a large specimen of Arctica islandica, can distort the total
values. Comparisons between sampling periods should only be made with caution.
Although no method of determining biomass is without criticism (Mills et al., 1982),
determination of decalcified wet weights, ash-free dry weights or organic carbon would be

more useful for estimates of secondary productivity.

6.2 Discussion of Results at Drilling Sites

Exploratory drilling started in Block 410, within 200 m of Regional Station 16,
shortly after Cruise Ml in July, 1981, and continued until the end of March, 1982. In
Block 312, the location of the site-specific sampling array, exploratory drilling began on
December 8, 1981, shortly after completion of Cruise M2 in November, and was
completed in June, 1982 shortly before Cruise M5.

Bothner et al. (1982) reported that concentrations of barium in bulk
(unfractionated) sediments at Station 16 increased by a factor of 3.5 between July, 1981
(predrilling) and May, 1982 (postdrilling). There also was an increase of lesser magnitude
in concentration of barium in bulk sediment between July and November, 1981 at Station
18 located 2,000 m west (downcurrent) of the rig site, and evidence of a small increase at

Station 17 located 2,000 m east of the rig site. However, these increases were within the

136

normal pre-drilling range of concentrations of barium. There was no clear evidence of an
increase with time in the concentration of chromium (the other major drilling fluid metal)
in bulk sediments at Station 16. With analysis of the fine sediment fraction, the average
barium concentrations showed an increase of about 36 times the predrilling level at
Station 16, with smaller changes at Stations 17 and 18. Increases in Al, Cu, Hg and Cr
concentrations in the fine fraction were observed only at Station 16. These metals
increased by a factor of about two. By May, 1982, the concentrations of these metals had
decreased and were similar to the pre-drilling levels.

In Block 312, smaller increases in bulk sediment barium concentration were
reported following initiation of drilling (Cruises M3 and M4). The magnitude of the
increases between Cruises M1 and M4 ranged from 1.1 to 2.5-fold. Stations showing a 2-
fold or greater increase in bulk sediment barium concentration included Stations 5-1 at
the drill site, 5-2, 0.5 km to the east, and 5-8, 1 km to the north. Analysis of the fine
sediment fractions showed an increase in barium of up to 22 times the predrilling levels.
Increases of slightly greater than 16 times the predrilling levels occurred at Stations 5-3
to the north and 5-12 to the south. No increases in Al, Cr, Cu or Hg concentrations were
observed at Block 312 stations.

In Block 410, for which we have analyzed one set of pre-drilling infaunal
samples (July, M1), two sets of samples collected during drilling operations (November,
M2 and February, M3), and one set of postdrilling samples May (M4), no biological impacts
which could be attributed to drilling were detected.

In Block 312, where drilling commenced shortly after Cruise M2, we have
analyzed 2 sets of pre-drilling infaunal samples (July, M1 and November, M2) and two sets
of samples collected during drilling operations (February, M3 and May, M4). No biological
impacts which can be attributed to drilling have been detected. However, there were
changes in abundance of several species at stations near the rig where Bothner et al.
(1982) showed that barium (and by inference drilling fluids) accumulated between Cruises
Ml and M4. At several stations near the rig site, the average density of several species
declined between Cruises M1 and M2 and then increased again by Cruise M3 shortly after
(2 months) the start of drilling. At several stations further from the rig site, the decline
in abundance of certain species occurred in February (M3). The average abundance of the
corophiid amphipod Erichthonius rubricornis showed a marked decline in February, 1982 at
the site-specific stations plotted, except at Station 5-28. The distributions of E.
rubricornis and Unciola inermis, another amphipod common at the site-specific stations,

137

are clearly related to sediment grain size. In February (M3), E. rubricornis showed a
significant correlation with percent gravel, and U. inermis showed a significant inverse
correlation with percent fine sand. It appears that there is some redistribution of
sediments in February (M3) which may relate to the decline in abundance of these species
at site-specific stations. It is likely that this redistribution of sediments is due to natural
causes such as winter storms. Most of the macroinfaunal species that exhibited
population declines in November or February experienced substantial increases in
abundance in May (Cruise M4). Thus, no short-term adverse changes in the benthic
infaunal community have been identified as yet which can be related to accumulation of
barium (and by inference drilling fluids) in sediments near the exploratory rig sites. Long-
term impacts of drilling fluid accumulation, if they occur, may be detected when samples

from Cruise M5 and later are analyzed.

6.3 Comparison with the mid-Atlantic Rig Study

The field investigation most comparable to the Georges Bank Benthic Monitor-
ing Program is that performed by EG&G Environmental Consultants for the Offshore
Operators Committee around an exploratory rig in New Jersey 18-3 Block 684 on the mid-
Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf approximately 156 km east of Atlantic City, New Jersey
(Mariani, et al., 1980; Menzie et al., 1980; Gillmor et al., 1981, 1982; Maurer et al., 1931,
1982; EG&G Environmental Consultants, 1982). The rig was located in 120 meters of
water, compared to depths of 79 and 138 meters for exploratory rigs in Blocks 312 and
410, respectively, monitored in the Georges Bank Program. Sediments at the mid-
Atlantic site contained higher concentrations of silt and clay (11.24 and 8.09%, respect-
ively) than the sediments at the Georges Bank rig monitoring sites (0.15-0.31 and 0.15-
0.49% silt and clay, respectively). The velocities of bottom water currents at the mid-
Atlantic site were below 10 cm/sec 62% of the time and below 25 cm/sec 95% of the
time. On the southern flank of Georges Bank, the mean velocity of residual current flow
to the southwest is about 3.5 cm/sec near the bottom. But superimposed on this are semi-
diurnal tidal currents with speeds of 35 to 75 cm/sec (Aaron et al., 1980). Severe
northeast storms, particularly during the winter, cause substantial bottom scour. Butman
(1982) reported that winter storms caused substantial bottom scour and sediment
resuspension at a station (U.S.G.S. Station A) a short distance east of our site-specific

array (Regional Station 5). Bottom water current speeds at Station A were typically 20 to

138

30 cm/sec and occasionally in excess of 40 cm/sec between December, 1976 and February,
1977. Thus, the Lease Sale 42 area of Georges Bank is a higher energy environment than
the Block 684 site on the mid-Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf.

In the mid-Atlantic study, a zone approximately 150 meters in diameter of
visible drilling discharge accumulations (primarily natural clays from drill cuttings) was
observed in the immediate vicinity of the well site, while elevated levels of clays were
detected up to 800 meters southwest (downcurrent) of the drill site immediately after
cessation of drilling. A side-scan sonar survey performed one year after cessation of
drilling revealed scour marks left by anchor chains and depressions left by the anchors.
An area of heavy drill cuttings and debris accumulation about 40-50 meters in diameter
was observed immediately south of the well site. The height of the cuttings pile was
estimated to be less than | meter. During the second post-drilling survey one year after
cessation of drilling, elevated levels of clay were not detected southwest of the drill site.
In both post-drilling surveys, concentrations of barium in the upper 3 cm of sediments
were high (up to 3,477 ppm in the first survey and 2,144 ppm in the second post-drilling
survey compared to 148-246 ppm in predrilling sediments) near the rig site and decreased
with distance from the rig. Elevated concentrations of barium were detected in
sediments up to 1.6 kilometers from the drill site. No elevations in concentrations of
chromium or several other metals were detected in sediments near the rig following
drilling.

Some samples of mixed species of brittle stars, molluscs and polychaetes
collected from near the rig site during the first and second post-drilling surveys had
statistically significantly elevated concentrations of barium and chromium in their tissues
in comparison to animals collected in the predrilling survey. Mean barium concentrations
in polychaetes and brittle stars were 23.5 and 15.2 ppm, respectively, before drilling, and
87.8 and 217.8 ppm, respectively, during the first post-drilling survey. One year later,
barium concentrations in all but a few polychaete and brittle star samples had returned to
the predrilling range. Small but statistically significant elevations in chromium concen-
tration were observed in some polychaete and.mollusc samples. Concentrations of barium
and chromium in tissues of benthic organisms were not correlated with concentration
gradients of these metals in bottom sediments.

In the Georges Bank Monitoring Program, small amounts of cuttings were
detected in bottom sediments within about 200 meters of the rigs in Blocks 312 and 410
following drilling (Bothner et al., 1982). No cuttings pile was visible in any bottom

139

photograph. Elevated barium concentrations in the clay-size fraction of sediments were
detected up to 6 kilometers to the west of the drill site in Block 312, the station farthest
downcurrent from this drill site. There was no evidence of an increase in barium or
chromium concentrations in any biota samples analyzed to date (Payne et al., 1982).

The abundance of benthic macroinfaunal animals in the vicinity of the mid-
Atlantic rig site was higher than that at the nearby BLM Benchmark Station before
drilling commenced (8,011 individuals/m2 versus 3,064 individuals/m2). At the rig site,
benthic macrofaunal abundance dropped to 1,729 individuals/m2 immediately after
drilling, and then rose to 2,638 individuals/m2 one year later. These changes in abundance
were the same for the four major taxonomic groups (polychaetes, echinoderms, crusta-
ceans, and molluscs). With the exception of a few stations less than 100 meters southwest
(downcurrent) of the drill site that had markedly reduced benthic faunas during the first
postdrilling survey, there was no relationship between direction, distance from the rig site
(out to 3.2 km) or sediment barium concentration, and the extent of decrease in
abundance of any major taxonomic group or major species.

Species richness at the rig site dropped from 70 + 7/0.2 m2

in the predrilling
survey to 38 + 10/0.2 m2 immediately after drilling and then rose again to 53 + 8/0.2 m2
one year later. Shannon diversity (H') and evenness (J') showed only very small changes
between the predrilling and the two postdrilling surveys. Diversity decreased slightly,
which probably was related in part to increased evenness in the postdrilling surveys.
These changes in areal richness, species diversity and evenness were similar at stations
near the well site and at the three stations considered to be beyond the influence of
drilling discharges.

Unfortunately, there were no true reference (control) stations, sufficiently far
from the rig site to preclude any possibility of direct impact, with which to compare
results from the three benthic samplings. Stations farthest from the rig site whicn were
considered to be beyond the influence of drilling discharges (Stations 55, 56 and 58)
showed the same patterns of faunal change as did stations near the rig site. Benthic
faunal composition and abundances from the two postdrilling surveys were more similar to
those from the earlier BLM Benchmark program in the area (Boesch, 1979) than to those
from the predrilling survey. Thus, results of the predrilling survey may not be a suitable
baseline against which to compare results of the two postdrilling surveys.

The authors concluded that physical and biological effects of exploratory

drilling discharges on the benthic environment of a low-energy area of the mid-Atlantic

140

Outer Continental Shelf persisted for at least a year after cessation of drilling activities.
To the extent that the decreased abundance and species richness of benthic macrofauna
around the rig site immediately after cessation of drilling were due to drilling discharges,
there was evidence of some recovery during the year following cessation of drilling.

The apparent lack of a short-term biological impact of exploratory drilling on
the benthos of Georges Bank compared to that seen at the mid-Atlantic Outer Continental
Shelf rig site probably is due in large part to the difference in the amounts of drilling
muds and cuttings accumulating on the bottom at the two sites. In the lower-energy
environment of the mid-Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf, more drilling muds and cuttings
accumulated on the bottom and impacts on the benthos were greater than on Georges
Bank.

6.4 Responses of Benthic Organisms to Sediment Deposition

Our results to date do not indicate any significant impact which can be
attributed to drilling activities. Subtle differences in the population density patterns of
individual species at site-specific stations may indicate some effects of the disposal of
drill cuttings, although Bothner et al. (1982) indicated that drill cuttings were found only
at each rig station and not at stations beyond the actual drill site. Although there are no
direct measurements of the amount of drill cuttings which might have accumulated,
Bothner (personal communications) has estimated that no more than 2 ym of material
accumulated at Site-Specific Station 5-1. If greater quantities had been deposited, the
discharge of drill cuttings could potentially have had an impact on the benthos.

Results of studies on the impacts of dredging and spoil disposal indicate
several ways in which the benthos could be affected. Direct burial by spoils has an
obvious impact on benthic organisms, many of which are killed outright (Lunz, 1938, 1942:
Wilson, 1950; Brehmer, 1965; Carriker, 1967; Saila et al., 1972; Rose, 1973). Death
usually results from the dumping of anoxic sediments on ambient sediments and the
benthic organisms suffocate before they can migrate laterally or vertically to oxygenated
areas. In addition, both suspension and deposit feeding organisms in the impacted area
might ingest the resuspended and re-deposited sediment during and after the dredge-
disposal operations.

There have been several recent reviews dealing with the ability of the

organisms to survive burial (Maurer, et al., 198la-b). The ability to escape burial depends

on several factors. For example, Kranz (1972; 1974) found that life habits, morphology
and size were extremely important in determining the ability of epifaunal and infaunal
bivalves to survive burial. Epifaunal suspension feeders, boring organisms, and deep
burrowing siphonate suspension feeders generally were able to survive more than one cm
of overburden. Infaunal non-siphonate suspension feeders were generally able to survive
5-10 cm of overburden, while shallow-burrowing siphonate suspension feeders and juvenile
deep-burrowing siphonate suspension feeders could escape 10-50 cm of their native
sediment. Mucus feeders and deposit-feeders were most influenced by sediment burial.
Saila et al. (1972) demonstrated that Arctica islandica reached the surface of 4-5 cm of
dredged material (fine sand) and as much as 14 cm of sand. Clams buried under 8-17 cm
of dredged material did not migrate upward, but established air holes to the surface.
Bousfield (1970) suggested that the burrowing ability of amphipod crustaceans is generally
related to morphology. Members of the subfamily Haustoriinae are most efficiently
adapted to burrow through sediments since they possess a fusiform body with large
modified coxal plates and pleopods adapted for rapid burrowing. Peddicord et al., (1975)
noted that two species of epifaunal crustaceans could move rapidly through deposited clay
in experimental tanks. Pratt et al., (1973) observed that Ampelisia agassizi burrowed
through 2 cm of dumped sediment and then swam to the surface of the water.

Among polychaetes, Maurer et al. (1978) found that two burrowing species,
Scoloplos fragilis and Nereis succinea, were able to successfully migrate through 30 and
80-90 cm of sediment, respectively. Saila et al., (1972) found that Nephthys incisa could
burrow through 21 cm of deposited material in 24 hours. The small tube-dwelling
polychaete, Streblospio benedicti, on the other hand, was able to escape only 6 cm of
overburden. However, both Myers (1972) and Oliver and Slattery (1973) found that tube
dwelling onuphid polychaetes were able to migrate vertically through 30 cm of deposited
sediment.

The physical and chemical nature of the deposited sediments can greatly alter
the ability of organisms to survive spoil disposal, thus, Kranz (1974) determined that
exotic sediments, differing in grain size composition from native sediments, always
reduced the burrowing activities of the bivalves. In laboratory studies, Maurer et al.,
(1978) tested the ability of infaunal organisms to burrow through sediments differing in
particle composition, sediment pore-water chemistry (e.g., levels of oxygen, sulfides and
ammonia), and temperature. Testing several species of crustaceans, molluscs, and

polychaetes revealed that no relationship between sediment pore-water chemistry and

burrowing ability could be found. Burrowing responses were more influenced by sediment
type, burial depth, duration of burial time and temperature. However, mortality rates
were species specific. All of these various studies on escape responses following burial by
dredge spoils suggest that the very slight amount of drill cuttings predicted by Bothner
(personal communication) were insufficient to cause mortality by direct burial.

The most sensitive benthic organisms affected by dredging operations are
those which collect food materials by filtering particles suspended in the water column
(primarily bivalves, cnidarians, sabellid polychaetes, some crustaceans). Disorders are
most likely caused by the abrasive action of resuspended silt and clay sized particles or by
exposure to toxicants absorbed to the fine particulate material. Imposition of suspended
load stress on filter feeders can affect their rate of water transport, efficiency of their
filtering mechanisms and energy requirements for maintenance. Specific physiological
disorders observed in laboratory studies of filter feeders exposed to heavy suspended loads
include: abrasion of the gill filaments, clogging of the gill, impaired respiration, impaired
feeding and excretory functioning, reduced pumping rates, retarded egg development and
reduced growth and survival of larvae (Yonge, 1953; Loosanoff and Tommers, 1948;
Loosanoff, 1961; Davis, 1960; Cairns, 1968; Smith and Brown, 1971; Gordon et al., 1972).
To date, we have little data to determine if drill cuttings affect feeding mechanisms ina
similar manner. There was no evidence that filter feeders were affected at either Block
312 or Block 410 drilling sites.

There have been few studies of the impact of suspended fluid muds in natural
communities. Working in a low diversity tidal freshwater area in the James River in

Virginia, Diaz and Boesch (1977) found a pronounced immediate impact on the benthos

caused by a hydraulic pipeline disposal operation. However, because of the opportunistic
nature of the fauna, the impact lasted only about three months after the disposal
operation ceased. The benthic community recovered and was similar in abundance and

species composition to that of surrounding unaffected areas. It is probable that a
community dominated by non-opportunistic species would show a different recovery

pattern.

There have also been very few in situ studies on the direct effects of drilling

muds on benthic communities. In a series of aquaria experiments, Tagatz and Tobia
(1978), Tagatz, et al., (1978) and Tagatz, et al., (1982) found that drilling muds adversely

affected colonization of sediments by estuarine planktonic larvae. Unfortunately, these
authors used a 1.0 mm mesh screen to harvest their sediments at the termination of the

143

experiments and it is doubtful that all organisms would have been recovered from the
experimental tanks. While carefully controlled laboratory experiments on effects on
recruitment are clearly needed, there is also a need to document the response and
behavior of resident infauna to the sudden or gradual influx of drilling muds.

Several deleterious biological responses to sublethal concentrations of used
drilling fluids have been described in laboratory investigations with benthic invertebrates
from Georges Bank. Used drilling fluids layered on natural bottom sediments or suspended
in the water column increased the duration of larval development and caused a delay in
molting, altered burrowing behavior and chemosensory responses to food cues, and caused
changes in tissue enzyme activities in the lobster Homarus americanus (Gerber et al.,
1980, 1981; Derby and Atema, 1981; Atema et al., 1982). In Atlantic cancer crabs,
Cancer irroratus and C. borealis, low concentrations of drilling muds caused a temporary
inhibition of feeding and an alteration in the activity of several tissue enzymes. Similar
changes in tissue enzyme activity were observed in sand shrimp Crangon septemspinosa
(Gerber et al., 1980, 1981). Drilling fluids also inhibited shell growth in larvae and
juveniles of the ocean scallop Placopecten magellanicus (Gerber et al., 1931; Gilbert,
1981), and caused depressed fertilization, delayed development and an increased incidence
of developmental anomalies in the sand dollar Echinarachnius parma (Crawford and Gates,
1981). These responses were observed at nominal suspended drilling mud concentrations
of 10 parts per million (ppm, mg/liter) or greater or following exposure to 1-7 mm layers
of drilling mud on natural sediments. The maximum mean increment in barium
concentration in sediments near the rig in Block 312 was about 30 ppm (Bothner et al.,
1982). Typical weighted offshore chrome lignosulfonate drilling muds may contain
100,000 - 400,000 ppm barium (Neff, 1982). Thus, the nominal maximum amount of
drilling muds accumulating in sediments near the rig probably was in the range of 100-150
ppm, below the concentration at which most of the sublethal responses described above
were observed.

To date, very little additional information on the population biology, life
history strategies, response to burial or response to impact by toxic materials has been
developed for indigenous Outer Continental Shelf species. Information of this nature,
considered together with field studies of community structure, would greatly enhance our
ability to predict the effects of exploratory drilling activities in an ecologically sensitive

and highly productive marine environment such as Georges Bank.

144

7. REFERENCES

Aaron, J.M., B. Buttman, M.H. Bothner and N.G. Sylvester. 1980. Environmental
conditions relating to potential geologic hazards on the United States
Northeastern Atlantic Continental Margin, Map. MF-1193.

Atema, J., D.F. Leavitt, D.E. Barshaw and M.C. Cuomo. 1982. Effects of drilling muds
on behavior of the American lobster, Homarus americanus in water column and
substrate exposures. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 39:675-690.

Ayers, R.C., Jr., T.C. Sauer, Jr., R.P. Meek and G. Bowers. 1980. An environmental
study to assess the impact of drilling discharges in the mid-Atlantic. I.
Quantity and fate of discharges. Ins Symposium on Research on
Environmental Fate and Effects of Drilling Fluids and Cuttings. Courtesy

Associates, Washington, D.C. pp. 382-418.

Battelle New England Marine Research Laboratory and Woods Hole Oceanographic
Institution. 1982. Second Summary Report on the Georges Bank Benthic
Monitoring Program. Report to U.S. Department of the Interior, Minerals
Management Service, Washington, D.C. i+ 107 pp. and 1 Appendix.

Biological Task Force. 1981. Georges Bank monitoring program and related studies.
Working Group of the Biological Task Force on Georges Bank for Lease Sale
No. 42.

Boesch, D.F. 1977. Application of numerical classification in ecological investigations of
water pollution. U.S. Department of Commerce, NTIS PB-269 604. EPA-
600/3-77-033. 114 pp.

Boesch, D.F. 1979. Benthic ecological studies: macrobenthos. In: Middle Atlantic Outer
Continental Shelf Environment Studies. Vol. IIB. Chemical and Biological
Benchmark Studies. Special Report in Applied Marine Science and Ocean
Engineering No. 194. Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Gloucester Point,
VA. U.S.D.I. Bureau of Land Management, New York OCS Office, New York,
NY.

Bothner, M.H. and P.P. Johnson. 1981. 210Pb in sediment cores from the Atlantic
Continental Shelf: estimates of rates of sediment mixing. U.S. Geological
Survey Open-File Report 81-582A and B. 30 pp.

Bothner, M.H., E.C. Spiker, W.M. Ferrebee and D.L. Peekler. 1980. Texture, clay
mineralogy, trace metals and age of cored sediments from the North Atlantic
Outer Continental Shelf. pp. 3-1 to 3-25 In: Environmental Geologic Studies
in the Georges Bank Area, United States Northeastern Atlantic Outer

Continental Shelf, 1975- 1977. U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report 80-
240.

Bothner, M.H., C.M. Parmenter, R.R. Rendigs, B. Butman, L.J. Poppe and J.D. Milliman.
198la. Studies of suspended matter along the north and middle Atlantic Outer
Continental Shelf. U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report 32-938. 34 pp.

145

Bothner, M.H., E.C. Spiker, P.P. Johnson, R.R. Rendigs and P.J. Aruscavage. 1981b.
Geochemical evidence for modern sediment accumulation on the continental
shelf off southern New England. J. Sediment. Petrol. 51:281-292.

Bothner, M.H., R.R. Rendigs, E. Campbell, M.W. Doughten, P.J. Aruscavage, A.F.
Dorrzapf, Jr., R.G. Johnson, C.M. Parmenter, M.J. Pickering, D.C. Brewster,
and F.W. Brown. 1982. The Georges Bank Monitoring Program. Analysis of
Trace Metals in Bottom Sediments. First Year Final Report to U.S.D.I.,
Minerals Management Service, Washington, D.C. U.S. Department of the
Interior, Geological Survey, Woods Hole, MA.

Bousfield, E.L. 1970. Adaptive radiation in sand-burrowing amphipod crustaceans. Ches.
Sci. 11:143-154.

Brehmer, M.L. 1965. Turbidity and siltation as forms of pollution. J. Soil Water Conserv.
20(4):123-133.

Bumpus, D.F. 1976. Review of the physical oceanography of Georges Bank. International
Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Research Bulletin. 12:119-
134,

Bureau of Land Management. 1977. Final environmental statement. OCS Sale No. 42,
Offshore the North Atlantic States. U.S. Department of the Interior,
Washington, D.C., Volumes 1-5.

Bureau of Land Management. 1981. A regional studies plan for the north and mid-
Atlantic regions: FY-1982. BLM, New York OCS Office, New York, NY. 78
PPp-

Butman, B. 1982. Currents and sediment movements on Georges Bank. Pages 31-60 In:

McLeod and J.H. Prescott. Westview Press, Boulder, CO.

Butman, B. and R.C. Beardsley. 1982. Long-term observations on the southern flank of
Georges Bank: seaonal cycle of currents. In: Environmental Geologic Studies

Geological Survey. Submitted to Bureau of Land Management under
Memoranda of Understanding AA551-MU8-24 and AA551-MU9-4. 34 pp.

Butman, B., R.C. Beardsley, B. Magnell, D. Frye, J.A. Vermersch, R. Schlitz, R.
Limeburner, W.R. Wright and M.A. Noble. 1982. Recent observations of the
mean circulation on Georges Bank. J. Phys. Oceanog. 12:569-691.

Cabioch, L., J.-C. Dauvin and F. Gentil. 1978. Preliminary observations on pollution of
the sea bed and disturbance of sublittoral communities in northern Brittany by
oil from the Amoco Cadiz. Mar. Poll. Bull. 9:303-307.

Carriker, M.R. 1967. Ecology of estuarine benthic invertebrates: a perspective. pp.
442-487. In: G.J. Lauff (Ed.) Estuaries. AAAS Publ. No. 83.

146

Clark, S.H. and B.E. Brown. 1976. Changes in biomass of finfishes and squids from the
Gulf of Maine to Cape Hatteras, 1963-74, as determined from research vessel
survey. Fish. Bull. 75:1-21.

Colton, J.B., Jr. and R.R. Byron. 1977. Gulf of Maine-Georges Bank ichthyoplankton
collected on ICNAF larval herring surveys, September 1971-February, 1975.
NOAA Tech. Report SSRF-717, 34 pp.

Colton, J.B., Jr. and R.F. Stoddard. 1972. Average monthly seawater temperatures.
Nova Scotia to Long Island. 1940-1959. Amer. Geogr. Soc. Serial Atlas of the
Marine Environment. Folio 21.

Cooper, R.A. and J.R. Uzmann. 1971. Migrations and growth of deep-sea lobsters,
Homarus americanus. Sci. 171:288-290.

Crawford, R.B. and J.D. Gates. 1981. Effects of drilling fluid on the development of a
teleost and an echinoderm. Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 26:207-212.

Crippen, R.W., S.L. Hood and G. Greene. 1980. Metal levels in sediment and benthos

Cuttings. Courtesy Associates, Washington, D.C. pp. 636-669.

Davis, H.C. 1960. Effects of turbidity producing materials in sea water on eggs and
larvae of the clam (Venus (Mercenaria) mercenaria). Biol. Bull. 118(1):18-54.

Derby, C.D. and J. Atema. 1981. Influence of drilling muds on the primary chemosensory
neurons in walking legs of the lobster, Homarus americanus. Can. J. Fish.
Aquat. Sci. 38:268-274.

Diaz, R.J. and D.F. Boesch. 1977. Impact of fluid mud dredged material on benthic
communities of the tidal James River, Virginia. Technical Report D-78-45,
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.

Dickenson, J.J. and R.L. Wigley. 1981. Distribution of gammaridean Amphipoda
(Crustacea) on Georges Bank. NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS SSRF-746. 25 pp.

Ecomar, Inc. 1978. Tanner Bank mud and cuttings study. Conducted for Shell Oil
Company. January through March, 1977. Ecomar, Inc., Goleta, California.
495 pp.

EG&G Environmental Consultants. 1982. A study of environmental effects of exploratory
drilling on the mid-Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf - Final Report of the
Block 684 Monitoring Program. Submitted to Offshore Operators Committee
under Supervision of Exxon Production Research Company, Houston, TX.
EG&G Environmental Consultants, Waltham, MA.

Ekman, J.E., A.R.M. Nowell and P.A. Jumars. 1981. Sediment stabilization by animal
tubes. J. Mar. Res. 39:361-374.

147

Gerber, R.P., E.S. Gilfillan, B.T. Page, D.S. Page and J.B. Hotham. 1980. Short and long

Gerber, R.P., E.S. Gilfillan, J.R. Hotham, L.J. Galletto, and S.A. Hanson. 1981. Further
studies on the short and long-term effect of used drilling fluids on marine
organisms. Final Report, Year II, to the American Petroleum Institute,
Washington, D.C., Bowdoin College, Brunswick, ME. 30 pp.

Gillmor, R.B., C.A. Menzie and J. Ryther. Jr. 1981. Side-scan sonar and TV observations
of the benthic environment and megabenthos in the vicinity of an OCS
exploratory well in the Middle Atlantic Bight. In: Conference Record. Vol. 2
Oceans '81 Symposium. Boston, MA IEEE Publ. No. 81CH1685-7 IEEE Service
Center, Piscataway, NJ. pp. 727-731.

Gillmor, R.B., C.A. Menzie, G.M. Mariani, D.R. Levin, R.C. Ayers, Jr. and T.C. Sauer, Jr.
1982 (In Press). Effects of exploratory drilling discharges on the benthic
environment in the middle Atlantic OCS: biological results of a one-year
postdrilling survey. In: Proc. Ocean Dumping Symposium (New York: Wiley
Interscience).

Gettleson, D.A. and C.E. Laird. 1980. Benthic barium in the vicinity of six drill sites in

D.C. pp. 739-788.

Gilbert, T.R. 1981. A study of the impact of discharged drilling fluids on the Georges
Bank Environment. New England Aquarium. H.E. Edgerton Research
Laboratory. Progress Rept. No. 2 to U.S. EPA, Gulf Breeze, FL. 98 pp.

Gordon, R.B., D.C. Rhoads and K.K. Thurekian. 1972. The environmental consequences
of dredge spoil disposal in central Long Island Sound: I. The New Haven spoil
ground and New Haven Harbor. Dep. Biology and Geophysics, Yale Univ. 39
pp. (mimeo).

Grassle, J.F. and W.L. Smith. 1976. A similarity measure sensitive to the contribution of
rare species and its use in investigation of variation in marine benthic
communities. Oecologia 25:13-22.

Haedrich, R.L., G.T. Rowe and P.T. Polloni. 1975. Zonation and faunal composition of
epidenthic populations on the continental slope south of New England. J. Mar.
Res. 33:191-212.

Hennemuth, R.C. 1976. Fisheries and renewable resources of the Northwest Atlantic
Shelf. In: B. Manowitz, Ed., Effects of Energy Related Activities on the
Atlantic Continental Shelf. Brookhaven National Laboratory, Associated
Univ., Inc., pp. 146-166.

Hopkins, T.S. and N. Garfield, II. 1981. Physical origins of Georges Bank water. J. Mar.
Res. 39:465-500.

148

Houghton, J.P., K.R. Critchlow, D.C. Lees, R.D. Czlapinski, R.C. Miller, R.P Britch and
J.A. Mills. 1981. Fate and effects of drilling fluids and cuttings discharges in
lower Cook Inlet, Alaska and on Georges Bank. Prepared for U.S.D.C.-
N.O.A.A. and U.S.D.I.-B.L.M. Dames and Moore, Seattle, WA.

Hrudey, S.E. 1979. Sources and characteristics of liquid process wastes from Arctic
offshore hydrocarbon exploration. Arctic 32:3-21.

Kranz, P.M. 1972. The catastrophic burial of bivalves and its paleoecological
significance. Ph.D. Dissertation, Univ. Chicago. 177 pp.

Kranz, P.M. 1974. The catastrophic burial of bivalves and its paleoecological
significance. J. Geol. 82:237-265.

Liss, R.G., F. Knox, D. Wayne, and T.R. Gilbert. 1980. Availability of trace elements in
drilling fluids to the marine environment. In: Symposium on Research on

Associates, Washington, D.C. pp. 691-722.

Loosanoff, V.L. 1961. Effects of turbidity on some larval and adult bivalves. Gulf
Caribb. Fish. Inst. Proc. 14:80-95.

Loosanoff, V.L. and F.D. Tommers. 1948. Effect of suspended silt and other substances
on rate of feeding of oysters. Science. 107:69-70.

MacKenzie, C.L., Jr., A.S. Merrill, and F.M. Serchuk. 1978. Sea scallop resources off the
northeastern U.S. Coast, 1975. Mar. Fis. Rev. 40:19-23.

Magnell, 8.A., J.J. Cura, C.N. Flagg and D.E. Frye. 1981. Interpretation of the physical
oceanography of Georges Bank. Preliminary Results. Submitted to U.S.
Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management, Washington, D.C.
EG&G Environmental Consultants, Waltham, MA.

Mariani, G.M., L.V. Sick, and C.C. Johnson. 1980. An environmental monitoring study to
assess the impact of drilling discharges in the mid-Atlantic. III. Chemical and

Associates, Washington, D.C. pp. 438-493.

Maurer, D., R.T. Keck, J.C. Tinsman and W.A. Leathem. 198la. Vertical migration and
mortality of benthos in dredged material. Part I: Mollusca. Mar. Environ.
Res., 4:299-319.

‘Maurer, D., R.T. Keck, J.C. Tinsman and W.A. Leathem. 1981b. Vertical migration and
mortality of benthos in dredged material: Part II]. Crustacea. Mar. Environ.
Res., 5:301-317.

Maurer, D.L., R.T. Keck, J.C. Tinsman, W.A. Leathem, C.A. Wethe, M. Hutzinger, C.
Lord, and T.M. Church. 1978. Vertical migration of benthos in simulated
dredged material overburdens. Vol. I. Marine Benthos. Dredged material
research program, Technical Report D-78-35. U.S. Army Engineer Wastewater
Experiment Station. 60 pp.

149

Maurer, D., P. Kinner, W. Leathem, and L. Watling. 1976. Benthic faunal assemblages off
the Delmarva Peninsula. Estuar. and Coastal Mar. Sci. 4:163-177.

Maurer, D. and W. Leathem. 1980a. Ecological distribution of polychaetous annelids of
Georges Bank. Unpublished Report, College of Marine Studies, University of
Delaware. 181 pp.

Maurer, D. and W. Leathem. 1980b. Dominant species of polychaetous annelids of
Georges Bank. Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 3:135-144.

Maurer, D. and W. Leathem. 1981. Ecological distribution of polychaetous annelids from
the New England Outer Continental Shelf, Georges Bank. Int. Rev. ges.
Hydrobiol. 66(4):505-528.

Maurer, D., W. Leathem and C. Menzie. 1981. The impact of drilling fluid and well
cuttings on polychaete feeding guilds from the U.S. northeastern Continental
Shelf. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 12:342-347.

McCulloch, W.L., J.M. Neff, and R.S. Carr. 1980. Bioavailability of heavy metals from
used offshore drilling muds to the clam Rangia cuneata and the oyster
Crassostrea gigas. In: Symposium on Research on Environmental Fate and

McGuire, W.J. 1975. Disposal of drilling fluids and drilled-up solids in offshore drilling
operations. In: Environmental Aspects of Chemical Use in Well-Drilling
Operations. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-560/1-75-004. pp.
523-530.

McMordie, W.E., Jr. 1975. Handling and treatment of oil-base drilling muds. In:
Environmental Aspects of Chemical Use in Well-Drilling Operations. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-560/1-75-004. pp. 505-513.

Meek, R.P. and J.P. Ray. 1980. Induced sedimentation, accumulation, and transport
resulting from exploratory drilling discharges of drilling fluids and cuttings.
In: Symposium on Research on Environmental Fate and Effects of Drilling

Michael, A. 1977. New England OCS Environmental Benchmark. Fourth Quarterly
Summary Report. Section V. 40 pp.

Mills, E. 1980. The structure and dynamics of shelf and slope ecosystems off the
northeast coast of North America. In: Marine Benthic Dynamics. K.R.
Tenore and B.C. Coull (Eds.), Belle W. Baruch in Marine Science No. 11.
University of South Carolina Press. pp. 25-48.

150

Mills, E.L., K. Pittman, and B. Munroe. 1982. Effect of preservation on the weight of
marine benthic invertebrates. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 39: 221-224.

Myers, A.C. 1972. Tube-worm sediment relationships of Diopatra cuprea (Polychaeta:
” ““Onuphidae). Mar. Biol. 17:350-356.

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration/Coastal Zone Management
(NOAA/CZM). 1979. Georges Bank Marine Sanctuary issue paper. Sanctuary
Program Office, NOAA/CZM. Washington, D.C. 94 pp.

Neff, J.M. 1980. Effects of used drilling muds on benthic marine animals. Publ. No.
4330. American Petroleum Institute, Washington, D.C. 31 pp.

Neff, J.M. 1982. Fate and biological effects of oil well drilling fluids in the marine
environment: a literature review. EPA-600/53-82-064. U.S. EPA, Gulf
Breeze, FL. 150 pp.

Neu, H.J.A. 1970-72. Extreme wave height distribution along the Canadian Atlantic
Coast. OceanInd. July: 45-49.

Page, D.S., B.T. Page, J.R. Hotham, E.S. Gilfillan and R.P. Gerber. 1980. Bioavailability
of toxic constituents of used drilling muds. In: Symposium on Research on

Associates, Washington, D.C. pp. 984-996.

Payne, J.R., J.L. Lambach, R.E. Jordan, G.D. McNabb, Jr., R.R. Sims, A. Abasumara, J.G.
Sutton, D. Generro, S. Gagner, and R.F. Shokes. 1982. Georges Bank
Monitoring Program. Analysis of Hydrocarbons in Bottom Sediments and
Analysis of Hydrocarbons and Trace Metals in Benthic Fauna. First Year Final
Report to U.S.D.I., Minerals Management Service, Washington, D.C. Science
Applications, Inc., LaJolla, CA.

Peddicord, R.K., V.A. McFarland, V.A. Belfiori and T.E. Byrd. 1975. Effects of suspended
solids on San Francisco Bay organisms. Appendix G. Dredge disposal study
San Francisco Bay and estuary. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, San Francisco
District, 100 McAllister Street, San Francisco, CA.

Petrazzuolo, G. 1981. Preliminary Report. An environmental assessment of drilling
fluids and cuttings released onto the Outer Continental Shelf. Vol. 1.
Technical assessment. Vol. 2. Tables, figures and Appendix A. Prepared for
Industrial Permits Branch, Office of Water Enforcement and Ocean Programs
Branch, Office of Water and Waste Management, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

Pikanowski, R.A. 1977. An analysis of data from the National Marine Fisheries Service
groundfish survey for use in assessing oil-related environmental impacts. In:
Fishing and Petroleum Interactions on Georges Bank. Vol. II, 10 pp.

Pratt, S.D. 1973. Benthic fauna. In: Saila, S.B. (Ed.) Coastal Offshore Environmental
Inventory, Cape Hatteras to Nantucket Shoals. University of Rhode Island,
Marine Publication Series No. 2, Chapter 5:1-70.

Pratt, S.D., S.B. Saila, A.G. Gaines and J.E. Krout. 1973. Biological effects of ocean
disposal of solid waste. Marine Tech. Rep. Ser. No. 9. University of Rhode
Island, Kingston, RI. pp. 1-53.

Ray, J.P. 1979. Offshore discharge of drill muds and cuttings. In: Proc. of the OCS

Frontier Technology Symposium. December 6, 1979, Washington, D.C.

Ray, J.P. and R.P. Meek. 1980. Water column characterization of drilling fluids

Cuttings. Courtesy Associates, Washington, D.C.

Riley, G.A. 1941. Plankton studies. IV. Georges Bank. Bull. Bingh. Oceanogr. Coll., 7:1-
73.

Ropes, J.W. and S.A. Murawski, 1980. Size and age at sexual maturity of ocean quahogs
Arctica islandica from a deep oceanic site. I.C.E.S., Shellfish Comm. K26 7

Pp-

Rose, C.D. 1973. Mortality of market-sized oysters (Crassostrea virginica) in the vicinity
of a dredging operation. Chesapeake Sci. 14(2):135-138.

Courtesy Associates, Washington, D.C. pp. 828-846.

Saila, S.B., S.D. Pratt and T.T. Polgar. 1972. Dredge spoil disposal in Rhode Island Sound.
Univ. Rhode Island, Mar. Tech. Rep. No. 2. 48 pp.

Sanders, H.L. 1968. Marine benthic diversity: a comparative study. American Naturalist
102:243-282.

Sanders, H.L., J.F. Grassle, G.R. Hampson, L.S. Morse, S. Garner-Price, and C.C. Jones.
1980. Anatomy of an oil spill: long-term effects from the grounding of the
barge Florida off West Falmouth, Massachusetts. J. Mar. Res. 38:265-380.

York. 312 pp.

Sherman, K., L. Sullivan and R. Byron. 1978. Pulses in the abundance of zooplankton prey
of fish on the Continental Shelf off New England. Intern. Counc. Explor. Sea.
Comm. C.M. 1978/L:25 Biol. Oceanog., 11 pp.

Smith, W.L. and J.F. Grassle. 1977. Sampling properties of a family of diversity
measures. Biometrics 33:283-291.

Tagatz, M.E., J.M. Ivey, C.E. Dalbo and J.L. Oglesby. 1982. Responses of developing

estuarine macrobenthic communities to drilling muds. Estuaries. 5(2):131-
137.

152

Tagatz, M.E., J.M. Ivey, H.K. Lehman and J.L. Oglesby. 1978. Effects of a
lignosulfonate-type drilling mud on development of experimental estuarine
macrobenthic communities. Northeast Gulf Sci. 2(1):35-42.

Tagatz, M.E. and M. Tobia. 1978. Effect of barite (Ba SO4) on development of estuarine
communities. Estuarine and Coastal Mar. Sci. 7:401-407.

Thompson, E.P. and D.L. Harris. 1972. A wave climatology for U.S. coastal waters.
Coastal Eng. Res. Center Reprints.

Tillery, J.B. and R.E. Thomas. 1980. Heavy metal contamination from petroleum

Associates, Washington, D.C. pp. 562-587.

Tornberg, L.D., E.D. Thielk, R.E. Nakatoni, R.C. Miller and S.O. Hillman. 1980. Toxicity
of drilling fluids to marine organisms in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska. In:

and Cuttings. Courtesy Associates, Washington, D.C. pp. 997-1016.

Twichell, D.C., C.E. McClennen and B. Butman. 1981. Morphology and processes
associated with the accumulation of the fine-grained sediment deposit on the
southern New England shelf. J. Sediment. Petrol. 51:269-280.

Wheeler, R.B., J.B. Anderson, R.R. Schwarzer and C.L. Hokanson. 1980. Sedimentary
processes and trace metal contaminants in the Buccaneer oil/gas field,
northwestern Gulf of Mexico. Environ. Geol. 3:163-175.

Wigley, R. 1961. Bottom sediments of Georges Bank. J. Sediment. Petrol. 31:165-188.

Wigley, R. 1965. Density dependent food relationships with references to New England
groundfish. ICNAF Spec. Publ., 6:51-514.

Wigley, R. 1968. Benthic invertebrates of the New England fishing banks. Bull. of Amer.
Littoral Soc., 5:8-13.

Williams, W.T. 1971. Principles of clustering. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 2:303-326.

Wilson, W. 1950. The effects of sedimentation due to dredging operations on oysters in
Copano Bay, Texas. Annu. Rep., Mar. Lab., Texas Game, Fish and Oyster
Comm. 1948-1949,

World Oil. 1977. World Oil's 1977-78 guide to drilling, workover and completion fluids.
Gulf Publ. Co., Houston, TX.

153

te en Te eae
Mon eet

: pilet ea: Ade 3 aire

Pin Saleet Lea) A Cavan te
a age pal than ae ia be vw BNTON
hair SAE RS.

eva rig ha ea
meine The “Ue ih A. lation tay "aes Poet Ke wat nt pilin hie
r iat phone if ae nt a Basi oan ye

aie

weit fii ji ccs ‘Mpa es i

ue ty tn adh abe wa “se
‘iy Cait : "i . ta, eb Pairs z: 7 ii Le}
rarer yh a] 0 ue *'s am peer “pee 5 hey eer ay BS : mts sail SG ae: ye
. «heal wi 2 yee) fe pet) Se |

4 oh C od,

hiorst aa facies Sorts IY,
Ay Pret

My iE

‘
=
*}
. 1 4 i
ee ,
" 44 by or, 7 kad

haReTANR a * er
a Mie + rR ui bais eg 5 aie

= 5
tA” we eet 7

i _ ae ,
Cian ae ae 2 ‘

male. % i Hf i ‘ ee
Uy) ate AR

nye

! ePaietd <2 st ieee ae Lit

“haveal teh il Wate Bey sealer
_ wes 7.29 See

er Te pi Aa ‘taint ij Praia Misti
PRY : ‘ , Fis
‘ye
af os) Cras ‘
re ¥ ® hk =
a ls peli congas ve
‘ce Doe brig hae Ss 4 =| Pe! Au
MYS= OT) © vi h4 r
i f ; 12 ag
en liils rh) Sabi —~* ee are. =), neh ~ESpy, ALAS
7 3 5 i A ID iw
> a ee 4
“4? 7 1a ‘tat P| f V7) ASE y's
Bats! aie ‘4 A Sy ? s
% , ; , L A 7 } # ’ a) =.

io ae ae ef: Pet RS enc ty ah eee

7"
| sae

| ates ey

rd . al

i a

' i iG = :

% 4 i a} oe ar!
rf =)

eal aan Neal CONEY wo Ete ti

APPENDIX A

APPENDIX A

SPECIES RECORDED FROM GEORGES BANK INFAUNAL SAMPLES

PORIFERA

Calcarea sp. A

Cliona vastifica Hancock, 1849

Isodictya deichmanae (de Laubenfels, 1949)
Leucosolenia cancellata Verrill, 1874
Lissondendryx isodatylis (Carter, 1882)
Microciona prolifera ‘Ellis & Solander, 1786)
Polymastia robusta Bowerbank, 1860
Suberites ficus (Johnson, 1842)

Subertitidae sp. A

CNIDARIA
HYDROZOA

Acaulis primarius Stimpson, 1854
Acryptolaria conferta Allman, 1877

Campanularia abyssa Fraser, 1940
Campanularia groenlandica Levinsen, 1893
Campanularia angulata (Hincks, 1861)
Campanularia hinksi Alder, 1856
Campanularia verticillata (L., 1758)

Cladocarpus flexilis Verrill, 1883
Clytia coronata Clarke, 1879

Clytia cylindrica (Agassiz, 1862)
Clytia edwardsi (Nutting, 1901)

Cuspidella costata Hincks, 1868
Diphasia robusta Fraser, 1943

Ectopleura prolifica Hargitt, 1908

Eucopella sp. A
Eudendrium ramosum L, 1758

Eudendrium tenellum Allman, 1877
Halecium articulosum Clarke, 1875
Halecium flexile Allman, 1888
Halecium sp. A

Hydractinia echinata Fleming, 1828
Hydrallmania falcata (L., 1758)
Lovenella grandis Nutting, 1901
Lovenella sp. A

Monobrachium parasitum Mereschkowsky, 1877
Obelia dichotoma (L., 1758)

Obelia flabellata (Hincks, 1866)

Obelia hyalina Clarke, 13879
Opercularella lacerata (Johnston, 1847)

Opercularella pumilla Clark, 1875
Sertularella tenella (Alder, 1856)

Sertularella tricuspidata (Alder, 1856)

Stegopoma fastigiata (Alder, 1860)
Stegopoma plicatile (Sars, 1862)

oo

Thuiaria cupressina (L., 1758)
Tubularia couthouyi Agassiz, 1862

A-1

ANTHOZOA

Alcyonium carneum Agassiz, 1850

Ceriantheopsis americanus Verrill, 1866

Desmophyllum cristagalli Milne Edwards
and Haime, 1848

Edwardsia elegans Verrill, 1369

Edwardsia leidyi Verrill, 1898

Edwardsia sp. A, sp. B, sp. C

Epizoanthus americanus Verrill, 1364

Halcampidae sp. A

Hexactiniae sp. A, sp. B, sp. C

Hexactiniae sp. B

Anthozoa sp. A, sp. B, sp. C, sp. D, sp. E,
sp. F, sp. G, sp. H

NEMERTEA
Heteronemertea
Cerebratulus lacteus (Leidy, 1851)
Cerebratulus luridus Verrill, 1873
Micrura albida Verrilli, 1879
Micrura sp. A
Lineus sp. A
Nemertea sp. A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,K,L,M,N,O,P
Hoplonemertea
Monostylifera sp. A
ANNELIDA
OLIGOCHAETA
Tubificidae

Adelodrilus anisosetosus Cook, 1969
Adelodrilus sp. A

Clitellio arenicolus (Pierantoni, 1902)
Limnodriloides medioporus Cook, 1969
Peloscolex apectinatus Brinkhurst, 1965
Peloscolex intermedius Cook, 1969
Phallodrilus coeloprostratus Cook, 1969
Phallodrilus obscurus Cook, 1969
Phallodrilus parviatriatus Cook, 1971
Tubifex pseudogaster (Dahl, 1960)
Tubificidae sp. A,B,D,F,G,H

Enchytraeidae

Grania postclitellochaeta (Knoliner, 1935)
Lumbricillus codensis Lasserre, 1971
Marionina welchi Lasserre, 1971
Enchytraeidae sp. A

POEMCHAETA
Ampharetidae

Amage tumida Ehlers, 1887
Ampharete acutifrons (Grube, 1860)
Ampharete arctica Malmgren, 1866

Ampharete sp. A
Ampharete sp. B
Ampharete spp., juveniles

Amphicteis gunneri (Sars, 1335)
Anobothrus gracilis (Malmgren, 1866)

Asabellides sp. A

Eclysippe sp. A

Lysippe sp. A

Melinna elisabethae McIntosh, 1922
Sabellides borealis Sars, 1851

Samythella sp. A

Sosanella apalea Hartman, 1965
Ampharetidae, new genus, new species A
Ampharetidae, new genus, new species B
Ampharetidae, new genus, new species C
Ampharetidae, new genus, new species D
Ampharetidae spp., juveniles

Amphinomidae
Paramphinome jeffreysii (McIntosh, 1868)
Aphroditidae

Aphrodita hastata Moore, 1905
Laetmonice filicornis Kinberg, 1855

Apistobranchidae

Apistobranchus tullbergi (Théel, 1879)

Arabellidae

Arabella sp. A

Drilognathus sp. A

Drilonereis longa Webster, 1879

Drilonereis magna Webster & Benedict, 1837

Drilonereis new sp. A (free-living)

Drilonereis new sp. B (parasitic with Aricidea catherinae)
Drilonereis new sp. C (parasitic with paraonid
Drilonereis new sp. D (parasitic with cirratulid)

Capitellidae

Barantolla sp. A

Capitella spp.

Capitella jonesi (Hartman, 1959)
Heteromastus filiformis (Claparéde, 1864)
Mediomastus fragilis Rasmussen, 1973
Notomastus latericeus Sars, 1850

Chaetopteridae
Spiochaetopterus oculatus Webster, 1879

Chrysopetalidae

Dysponetus gracilis Hartman, 1965
Cirratulidae

Caulleriella new sp. B

Caulleriella new sp. C

Chaetozone new sp. A

Chaetozone new sp. B

Cirratulus cirratus (Muller, 1776)
Dodecaceria new sp. A

Tharyx acutus Webster & Benedict, 1887
Tharyx annulosus Hartman, 1965

Tharyx dorsobranchialis Kirkegaard, 1959
Tharyx marioni (Saint-Joseph, 1894)
Tharyx nr. monilaris Hartman, 1960
Tharyx new sp. A

Tharyx sp. C

Tharyx sp. D

Tharyx sp. E

Cossuridae
Cossura longicirrata Webster & Benedict, 1887
Ctenodrilidae

Ctenodrilus serratus (Schmidt, 1857)

Dorvilleidae

Dorvillea sociabilis (Webster, 1879)

Dorvillea sp. A

Ophryotrocha sp. A

Protodorvillea gaspeensis Pettibone, 1961
Protodorvillea kefersteini (McIntosh, 1869)
Schistomeringos caeca (Webster & Benedict, 1884)
Schistomeringos sp. A

Schistomeringos sp. B

Schistomeringos sp. C

Schistomeringos sp. D

Eunicidae

Eunice norvegica (L., 1767)

Eunice pennata (Miller, 1776)

Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje, 1828)

Marphysa belli (Audouin & Milne-Edwards, 13833)

Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu, 1815)
Marphysa sp. A

Nematonereis unicornis (Grube, 1840)

Flabelligeridae

Brada villosa (Rathke, 1843)
Flabelligera sp. B

cf. Flabelligera affinis Sars, 1829
Pherusa nr. falcata (Stdp-Bowitz, 1947)
Pherusa plumosa (Miiller, 1776)
Pherusa sp. A

Glyceridae

Glycera capitata Oersted, 1843
Glycera dibranchiata

Glycera robusta Ehlers, 1868
Glycera new sp. A
Glycera spp., juv.

Goniadidae

Goniada maculata Oersted, 1843
Goniada norvegica Oersted, 1845
Goniada new sp. A

Goniada spp. juveniles

Goniadella gracilis (Verrill, 1873)
Goniadidae, new genus & species A

Hesionidae

Microphthalmus listensis Westheide, 1967
Microphthalmus sczelkowii Mecznikow, 1865
Nereimyra punctata (Miller, 1776)

Gyptis sp. A

Hesionidae, new genus & new species A

Lumbrineridae

Lumbrineris acuta (Verrill, 1875)
Lumbrineris fragilis (Muller, 1776)
Lumbrineris hebes Verrill, 1880
Lumbrineris impatiens (Claparéde, 1868)

Lumbrineris latreilli (Audouin & Milne-Edwards, 1833)
Lumbrineris paradoxa Saint-Joseph, 1888

Lumbrineris sp. A

Lumbrineris sp. B

Lumbrineris sp. C

Lumbrineridae spp. juveniles

Ninoe nigripes Verrill, 1873

Maldanidae

Asychis biceps (Sars, 1861)

Axiothella cf. catenata (Malmgren, 1865)
Axiothella sp. A

Clymenella torquata (Leidy, 1855)
Clymenura borealis (Arwidsson, 1907)
Clymenura polaris (Théel, 1879)
Euclymene sp. A

Euclymene sp. B
Euclymeninae sp. B

Heteroclymene robusta Arwidsson, 1907
Isocirrus planiceps (Sars, 1872)
Maldanidae sp. B

Maldanidae sp. C

Maldanidae sp. D

Maldanidae sp. E

Notoproctus sp. A

Petaloproctus planiceps (Sars, 1872)
Praxillura longissima Arwidsson, 1907
Rhodine loveni Malmgren, 1865

Rhodine gracilior Tauber, 1879

Nephtyidae

Aglaophamus circinata (Verrill, 1874)
Nephtys bucera Ehlers, 1868

Nephtys caeca (Fabricius, 1780)
Nephtys incisa Malmgren, 1865
Nephtys paradoxa Malm, 1874
Nephtys picta Ehlers, 1868

Nephtys squamosa Ehlers, 1887

Nephtyidae (continued)

Nephtys sp. C

Nereididae

Nereis grayi Pettibone, 1956
Nereis pelagica (L., 1761)
Nereis cf. riisei Grube, 1856
Nereis zonata Malmgren, 1867
cf. Rullerinereis sp. A

Onuphidae

Nothria conchylega (Sars, 1835)
Nothria pallidula Hartman, 1965
Paronuphis sp. A
Rhamphobrachium sp. A

Opheliidae

Ophelia limacina (Rathke, 1843)
Ophelina acuminata Oersted, 1843
Ophelina cylindricaudata (Hansen, 1878)
Ophelina sp. A

Ophelina spp. juv.

Travisia forbesi Johnson, 1840
Orbiniidae

Leitoscoloplos acutus (Verrill, 1873)
Leitoscoloplos cf. fragilis (Verrill, 1873)
Leitoscoloplos robustus (Verrill, 1873)
Orbinia swani Pettibone, 1957

Scoloplos acmeceps Chamberlin, 1919
Scoloplos armiger (Miller, 1776)
Scoloplos (?Leodamas) sp. A

Phylo felix Kinberg, 1866

Owenlidae

Myriochele oculata Zaks, 1923
Myriochele sp. A

Owenia fusiformis delle Chiaje, 1844

Paraonidae

Aricidia albatrossae Pettibone, 1957
Aricidia nr. belgica (Fauvel, 1936)

Aricidea catherinae Laubier, 1967

Aricidea cerruti Laubier, 1966

Aricidea longobranchiata Day, 1961
Aricidea lopezi Berkeley and Berkeley, 1956
Aricidea neosuecica Hartman, 1965

Paraonidae (continued)

Aricidea quadrilobata Webster & Benedict, 1887
Aricidea simplex (Day, 1963)

Aricidea suecica Eliason, 1920

Aricidea wassi Pettibone, 1965

Aricidea new sp. A

Aricidea new sp. B

Aricidea sp. C

Aricidea sp. D

Cirrophorus brevicirratus Strelzov, 1973
Cirrophorus furcatus (Hartman, 1957)
Levensenia gracilis (Tauber, 1879)
Paradoneis new sp. A

Paradoneis lyra (Southern, 1914)
Paraonis fulgens (Levinsen, 1883)
Paraonis pygoenigmatica Jones, 1968
Paraonis new sp. A

Paraonis new sp. B

Paraonis new sp. C

Paraonis new sp. D

Pectinariidae

Pectinaria gouldi (Verrill, 1873)
Pectinaria granulata (L., 1767)
Pectinaria hyperborea (Malmgren, 1866)
Pectinarlidae sp. (Indeterminable)

Phyllodocidae

Cirrodoce cristata Hartman & Fauchald, 1971
Eteone heteropoda Hartman, 1951

Eteone lactea Claparéde, 1868

Eteone spetsbergensis Malmgren, 1865
Eteone longa (Fabricius, 1780)

Eulalia bilineata (Johnston, 1840)

Eulalia viridis (L., 1767)

Genetyllis castanea (Marenzeller, 1879)
Hesionura elongata (Southern, 1914)
Mystides borealis borealis Théel, 1979
Mystides borealis caeca Langerhans, 1880
Paranaitis speciosa (Webster, 1880)
Phyllodoce arenae Webster, 1879
Phyllodoce groenlandica Oersted, 1842
Phyllodoce maculata (L., 1767)
Phyllodoce mucosa Oersted, 1843

Phyllodoce sp. A

Phyllodoce spp. juv.
Phyllodocidae, new genus & species A

Polygordidae

Polygordius sp. A

Polynoidae

Harmothoe extenuata (Grube, 1840)

Lepidonotus squamatus (L., 1758)

Protodrilidae

Protodriloides chaetifer (Remane, 1926)
Protodrilus sp. A

Psammodrilodae

Psammodrilus balanoglossoides Swedmark, 1952
Questidae

Novaquesta trifurcata Hobson, 1970

Sabellidae

Amphiglena sp. A
Chone duneri Malmgren, 1867

Chone infundibuliformis Kréyer, 1856
Chone sp. A

Chone sp. B

Chone spp. juvenile

Euchone nr. elegans Verrill, 1873
Euchone hancocki Banse, 1970
Euchone incolor Hartman, 1965
Jasmineira cf. filiformis Hartman, 1965
Fabricinae spp. juvenile

Megalomma bioculata (Ehlers, 1887)
Myxicola infundibulum (Renier, 1804)
Potamilla neglecta (Sars, 1851)
Potamilla reniformis (Leukart, 1849)
Sabellinae spp. juvenile

Scalibregmatidae
Scalibregma inflatum Rathke, 1843
Serpulidae

Filograna implexa (Berkeley, 1851) (Salmacina - form)
Protula tubularia (Montague, 1803)

Sigalionidae

Pholoe minuta (Fabricius, 1780)
Sigalion arenicola Verrill, 1879
Sigalion sp. A

Sthenelais picta Verrill, 1881
Sthenelais limicola (Ehlers, 1864)

Sphaerodoridae

Clavodorum sp. A

Sphaerodoridium sp. A

Sphaerodoropsis corrugata Hartman & Fauchald, 1971
Sphaerodoridium claparedii (Greeff, 1866)
Sphaerodorum gracilis (Rathke, 1843)

Sphaerodorum sp. A

Spionidae

Aonides paucibranchiata Southern, 1914
Aonides sp. A

Apoprionospio dayi Foster, 1969
Laonice Bat aiare 1851)
Malacoceros indicus Fauvel, 1928
Microspio pigmentata (Reish, 1959)
Polydora barbilla Blake, 1981
Polydora nr. caeca Oersted, 1343
Polydora caulleryi Mesnil, 1897
Polydora concharum Verrill, 1880
Polydora ligni Webster, 1879
Polydora socialis (Schmarda, 1861)
Polydora new sp. A

Polydora new sp. B

Polydora new sp. C

Prionospio cirrifera Wirén, 1833
Prionospio dubia Day, 1961

Prionospio SL oSISETE Malmgren, 1867
Prionospio aff. cirrobranchiata Day, 1961

—————_—$——

Prionospio new sp. A

Scolelepis squamata (Miiller, 1789)
Scolelepis texana Foster, 1971

Spio cf. armata (Thulin, 1957)

Spio filicornis (Miiller, 1776)

Spio limicola Verrill, 1879
Spiophanes bombyx (Claparéde, 1870)
Spiophanes kroeyeri Grube, 1860
Spiophanes wigleyi Pettibone, 1962

Spiophanes sp. A
Spionidae new genus & new species A

Spintheridae
Spinther citrinus (Stimpson, 1854)
Sternaspidae

Sternaspis scutata (Renier, 1807)

A-10

Syllidae

Ambloysyllis sp. A

Autolytus prolifer (O. F. Muller, 1788)
Eusyllis blomstrandi Malmgren, 1867

Eusyllis lamelligera Marion & Bobretzky, 1875
Exogone hebes (Webster & Benedict, 1884)
Exogone naidena Oersted, 1845

Exogone verugera (Claparéde, 1868)
Parapionosyllis longicirrata (Webster & Benedict, 1384)
Procerea cornuta (Agassiz, 1863)

Procerea fasciata (Bosc, 1802)

Sphaerosyllis sp. A

Sphaerosyllis sp. B
Streptosyllis arenae Webster & Benedict, 1334

Streptosyllis varians Webster & Benedict, 1387
Streptosyllis websteri Southern, 1914

Syllides cf. articulosa Ehlers, 1897

Syllides benedicti Banse, 1971

Syllides japonica Imajima, 1966

Syllides sp. A

Syllides sp. B

Syllides sp. C

Syllides sp. D

Typosyllis hyalina (Grube, 1863)
Typosyllis tegulum Hartman & Fauchald, 1971

Terebellidae

Amaena triloba (Sars, 1863)

Eupolymnia nebulosa (Montagu, 1318)
Pista palmata Verrill, 1873 ;
Polycirrus eximius (Leidy, 1855)

Polycirrus phosphoreus Verrill, 1830
Polycirrus sp. A

Polycirrus sp. B
Polycirrus sp. C (? = Proclea sp.)

Thelepus new sp. A
Trichobranchidae
Terebellides stroemi Sars, 1835
Trichobranchus glacialis Malmgren, 1866
Trichobranchus roseus (Malmgren, 1874)
Trochochaetidae
Trochochaeta nr. carica (Birula, 1897)

Family Undetermined

Aberranta enigmatica Hartman, 1965

A-11

PHORONIDA

PRIAPULIDA

SIPUNCULA

MOLLUSCA
GASTROPODA

Prosobranchia

Phoronida sp. A
Priapulid sp. A

Golfingia eremita (Sars, 1851)

Golfingia margaritacea (Sars, 1851)
Golfingia minuta (Keferstein, 1865)

Phascolion gouldi (Pourtales, 1851)
Phascolion strombi (Montague, 1804)

Alvania castanea Moller, 1842

Alvania pelagica (Stimpson, 1851)
Alvania exarata Stimpson, 1851

Amphissa haliaeeti (Jeffreys, 1897)
Buccinum undatum L., 1758

Cocculina beanii Dall, 13882

Colus parvus Gel & Smith, 1882

Colus maeus (Gould, 1841)

Colus sabinii (Gray, 1824)

Colus stimpsoni (Mérch, 1867)

Colus spp.

Crepidula plana Say, 1822

Crepidula fornicata (L., 1758)
Crucibulum striatum Say, 1824

Epitonium championi Clench & Turner, 1952
Epitonium dallianum (Verrill & Smith, 1880)
Epitonium multistriatum (Say, 1826)
Lunatia heros (Say, 1822)

Mitrella dissimilis (Stimpson, 1851)
Moelleria costulata (Moller, 1842)
Nassarius trivitatus (Say, 1822)

Polynices immaculatus (Totten, 1834)
Polynices nanus (Moller, 1842)

Scissurella crispata (Fleming, 1828)
Solariella obscura (Couthouy, 1838)
Turritellopsis cf. acicula (Stimpson, 1851)
Velutina velutina (Miller, 1776)
Gastropod sp. B, sp. C

A-12

Opisthobranchia

Adalaria proxima (Alder & Hancock, 1854)
Cadlina laevis (L., 1767)

Coryphella verrilli

Cylichna alba (Brown, 1827)

Cylichna gouldi (Couthouy, 1839)
Doto coronata (Gmelin, 1792)
Dendronotus frondosus (Ascanius, 1774)
Diaphana minuta (Brown, 1827)
Doridella obscura Verrill, 1870
Eubranchus sp. A

Limacina leseueurii (Orbigny, 1836)
Limacina retroversa (Fleming, 1823)
Limacina trochifor mis (Orbigny, 1836)
Odostomia gibbosa Bush, 1909
Odostomia impressa (Say, 1821)
Odostomia modesta Stimpson, 1851
Odostomia sulcosa (Mighels, 1843)
Odostomia spp.

Philine lima (Brown, 1827)
Pleurobranchia tarda Verrill, 1880
Retusa obtusa (Montagu, 1807)
Nudibranchea sp. B

Aeolidiidae sp. A

BIVALVIA

Anomia squamula L., 1758

Anomia spp.

Arctica islandica (L., 1767)

Astarte borealis (Shumacher, 1317)
Astarte castanea (Say, 1822)

Astarte montagui (Dillwyn, 1817)
Astarte quadrans Gould, 1841

Astarte crenata subequilatera Sowerby, 1854
Astarte undata Gould, 1841

Astarte sp. A

Bathyarca pectunculoides Scacchi, 1833
Cardiomya perrostrata (Dall, 1831)
Cerastoderma pinnulatum (Conrad, 1831)
Corbula contracta Say, 1822

Crenella decussata (Montagu, 1808)
Crenella glandula (Totten, 1843)
Crenella fragilis Verrill, 1885

Crenella sp. juv.

Cuspidaria rostrata (Spengler, 1783)

A-13

BILVAVIA (continued)

Cuspidaria cf. parva Verrill and Bush, 1898
Cyclocardia borealis (Conrad, 1831)
Dacrydium vitreum (Holboll, 1842)
Diplodonta sp. A

Ensis directus Conrad, 1843

Hiatella arctica (L., 1767)

Lasaeidae sp. A

Leptonacea sp. A

Limatula subauriculata (Montagu, 1808)
Limopsis sulcata Verrill & Bush, 1898
Lucinoma filosa (Stimpson, 1851)

Lyonsia granulifera Verrill & Bush, 1898
Lyonsia hyalina Conrad, 1831

Modiolus modiolus (L., 1758)

Musculus niger (Gray, 1824)

Mytilus edulis Linne 1787

Nucula delphinodonta Mighels & Adams, 1842
Nucula proxima Say, 1822

Nucula sp. juv.

Nuculana messanensis (Seguenza, 1877)
Palliolum subimbrifer (Verrill & Bush, 1897)
Palliolum sp. B

Pandora gouldiana Dall, 1886

Periploma leanum (Conrad, 1831)

Periploma papyratium (Say, 1822)
Pitar morrhuanus Linsley, 1848

Placopecten magellanicus (Gmelin, 1791)
Poromya granulatum (Nyst & Westendorp, 13839)
Siliqua costata Say 1822

Solemya velum Say, 1822

Spisula solidissima (Dillwyn, 1817)

Tellina agilis Stimpson, 1857

Tellina tenella Verrill, 1874

Thracia septentrionalis Jeffreys, 1872

Thyasira sp. A, sp. B, sp. C, sp. D, sp. E

Thyasira spp.
Yoldia sapotilla (Gould, 1841)

Bivalve sp. D, sp. E, sp. F, sp. H,
Sp. J, sp. K, sp. L

SCAPHOPODA

Cadulus agassizii Dall, 1881

Cadulus sp. A

Dentalium entale stimpsoni Henderson, 1920
Siphonodentalium occidentale Henderson, 1920
Siphonodentalium bushi Henderson, 1920

cf. Siphonodentalium tythum Watson, 1879

A-14

POLY PLACOPHORA

Hanleya sp. A
Leptochiton sp. A
Leptochiton sp. B
Polyplacophora sp. A

APLACOPHORA
Nierstrassia fragile Heath, 1918
Chaetoderma nitidulum Loven, 1884
Chaetoderma sp. A
Neomeniomorpha sp. A, sp. B, sp. C, sp. D, sp. E
ARTHROPODA
ARACHNIDA
Acarina
PY CNOGONIDA
Anoplodactylus petiolatus (Kroyer, 1844)
Nymphon grossipes Kroyer, 1780
CRUSTACEA
CEPHALOCARIDA
Hutchinsoniella macracantha Sanders, 1955
OSTRACODA
Myodocopida
CIRRIPEDIA
Balanus sp. A
MALACOSTRACA

Cumacea
Bodotriidae

Mancocuma stellifera Zimmer, 1943
Pseudoleptocuma minor (Calman, 1912)

A-15

Diastylidae

Diastylis abbreviata Sars, 1871
Diastylis goodsiri (Bell, 1855)
Diastylis lucifera (Kroyer, 1841)
Diastylis polita (S.I. Smith, 1879)
Diastylis quadrispinosa (Sars, 1871)
Diastylis sculpta Sars, 1871
Diastylis sp. A

Diastylis sp. B

Diastylis spp.

Leptostylis longimana (Sars, 1865)

Leptostylis sp. A
Diastylidae sp. A

Lampropidae

Lamprops quadriplicata S.I. Smith, 1879
Lamprops spp.

Leuconidae
Eudorella pusilla Sars, 1871
Eudorella sp. A
Eudorellopsis deformis (Kréyer, 1846)

Nannastacidae

Campylaspis affinis Sars, 1870
Campylaspis rubicunda (Lilljeborg, 1855)

Campylaspis sp. A

Pseudocumatidae

Petalosarsia declivis (Sars, 1865)

Tanaidacea
Paratanaidae
Pseudoleptochelia filum (Stimpson, 1853)

Tanaissus lilljeborgi (Stebbing, 1871)
Typhlotanais cornutus G.O. Sars, 1885

A-16

Isopoda
Anthuridae

Ptilanthura tricarina Menzies & Frankenberg, 1966
Ptilanthura sp. A

Cirolanidae

Cirolana borealis Lilljeborg, 1851
Cirolana polita (Stimpson)
Cirolana sp. A

Desmosomatidae

Desmosoma tenuimanum (G.O. Sars, 1899)
Desmosoma sp.

Idoteidae

Chiridotea arenicola Wigley, 1960
Chiridotea tuftsi (Stimpson, 1853)
Edotea acuta (Richardson)
Edotea triloba (Say, 1818)

Edotea sp. B

Janiridae

Janira alta (Stimpson, 1853)
Janira sp. A

Munnidae

Munna fabricii (Kréyer)
Munna sp. A

Pleurogonium inerme (Sars)

Pleurogonium sp. A
Munnidae sp. A

Isopoda sp. A
Amphipoda - Hyperiidea
Hyperiidae

Parathemisto gaudichaudii (Guerin, 1825)

A-17

Amphipoda - Gammaridea
Argissidae

Argissa hamatipes (Norman, 1869)

Ampeliscidae

Ampelisca agassizi (Judd, 1896)
Ampelisca macrocephala Lilljeborg, 1852

Byblis serrata (Smith, 1873)
Byblis sp. A
Haploops sp. A

Amphilochidae

Amphilochidae sp. A
Amphilochoides odontonyx (Boeck, 1871)

Aoridae

Leptocheirus pinguis (Stimpson, 1853)
Microdeutopus anomalus (Rathke, 1843)
Pseudunciola obliquua (Shoemaker, 1949)
Unciola inermis Shoemaker, 1945
Unciola irrorata Say, 1818

Unciola spicata Shoemaker, 1945
Unciola spp. juveniles

Aoridae sp. A

Corophiidae
Corophium acutum Chevreux, 1908

Corophium crassicorne Bruzelius, 1859
Corophium tuberculatum Shoemaker, 1934

Corophium sp. A
Prichthonite rubricornis (Stimpson, 1853)
Siphonoecetes colletti

Eusiridae

Rhachotropis inflata (G.O. Sars, 1882)
Haustoriidae
Acanthohaustorius intermedius Bousfield, 1965

Acanthohaustorius millsi Bousfield, 1965
Acanthohaustorius shoemakeri Bousfield, 1965

A-18

Haustoriidae (continued)

Acanthohaustorius similis Frame, 1980
Acanthohaustorius spinosus Bousfield, 1962
Bathyporeia quoddyensis Shoemaker, 1949
Parahaustorius attenuatus Bousfield, 1965
Parahaustorius longimerus Bousfield, 1965
Protohaustorius wigleyi Bousfield, 1965
Pseudohaustorius rathenae Bousfield, 1965

Platyischnopus sp. A

Ischyroceridae

Ischyrocerus sp. A

Ischyrocerus sp. B
Liljeborgidae sp. A

Lysianassidae

Anonyx liljeborgi Kroyer, 1870

Anonyx sp. A
Hippomedon serratus Holmes, 1903

Lysianassidae sp. A
Lysianassidae sp. B

Melitidae

Casco bigelowi (Blake, 1929)
Eriopisa elongata (Bruzelius, 1859)
Jerbarnia americana Watling, 1981
Melita dentata Kroyer, 1842

Melphidippidae
Melphidippa borealis Boeck, 1870
Oedicerotidae

Monoculodes edwardsi Holmes, 1905
Monoculodes sp. A

Paramphithoidae

Epimeria obtusa Watling, 1981

Photidae

Gammaropsis nitida (Stimpson, 1853)
Photis dentata Shoemaker, 1945
Photis pollex (Walker, 1895)
Photidae sp. A

Phoxocephalidae

Harpinia propingua G.O. Sars, 1891
Harpinia truncata G.O. Sars, 1891

Phoxocephalus holbolli Kroyer, 1842
Rhepoxynius hudsoni Barnard and Barnard, 1982
Phoxocephalidae sp. A

Pleustidae

Pleusymtes glaber Boeck, 1861
Stenopleustes gracilis Holmes, 1905

Stenopleustes inermis Shoemaker, 1949
Pleustidae sp. A
Podoceridae
Dyopedos monacanthus (Metzger, 1875)
Pontogenelidae

Pontogeneia inermis (Kroyer, 1842)

Stenothoidae

Metopa sp. A
Metopella angusta Shoemaker, 1949

Metopella sp. A

Parametopella cypris (Holmes, 1905)
Proboloides holmesi Bousfield, 1973

Amphipoda sp. A,B,C,G, I, J

A-20

Amphipoda - Caprellidea

Caprellidae

Aeginella spinosa Boeck, 1861
Aeginina longicornis (Kroyer, 1842-43)
Caprella unica Mayer, 1903

Caprella sp. A

Mysidacea
Mysidae
Erythrops erythrophthalma (Goes, 1863)
Heteromysis formosa Smith, 1873
Mysidopsis bigelowi Tattersall, 1926
Mysidae sp. A
Euphausiacea
Meganyctiphanes norvegica (Sars, 1857)
Euphausiacea sp.
Decapoda
Caridea
Natantia
Caridea sp. A
Natantia sp. A
Crangonidae
Crangon septemspinosa Say, 1318
Pontophilus brevirostris Smith, 1881
Palaemonidae
Palaemonetes sp. A
Pandalidae
Pandalus borealis Kroyer, 1838
Pandalus montagui Leach, 1813
Reptantia
Anomura

A-21

Axiidae

Axiidae sp. A
Axiidae sp. B

Galatheidae

Munidia iris Edwards, 1880
Galatheidae sp. A

Paguridae

Pagurus acadianus Benedict, 1901
Pagurus arcuatus Squires, 1964
Pagurus pubescens Kroyer, 1838
Pagurus sp. A

Pagurus sp. B

Brachyura
Canceridae
Cancer borealis Stimpson, 1859
Cancer irroratus Say, 1817
Cancer sp. A

Majidae

Euprognatha rastellifera Rathbun, 1925
Hyas coarctatus Leach, 1815

Ocypodidae
Ocypode quadrata (Fabricius, 1787)

Brachyura sp. A

ECTOPROCTA
Tubuliporidae
Idmonea atlantica (Johnson, 1847)
Diastoporidae
Diplosolen obelia (Johnston, 1838)
Crisiidae

Crisia eburnea (L., 1758)

A-22

Lichenoporidae

Lichenopora hispida (Fleming, 1828)
Walkeriidae

Walkeria sp. A
Nolellidae

Nolella sp. A
Alcyonidae

Alcyonidium nallvouri (Hassall, 1841)
Scruparidae

Scruparia chelata (L., 1758)
Eucrateidae

Eucratea loricata (L., 1758)
Calloporidae

Amphiblestrum osburni Powell, 1968

Amphiblestrum trifolium (Wood, 1844)

Callopora aurita (Hincks, 1877)

Callopora dumerilii (Audouin)
Callopora lineata (L., 1767)

Membraniporidae

Membranipora tenuis Desor, 1848
Membranipora tuberculata (Bosc, 1802)

Electridae

Electra arctica Borg, 1931
Electra pilosa (L., 1767)

Bicellariellidae
Bicellariella ciliata (L., 1758)
Bugulidae

Bugula stolonifera Ryland, 1960
Dendrobeania murrayana (Johnston, 1847)

A-23

Calpensiidae

Microporina sp. A
Cribilinidae
Cribilina punctata (Hassall, 1841)

Cryptosulidae

Cryptosula pallasiana (Moll, 1803)

Schizoporellidae

Schizoporella biaperta (Michelin, 1841)
Schizoporella unicornis (Johnston, 1847)

Smittinidae

Parasmittina nitida (Verrill, 1875)
Porella reduplicata (Osburn, 1933)

Hippothoidae
Hippothoa divaricata Lamouroux, 1821
ECHINODERMATA
ECHINOIDEA

Brisaster fragilis (Duben & Koren)
Echinarachnius parma (Lamarck, 1816)
Echinoidea juvenile sp.A (probably juv. E. parma)
Echinoidea juvenile sp.B (probably an urchin)
Echinocardium flavescens (O.Fr. Muller)
Spatangoidea juvnile spp.

OPHIUROIDEA

Amphioplus abditus (Verrill, 1871)
Amphipholis squamata (Delle Chiaje, 1828)
Amphitarsus spinifer Schoener, 1967
Ophiura robusta (Ayres, 1851)
Ophiopholis aculeata (L.)
Ophiuroidea (juvenile) sp. A
Ophiuroidea (juvenile) sp. B
Ophiuroidea sp. C

Ophiuroidea sp. D

Ophiuroidea sp. E

Ophiuroidea sp. F

Ophiuroidea (juvenile) sp. G
Ophiuroidea juvenile spp.

A-24

CRINOIDEA

Hathrometra sp.

ASTEROIDEA

Astropecten americanus Verrill, 1880
Leptasterias tenera (Stimpson, 1862)
Leptasterias tenera juvenile A
Asterias forbesi (Desor, 1848)
Asterias vulgaris Verrill, 1866
Forcipulata sp. A

Forcipulata (juvenile) sp. B

Forcipulata sp. C
Paxillosida (juvenile) sp. A
Asteroidea (juvenile) sp. B
Asteroidea (juvenile) sp. C
Asteroidea (juvenile) spp.

HOLOTHUROIDEA

Duasmodactyla commune (Forbes, 1841)
Leptosynapta tenuis (Ayres, 1851)

HEMICHORDATA

Enteropneusta sp. A
Enteropneusta sp. B
Enteropneusta sp. D
Enteropreusta sp. E
Enteropneusta juveniles

CHORDATA

UROCHORDATA
Ascidiacea sp.
Ascidiacea sp.
Ascidiacea sp.
Ascidiacea sp.
Ascidiacea sp.

MOOD

VERTEBRATA

- Ammodytes americanus De Kay, 1842
Neoliparis atlanticus (Jordan & Evermann, 1898)
Omochelys cruentifer (Goode & Bean, 1896)
Scomber scombrus L. 1758
Urophycis chuss Walbaum, 1792

A-25

APPENDIX B

APPENDIX B
ANNOTATED SPECIES LIST
PORIFERA

Suberitidae sp. A
An encrusting form with large tylostyles, with the rounded end next to
substratum but differing in having spirasters as microscleres. Small sponge

always found encrusting sand grains. Most common sponge.

Calcarea sp. A
Resembling Sycon in being solitary tubes yet lacking long spicule fringe around
osculum. Resembles Leucosolenia but differs in having a rough or tufted surface

texture.
CNIDARIA: HYDROZOA

Lovenella sp. A

Resembling Lovenella grandis in shape and structure but much smaller.

Halecium sp. B
Overall structure similar to Halecium articulosum but differing in that hydro-
phores alternate at 90° angles to one another, whereas hydrophores of H. articu-

losum alternate at a full 180° to one another.

Halecium sp. C
Shape resembling Lafoea spp. but hydrophores commonly reduplicated one or two

times, a common characteristic of Halecium.

Eucopella sp. A
Characterized by a very large gonophore. Similar to Eucopella caliculata except

hydrothecal margin toothed instead of entire.

Eudendrium sp. A

Specimens incomplete but agreeing with genus Eudendriuin.

Thuiaria cupressina (L., 1758)

Most common hydrozoan.
ANTHOZOA

Edwardsia sp. A,B,C
All specimens poorly preserved, with tentacles withdrawn or lost; all with

multiples of eight mesentaries and tentacles.

Hexactiniae sp. A,B,C

All 3 forms with multiples of six mesentaries and tentacles.

UHalcampidae sp. A
Family assignment due to very large longitudinal muscles of mesentaries and fine
mucus covering, all specimens in very poor shape and could not be assigned a

genus and species.

NEMERTEA

Most nemerteans very difficult if not impossible to identify unless sectioned.

Micrura sp. A

Specimens with caudal cirrus present and without thin lateral margins.

Lineus sp. A

Specimens without caudal cirrus; with longitudinal cephalic grooves.

Monostylifera sp. A
Specimens with stylet. Rare.

ANNELIDA: POLYCHAETA
AMPHARETIDAE

Asabellides sp. A
Four pairs branchiae; with long dorsal neuropodial cirrus; peristomium narrow;

one pair long anal cirri and short papillae.

Eclysippe sp. A

Palea present; with 3 pairs branchiae; 12 thoracic uncinigers; with ventral

glandular band on setiger 5.

Lysippe sp. A
Paleae lacking; with 4 pairs branchiae; anal cirri with 2 eyes; with enlarged

notopodial lobes on setiger 10.

Samythella sp. A
With 3 pairs branchiae; 12 thoracic uncinigers; paleae absent; without notopodial

rudiments.

Ampharetidae, new genus, new species A
Paleae present; with 4 pairs branchiae; 12 thoracic uncinigers; with notopodial

rudiments.

Ampharetidae, new genus, new species B
Paleae absent; with 3 pairs branchiae; 1! thoracic uncinigers; with notopodial

rudiments.

Ampharetidae, new genus, new species C
Paleae reduced; with 4 pairs branchiae; 2 thoracic uncinigers; enlarged notopodia

with long brushtipped setae on last thoracic setiger.

Ampharetidae, new genus, new species D.
Paleae absent; with 2 pairs branchiae and | pair nephridia; 13 thoracic uncinigers;

several dark eyes.

APHRODITIDAE

Aphrodita hastata Moore, 1905
Juveniles with neurosetae having basal spur and few marginal teeth; thus

intermediate between typical A. hastata and the European A. aculeata.

ARABELLIDAE

Arabella sp. A
Prostomium without eyes; simple limbate capillaries present, lacking denticula-
tion at base of winged plate; upper edge of mandibles smooth; anterior

parapodial lobes appear receded into body wall.

cf. Drilognathus sp. A
Yellow acicular spines not projecting; setae absent, or if present, reduced,
shrunken in appearance; maxillary apparatus reduced to maxillary carriers with

small, vestigal, fused mass above it; mandibles well developed; anterior para-

podia bilabiate; one specimen found in Lumbrineris acuta host.

Drilonereis longa Webster, 1879
Anterior parapodia: reduced to swelling; middle parapodia: presetal lobe short,
postsetal lobe long; posterior parapodia: presetal lobe short to slightly subequal
to the long postsetal lobe; limbate setae with long capillary tips. Number of
teeth on maxillary apparatus: MI, 4-6; MII, 4-5; MIII, 1. May be confused with D.

sp. A (see below).

Drilonereis n.sp. A
Anterior parapodia: presetal lobe absent, postsetal lobe short; middle parapodia:
presetal lobe short, postsetal lobe long; posterior parapodia: presetal lobe
slightly subequal to long postsetal lobe; limbate capillary setae with long
limbations and short capillary tip. Number of teeth on maxillary aparatus: MI,
2-3, MII, 2-3, MIII, 2. (Compare with D. longa).

Drilonereis n.sp. B

Parasitic with Aricidea catherinae.

Drilonereis n.sp. C

Parasitic with paraonid.

Drilonereis n.sp. D

Parasitic with cirratulid.
CAPITELLIDAE

Barantolla sp. A

Setal formula: 6C_ + h; nota juvenile Capitella.
0+5C h

Capitella jonesi (Hartman, 1959)

Setal formula: 3C + h ....; corresponds to Grassle and Grassle (1977) Type III.
3C h

Mediomastus fragilis Rasmussen, 1973

Without capillaries in abdominal notopodia; 2 eyes present (Warren, 1979).

CHR YSOPETALIDAE

Dysponetus gracillis Hartman, 1965

New to continental shelf. Previously known from slope depths (See Hartman,
1965).

CIRRATULIDAE

Caulleriella n.sp. B
Prostomium very acute, with large dark eyes; bifid hooks numbering 2-3 per
ramus; body smooth; gills tending to curl in preservation; pygidium with 2 anal

cirri. Common at Sta. 5.

Caulleriella n.sp. C
Prostomium not acute, darkly pigmented, with 2 pair indistinct eyes; bifid hooks
numbering 3-6 per ramus; hooks in far posterior setigers worn down to unidentate

appearance; 2 anal cirri present. Found only at Sta. 14.

Chaetozone n.sp. A

Spines all acicular, not forming complete cinctures; pygidium a flattened disc.

Chaetozone n.sp. B

Similar to sp. A, but with both bifid hooks and blunt spines forming partial

cinctures; with anal disc.

Dodecaceria n.sp. A

With modified setae having ribs, not spoon-shaped; resembles D. diceria Hartman
(1951) from Gulf of Mexico.

Tharyx acutus Webster & Benedict, 1887
Palps arising anterior to setiger 1; thoracic region not inflated; posterior end
broad, with ventral depression; with short knob-tipped setae in posterior setigers

directed toward ventral channel.

Tharyx annulosus Hartman, 1965
Palps arising on anterior edge of setiger 1; thoracic region slightly inflated, some
segments pigmented ventrally; serrated capillary setae broad, with deep denticu-

lations; posterior end weakly inflated.

Tharyx dorsobranchialis Kirkegaard, 1959
Prostomium very elongated, palps anterior to setiger 1; thoracic region strongly
inflated, not pigmented; with lightly serrated capillaries; branchiae and para-
podia dorsally elevated, forming medial channel in thorax. New to North

America.

Tharyx nr. monilaris Hartman, 1960
Palps arising just anterior to setiger 1; body with an expanded thoracic region;
with bead-like abdominal segments; all capillaries smooth, not serrated. A

California species; new to eastern North America.

Tharyx n.sp. A
Palps arise over junction of peristomium and setiger 1; body circular in

crosssection throughout; setae few posteriorly, with simple blades, very thin, no
serrations but may fray when bent; prostomium short; posterior end tapered.

Common at site-specific stations.

Tharyx sp. D
Body distended; palps arising just anterior to setiger 1; capillary notosetae

narrow, smooth; some long natatory setae present; neurosetae shorter, thicker,

curved, with serrations. Found at Sta. 17.

Tharyx sp. E

Resembles sp. A in general appearance, but is much larger; posterior segments

with broad, finely serrated setae. Found at Sta. !4.
DORVILLEIDAE
Dorvillea sp. A

Specimens incomplete; parapodia as for Dorvillea or Schistomeringos, but

furcate setae not evident.

Ophryotrocha sp. A

Small, rare, not characterized as yet.

Schistomeringos sp. A

Furcate setae rare, may be mistaken for Dorvillea.

Schistomeringos sp. B

Furcate setae with pointed tines, shorter tine 1/2 length of longer.

Schistomeringos sp. C
Furcate setae with brush-tipped tines, 1/2 - 2/3 length ratio.

Schistomeringos sp. D
Furcate setae as for Schistomeringos caeca; jaws with unusual smooth margin.

EUNICIDAE

Marphysa sp. A

Prostomium with 3 antennae; eyes present; single gill filament emerging on
setiger 22, continuing for 22 segments to end of fragment; tentacular cirri
absent, subacicular dentition dark, appearing incompletely developed; hoods of

composite falcigers, rounded, hooks bifid. Fauchald (personal communication)

suggests this form may be arrested in the juvenile stage.

Nematonereis unicornis (Grube, 1840)

Northern range extension.

FLABELLIGERIDAE

Flabelligera affinis Sars, 1829

——$_<—$—_—__a—_
Specimens are small and one from Sta. 18 is ovigerous. Cephalic cage formed by

neuro- and notosetae of ‘first segment; cage setae long and annulated; body

B-8

transluscent, no mucoid sheath present; composite neurosetae from setiger 2,
setae with long blades and shaft. Papillae long and pedunculate on some

specimens.

Pherusa sp. A
With variable number of cephalic cage segments (l-4) depending on size; setae
appearing pseudocomposite, dependent on size; may have 4 anterior segments
with forwardly directed setae consisting of typical cephalic cage setae and com-

posite hooks; possibly juvenile of Pherusa falcata or P. plumosa.

Pherusa nr. falcata (St¢ép-Bowitz, 1947)
Four segments with cephalic cage setae; neurosetae differ from P. falcata in

form of the pseudocomposite setae.

Pherusa plumosa (Miller, 1776)
With stout simple hooks; cephalic cage with 3 setigers; setae have very slight

structural inconsistency - a faint line.

GLYCERIDAE

Glycera n.sp. A
Similar to Glycera sp. A of Gardiner (1976); without branchiae.

GONIADIDAE

Goniada n.sp. A
Neuropodial presetal lobe bilobed from setiger 3; 61 uniramous parapodia,
biramous from set. 62 on (no transitionals); 3-5 pair chevrons; subdermal eyes; no
anal cirri; short proboscidial organs; posterior notopodium with several slender

capillaries; compound serrated spinigers in neuropodium.

Goniadidae, new genus, new species A

Similar to Goniadella gracillis, but no chevrons on proboscis. Rare.

HESIONIDAE

Microphthalmus listensis Westheide, 1967
New to New England. Differs from M. sczelkowii in having dorsal and ventral

cirri much longer than podial lobe instead of subequal.

Hesionidae, new genus, new species A
With 8 pairs of tentacular cirri; 2 frontal antennae; parapodia biramous with
articulated dorsal cirri; with fascicle of simple notosetae, neurosetae all

composite falcigers. Close to Gyptis, but lacking medial antenna.
LUMBRINERIDAE

Lumbrineris sp. B
Similar to Lumbrineris verrilli, but with snaft of hooded hook more swollen;
posterior postsetal lobes of L. sp. B shorter than in L. verrilli; pygidium with 2

short and 2 long lobes.

Lumbrineris latreilli (Audouin & Milne Edwards, 1833) Variety
Blade length of composite setae variable (short and long); addition of composite
setae to anterior parapodia increases as size of animal increases; Maxillae III
unidentate (differs from bidentate condition in typical L. latreilli); postsetal lobe
digitiform, not increasing much in posterior segments, becoming more slender,
presetal lobe absent or reduced; prostomium conical; both anal cirri frequently

bifid with unequal lengths; juvenile appears to have simple setae and only 2 anal
cirri (probably the undeveloped bifid part appears as a single cirrus). This form

differs consistently from L. latreilli in that Maxillae III have | instead of 2 teeth.

Lumbrinerides acuta (Verrill, 1875)
Position (setiger number) of first hooded hook directly correlated to length of

animal, first appearing in setiger | of juveniles; in later segments in larger
specimens.

MALDANIDAE

Euclymene sp. A
With eyespots; cephalic rim high, with posterior notch; 22 setigers; 2 achaetous

preanal segments; many short anal cirri, one long midventral cirrus; neurosetae

as for Euclymene, except in juveniles.

Euclymene sp. B
Near Euclymene sp. A, except: no eyes, no posterior notch in cephalic rim, floor

of anal plaque level. Rare.

Euclymeninae sp. B
Cephalic plate well developed, rim low, shallowly incised laterally and pos-
teriorly, nuchal organs short, discinct collar on setiger 4; anal funnel well
developed, with larger mid-ventral cirrus and additional alternating long and

short cirri; acicular spines on setigers |-3.

Isocirrus planiceps (Sars, 1872)
Agrees with description by Arwidsson (1907) rather than that by Imajima and
Shiraki (1982).

Maldanidae sp. B
Eyes lacking; cephalic rim high with 3 incisions; spines in first 3 neuropodia;

pygidium as for Heteroclymene robusta.

Maldanidae sp. C
Posterolateral margin of cephalic collar with about 8 incisions; first 3 setigers

with rostrate setae.

Maldanidae sp. D
Similar to Praxillura, but doesn't agree with any known species; pigment bands
across dorsum of anterior segments more than reported; different number of

spines in anterior segments; cephalic plate reduced; no anal plaque.

Maldanidae sp. E
Weak posterolateral incisions on cephalic plate; faint eye spots on ventrolateral
‘cephalic plate; long ventral cirrus extending from anal funnel, with shorter

encircling cirri on margin.
NEPHT YIDAE

Aglaophamus circinata (Verrill, 1874)
Juveniles without eyes; second antennae long. Adult characters as in Pettibone
(1963).

Nephtys bucera Ehlers, 1868

Juveniles with eyes; second antennae short. Adult characters as in Pettibone
(1963).

Nephtys incisa Malmgren, 1865

Juveniles without eyes; antennae crowded on anterolateral corners of pro-
stomium. Adult characters as in Pettibone (1963).

Nephtys picta Ehlers, 1868
Juveniles with eyes; second antennae long. Adult characters as in Pettibone
(1963).

NEREIDAE

Nereis grayi Pettibone, 1956

Most common nereid on Georges Bank.

Nereis cf. riisei Grube, 1856

Similar to N. riisei, but posterior notopodial homogomph falcigers with smooth
instead of serrated blade.

ONUPHIDAE

Nothria conchylega (Sars, 1835)
Juveniles with branchiae developing late; first present on setiger after attaining

20 or more setigers.

Nothria pallidula (Hartman, 1965
Juveniles with 8-10 setigers with branchiae early from setiger 6.

Paronuphis sp. A

Juvenile, agrees with generic definition, need more specimens.
OPHELIIDAE

Ophelina sp. A
Similar to O. modesta Stép-Bowitz (1958). Anal funnel with terminal cirri and

single ventral cirrus. Found at Regional Sta. 18.
OWENIIDAE

Myriochele oculata Zaks, 1923
With eyes, agrees with redescription by Blake and Dean (1973).

Myriochele sp. A
Thin, slender species; without eyes; tube and methy! green staining pattern

similar to that of M. oculata.
PARAONIDAE

Aricidea nr. belgica (Fauvel, 1936)
With short neuropodial postsetal lobes; branchiae broad, blunt-tipped.

Aricidea catherinae Laubier, 1967

The most common paraonid species on Georges Bank.

B-13

Aricidea longobranchiata Day, 1961
New to eastern North America.

Aricidea lopezi Berkeley & Berkeley, 1956

New to eastern North America.

Aricidea n.sp. A
Branchia from setiger 5; A. suecica-like setae; long gill bearing regions, A.

catherinae-like antenna.

Aricidea n.sp. B
Medial antenna short; branchiae short, rounded, setae with terminal arista as in

A. suecica. Near A. claudiae or A. hartmanae.

Aricidea n.sp. C
Short clavate antennae; concave sides of modified neurosetae with heavy arista;

ciliary bands on prostomium.

Aricidea n.sp. D

Long unarticulated median antennae; A. catherinae-like branchiae from setiger

4; modified setae with terminal arista.

Paradoneis n.sp. A

Small species; without branchiae.

Paraonis n.sp. A

With 3 pairs large, broad branchiae (up to 5 on largest specimens); prebranchial

region smooth, non-beaded; modified setae sharply hooked with crest and hood.

Paraonis sp. B
Small, threadlike; branchiae from setiger 4; modified neurosetae with long, thick

arista.

Paraonis n.sp. C
Similar to P. fulgens. With brush-tipped notosetae among typical capillaries.

Paraonis n.sp. d
Possibly juveniles of A. nr. belgicae.

PHYLLODOCIDAE

Cirrodoce cristata Hartman & Fauchald, 1971
New records; previously known only from single damaged specimen; should be

referred to another genus. With 5 antennae and 4 pairs tentacular cirri.

Mystides borealis caeca Langerhans, 1880
Without eyes; otherwise like M. borealis borealis Theel, 1979.

Phyllodoce sp. A

Third tentacular segment with setae; ventral cirri four times as long as setal

lobe; solid dark, transverse pigment band on each segment; diagonal rows of

papillae on proboscis.
Phyllodocidae, new genus, new species A
With chitinous proboscidial organs; four pairs tentacular cirri, 4 antennae and

nuchal papilla; dorsal cirri tapering.

POLY GORDIDAE

Polygordius sp. A

Small, without eyes.
PROTODRILIDAE

Protodrilus sp. A
With setae, not Protodriloides chaetifer. Rare.

PSAMMODRILIDAE

Psammodrilus balanoglossoides Swedmark, 1952
Body with 3 regions, head, thorax, abdomen; with 3 pairs long dorsal cirri in

thorax.
SABELLIDAE

Chone duneri Malmgren, 1867 & C. infundibuliformis Kroyer, 1856
May be the same species; we have no large C. duneri and no small C.

infundibuliformis.

Chone sp. A
Staining pattern not as for C. duneri and C. infundibuliformis; collar laterally

incised. Abundant at Sta. 14.
Euchone nr. elegans Verrill, 1873
Uncini not exactly as in Banse, 1972; marked divergence within tori of abdominal

setigers not observed.

Potomilla neglecta (Sars, 1851)

Without tentacular eyes; body ragged, as if poorly preserved.

SPHAERODORIDAE

Sphaerodoridium sp. A
With 10 rows of dorsal macrotubercles.

SPIONIDAE

Malacoceros indicus Fauvel, 1928

Northern range extension.

Polydora barbilla Blake, 1981

New to eastern North America.

Polydora nr. caeca Oersted, 1843

With posterior spines.

Polydora n.sp. A
Similar to P. flava, but with bundles of posterior notopodial needles occurring in

more anterior setigers.

Polydora n.sp. B
In P. socialis group, major spines with apical swelling and terminal mucron.

Polydora n.sp. C
Same species identified as P. caulleryi by Hartman (1965), not Mesnil, 1897.

Major spines with crest of bristles and 2 teeth; caruncle broad, triangular shaped.

Prionospio aff. cirrobranchiata Day, 1961
Same as specimens identified as P. cirrobranchiata by Day (1973) from Beaufort,
N.C. This species is not identical to P. cirrobranchiata Day, 1961 from South
Africa and is being described as a new species (Maciolek, in prep.).

Prionospio n.sp. A
With 8-10 pairs long, broad, apinnate branchiae; prostomium triangular, anterior-

ly flared. Not P. cirrifera Wirén. Two specimens recorded from Sta. 8.

Spiophanes sp. A
Prostomium bell-shaped; occipital tentacle absent; eyes absent. May be S.

soederstroemi Hartman.

Spionidae n. genus and new species A
Prostomium truncate anteriorly, confined posteriorly by a yoke which extends
across dorsum between parapodia of setiger 1; branchiae from setiger 3;

neuropodial hooded hooks bidentate, notopodial hooks lacking.

B-17

SYLLIDAE

Sphaerosyllis sp. A
Common at site-specific stations. Possibly S. brevifrons Webster and Benedict.

Sphaerosyllis sp. B
Rare, from Sta. 14. Appears to lack antennae.

Syllides cf. articulosa Ehlers, 1897
Rare, 2 specimens found at Sta. 13. Basically agrees with description of S.
articulosa, but dorsal cirri are almost entirely lost on both specimens. One

specimen had a remnant of | dorsal cirrus, and this appeared articulated.

Syllides sp. A
Common at Stations 16, 17 and 18. With !-2 upper simple setae with flared tip,

some with serrated edge; blades of compound setae short to long.

Syllides sp. B
Rare, found only at Sta. 14. Upper simple setae long, thin, whiplike.

Syllides sp. C
Rare, found at Stations 5-8 and 17. Upper simple setae serrated, with bifid tip.

Syllides sp. D
Rare, found at Sta. 8. Upper simple setae long, pointed, present in posterior
setigers; median dorsal cirri not articulated.

TEREBELLIDAE

Polycirrus sp. A
Number of thoracic setigers 8-12; uncini begin setigers 7-8; 7-8 (10) pairs ventral

shields.

Polycirrus sp. B
With 19 thoracic setigers; uncini begin setiger 16.
B-18

Thelepinae n.sp. A
With first 5 setigers bearing filamentous branchiae; notosetae first present from
segment 2; uncini from setiger 6. Closest to genus Streblosoma. One specimen
from M-2, Sta. 6(4).

TRICHOBRANCHIDAE

Terebellides stroemi Sars, 1835
Juveniles transitional in setal arrangement; geniculate setae of setiger 6 in
adults also occur in setigers 4-5 in juveniles, thus sharing characters of other

genera.
TROCHOCHAETIDAE

Trochochaeta nr. carica (Birula, 1897)
One specimen from Sta. 14. Differs from T. carica in that there is no caruncle
on the prostomium, and the noto- and neuropodial lamellae are digitiform, not

rounded.

ANNELIDA: OLIGOCHAETA

Adelodrilus anisosetosus Cook, 1969
Checked against paratype (USNM 38252).

Adelodrilus sp. A
Similar to A. anisosetosus in having "giant" penial setae and similar somatic

setae, but with three types of penial setae and up to 30 ina bundle.

Limnodriloides medioporus Cook, 1969
Checked against paratype (USNM 38254).

Phallodrilus coeloprostatus Cook, 1969
Most common oligochaete. Checked against paratype (USNM 38258).

B-19

Phallodrilus obscurus Cook, 1969
Checked against paratype (USNM 38256).

Phallodrilus parviatriatus Cook, 1971
Checked against paratype (USNM 42017).

Tubificidae sp. A
May be a member of the genus Adelodrilus because of the presence of giant

penial setae but it also has spermathecal setae.

Grania postclitellochaeta (Knollner, 1935)
Checked against paratype (USNM 43482).

MOLLUSCA: GASTROPODA

Alvania exarata Stimpson, 1831
Preferred name for A. arenaria Mighels & Adams 1842, which was mentioned as

being present in the Benchmark study.

Mitrella dissimilis Stimpson, 1851
Listed as a synonym for M. lunata in Abbott (1974), yet the two are different and

should be separated.

Turritellopsis cf. acicula (Stimpson, 1851)
Represented by only a few badly preserved specimens. Enough of the shell

sculpture is preserved in the remaining periostracum to suggest this species.

Epitonium dallianum Verrill & Smith, 1830
This uncommon gastropod has been found in several samples and is a range
extension froin its type locality 175 miles off Ashbury Park, N.J. and 85 miles
south of Martha's Vineyard.

Gastropod sp. B
A single minute specirnen with distinctive and complex shell sculpture. It may

belong to the genus Molleriopsis or the genus Solariella.

Gastropod sp. C
A single, poorly preserved specimen that resembles a very small Naticid except

is sinistral instead of dextral.

Doridella obscura Verrill, 1870
Several specimens were found at Station 15, constituting a slight range extension
from the Vineyard Sound. Also, this species is normally found in bays and

estuaries from the intertidal to 7.7 meters, this record is also a depth extension.

Eubranchus sp. A
Is used for certain juvenile nudibranchs which lack sufficient adult characters for
certain identification. This may be E. pallidus (Alder & Hancock, 1842) whose

range extends to Georges Bank.

Nudibranchia sp. B

A single juvenile nudibranch specimen, not readily assignable to any family.

Aeolididae sp. A
A single adult specimen, having oblique leaflets on rhinophores. General

appearance suggests Cerberilla tanna Marcus & Marcus 1959, known from Texas.
MOLLUSCA: BIVALVIA

Crenella fragilis Verrill, 1885
Represented by two specimens from Station 12. This is a range extension from

off the coast of Wachapreague, Virginia.

Cuspidaria cf. parva Verrill & Bush, 1893
A clam whose characters suggested several other Cuspidaria species, but

appeared nearest to this one.
B=2

Diplodonta sp. A
A single broken specimen of doubtful identification; shape of shell and presence

of a bifid tooth suggest this genus.

Dacrydium vitreum (Holball, 1842)
Very numerous mollusc found in this study, attached by byssus to hydroid stems
in great numbers at a few stations; notably smaller in size from reference

specimens found closer to shore.

Leptonacea sp. A

A minute clam not readily assignable to any family.

Palliolum sp. B
A small scallop with rounded byssal notch and differing sculpture on opposite
valves, very sinall specimens resemble juvenile Placopecten magellanicus, as
figured in Merrill (1961), yet cannot be identified as such until juvenile stages of

Palliolum have been studied.

Tellina agilis Stimpson, 1857
This bivalve is the second most numerous and is the dominent mollusc at several
stations. We have not collected specimens as large as those found in shallower
water. All our specimens exhibit shell sculpture of slightly raised concentric
lines which appear to be a juvenile character, as they can be found on the older
parts of the shells of specimens from Boston Harbor. These lines are not
mentioned in this species description in Boss's (1968) monograph on Western

Atlantic Tellinidae.

Thyasira spp. A-E
A confused genus which would be helped by a monograph. There are inany

species found in our area and some of these have several forms. Thyasira sp. A
resembles T. trisinuata; sp. B resembles T. flexuosa; sp. C could be T. pygmaea,
although our stations are shallow for that species, or a juvenile form of a
different Thyasira species. Thyasira sp. D and E do not closely resemble any

described species.

B-22

MOLLUSCA: SCAPHOPODA

Siphonodentalium cf. tythum Watson, 1879
A small scaphopod with small apex and large aperture; fragile apex features

required for proper identification broken on our specimens. If identification is

correct, it consitutes a range extension from the Caribbean.

MOLLUSCA: POLYPLACOPHORA

Leptochiton sp. A
A small chiton whose characters suggest L. cancellatas. Dr. Robert Bullock of

the University of Rhode Island (personal communication) prefers the generic

name Leptochiton to Lepidopleuras as given in Abbott (1974).

Leptochiton sp. B
A small poorly preserved specimen which lacks the valve sculpture of

Leptochiton sp. A.

Hanleya sp. A
Small, poorly preserved chitons whose girdle scales suggest this genus.

MOLLUSCA: APLACOPHORA

Neomeniomorpha spp. A - E
Animals which do not fit the descriptions in Heath's (1918) monograph on western
Atlantic solenogasters. Neomeniomorpha sp. A is probably in the subclass

Chaetodermomorpha, the first specimens we saw were damaged and small.
ARTHROPODA: CRUSTACEA

CUMACEA

Diastylis sp. A
A juvenile with telson having two apical spines and two pairs of marginal spines.

Caparace smooth.
B-23

Diastylis sp. B
Similar to Diastylis goodsiri (Bell, 1855), but has no plumose setae on peduncle of

antennae.

Diastylis lucifera (Kroyer, 1841)
Georges Bank specimens represent a southern range extension. The previously

reported range was from Nova Scotia to the Gulf of Maine (Watling, 1979).

Leptostylis sp. A
A juvenile, probably Leptostylis longimana (Sars, 1865).

Eudorella sp. A
A juvenile, probably Eudorella pusilla Sars, 1871.

Campylaspis sp. A
A juvenile, probably Campylaspis affinis Sars, 1870.

TANAIDACEA

Pseudoleptochelia filum (Stimpson, 1853)
With distinctively pigmented eyes. Has been sent to Dr. Jurgen Sieg at

Universitat Osnabruck, West Germany for confirmation.

Tanaissus lilljeborgi (Stebbing, 1871)
The most common tanaid on Georges Bank; also common in 8LM samples fron

the middle Atlantic Bight. Has been sent to Dr. Jurgen Sief for confirmation.

Typholotanais nr. cornutus G. O. Sars, 1885
Identified by Isabelle Williams (W.H.O.I.) using Lang (1970) It has been collected

from Norway and the Davis Strait. Has been sent to Dr. Jurgen Sieg for
confirmation.

ISOPODA

Ptilanthura tricarina Menzies and Frankenberg, 1966
Georges Bank specimens represent a northern range extension according to

Menzies and Frankenberg (1966).

Cirolana sp. A
Juvenile, probably Cirolana polita (Stimpson), which does not have developed

emarginations on the exopods.

Desmosoma sp.

Juvenile, probably Desmosoma tenuimanum (G.O. Sars, 1899)

Desmosoma tenuimanum (G.O. Sars, 1899)

A southern range extension aecording to Shultz (1969).

Edotea triloba (Say, 1818)

It is very difficult to distinguish between Edotea triloba and E. montosa. Dr. Les

Watling of the University of Maine (personal communication) has identified our

specimens as E. triloba, not believing E. montosa to be a valid species.

Edotea sp. B
Juvenile, probably Edotea triloba.

Munna fabricii (Kroyer)
Georges Bank specimens represent a southern range extension. Shultz (1969)

reported the range from Greenland to Maine.

Pleurogonium inerme (Sars)
Georges Bank specimens represent a southern range extension. Shultz (1969)

reported it was found in relatively shallow water (4 to 27m) in the Bay of Fundy.

Pleurogonium sp. A
Juvenile, probably Pleurogonium inerme (Sars).

B-25

Munnidae sp. A

Damaged, small specimen.

Isopod sp. A
Small, approximately | mm in length with a body shape similar to Cirolana; two

pigmented eyes; two terminal uropods.

AMPHIPODA

Byblis sp. A
Represented by one smal! specimen similar to Byblis gairmardi (Krdyer, 1846).

Unciola spp. juveniles

First and second instar individuals, not having adult characteristics. Most have
been found with adult Unciola inermis.

Siphonoecetes colleti (Myers & McGrath, 1979)
A synonym of S. smithianus Rathbun, 1905.

Bathyporeia quoddyensis Shoemaker, 1949

These specimens lack spines on the inner margins of the telson, therefore,
Watling (personal communication) believes they are Bathyporeia parkeri.
However, other morphological characters as well as the ecology coincide with B.
quoddyensis. Bousfield (1973) reported that B. parkeri occurs on exposed sandy
beaches, from just below the breaker zone to 10 m, whereas B. quoddyensis
occurs subtidally to more than 40 m. The posterior margin of peraeopod 7 is
oblique (not sharply incised, as in B. parkeri) and lacks spines (not 4-5 spines as in
B. parkeri). Peraeopod 7 looks like the drawing in Shoemaker (1949) and fits the
key characters of Bousfield (1973). Epimeral plates 1 and 2 do not have the
posterior margin proximally produced into a sharp tooth as described and
illustrated in Bousfield (1973) for B. parkeri. The eye, when pigmented, has four
pigmented facets, not 6 like B. parkeri.

Platyischnopus sp. A
An undescribed species, also collected in the BLM Benchmark studies on Georges

Bank; will be described by E.L. Bousfield on the Canadian National Museum in
Ottawa.

Ischyrocerus sp. A
Juveniles, probably the same as I. sp. B.

Ischyrocerus sp. B
Fits within very broad concept of Ischyrocerus anguipes, in which epimeral side

plate 3 rounded: telson acute with 2 clumps of spines, and spines present on
peduncle of uropod 3. However, outer ramus of uropod 3 bears 7-8 blunt
denticles, not 4-5 as noted in Bousfield (1973). Our specimens quite similar to

Ischyrocerus sp. T-1! (Just, 1980).

Liljeborgidae sp. A

One small damaged specimen.

Anonyx sp. A
Juveniles, probably Anonyx sarsi Steel and Brunel, 1968.

Lysiannasidae sp. A
Represented by a few small specimens which are most similar to Anonyx sarsi

Steel and Brunel, 1968. Sent to Dr. Watling for verification.

Lysianassidae sp. B
Represented by a few specimens, are similar to Psammonyx noblis (Stimpson,

1853). Sent to Dr. Watling for verification.

Monoculodes sp. A
Similar to drawing of Monoculodes edwardsi in Bousfield (1973). Carpal lobe on

gnathopod 2 is about 1/3 the length of propodus, and not touching dactyl.

Monoculodes edwardsi Holmes, 1905
Most of our specimens are M. edwardsi as described by Holmes (1905). First
segment of antennae | as long as the next two segments; gnathopod 2 with a long,
slender carpal lobe, extending slightly more than 1/2 length of propodus and
meeting dactyl.

Photis pollex (Walker, 1895)
A synonym of Photis macrocoxa as noted by Myers and McGrath (1981).

Gammaropsis nitida (Stimpson, 1853)
A synonym of Podoceropsis nitida as noted by Barnard (1973).

Photidae sp. A

A few small damaged specimens.

Rhepoxynius hudsoni Barnard and Barnard, 1982
A synonym of Rhepoxynius epistomus as described by Bousfield (1973) according
to Barnard and Barnard, 1982.

Dyopedos monacanthus (Metzger, 1875)

A synonym of Dulichia monacantha according to Laubitz (1977).

Stenothoidae
The species of this family have been identified primarily on the basis of body

parts. Mouth parts have not been used, except occasionally when there were
several large specimens of the same species in a sample. More detailed

taxonomic work is necessary.

DECAPODA

Axiidae sp. A

Similar to Axis serratus Stimpson, 1852.

Axiidae sp. B
Similar to Calocaris tempelmani Squires, 1965.
B-28

ECTOPROCTA

Eucratea loricata (L., 1758)

Most common bryozoan.

ECHINODERMATA: ECHINOIDEA

Echinocardium flavescens (Muller)
Verifies occurrance on east coast of North America, questioned by Mortensen,
1927.

Echinoidea juvenile sp. A

Probably juvenile Echinarachnius parma (Lamarck, 1816); ambulacral petaloid not
developed; periproct aboral or not developed.

ECHINODERMATA: OPHIUROIDEA

Ampnitarsus spinifer Schoener, 1967
8 mm disc diameter; genital clefts partioned superficially by 4-5 overlapping

plates as opposed to two overlapping plates in holotype (Schoener, 1967).

Ophiuroidea juvenile sp. A
Probably juvenile Amphipolis squamata (Delle Chiaje, 1828); 4-8 arm segments;
mouth parts not fully developed; tentacle scales not developed; radial shields

reduced.

Ophiuroidea juvenile sp. G

Probably juvenile Amphioplus abditus (Verrill, 1871); adult characteristics
lacking.

ECHINODERMATA: ASTEROIDEA

Forcipulata juvenile sp. B
Probably juvenile Leptasterias tenera (Stimpson, 1862); same with remnant

attachment strands; adult characteristics not developed.

Paxillosida juvenile sp. A
Probably juvenile Astropecten americanus Verrill, 1880; adult characteristics
lacking.

HEMICHORDATA: ENTEROPNUESTA

Enteropnuesta sp. A,B,D,E

All small, separated into different species by shape of proboscis.

SYSTEMATIC LITERATURE CITED

Abbott, R.T. 1974. American Seashells. 2nd Edition. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., NY
663 pp.

Arwidsson, I. 1907. Studien uber die skandinavischen und arktischen Maldaniden nebst
Zusammenstellung der ubrigen bisher behannten Arten dieser Familie. Zool.
Jahrb. Suppl., 9:1-308.

Barnard, J.L. 1973. Revision of Corophiidae and related families (Amphipoda).
Smithsonian Contr. Zool. 151:1-27.

Barnard, J.L. and C.M. Barnard. 1982. The genus Rhepoxynius (Crustacea: Amphipoda:
Phoxocephalidae) in American seas. Smithonian Contr. Zool. 357:1-49.

Blake, J.A. and D. Dean. 1973. Polychaetous annelids collected by the R/V Hero from
Baffin Island, Davis Strait, and West Greenland in 1968. Bull. Sthn. Cal. Acad.
Sci. 72(1):31-39.

Boss, K.J. 1968. The Subfamily Tellininae in the Western Atlantic. The genus Tellina
(Part II) and Tellidora. Johnsonia 4(46):273-344.

Bousfield, E.L. 1973. Shallow-water gammaridean Amphipoda of New England. Cornell
University Press, Ithaca, NY 312 pp.

Day, J.H. 1973. New polychaeta from Beaufort, with a key to all species recorded from
North Carolina. NOAA Tech. Rept. NMFS Circ.-375. 140 pp.

Gardiner, S. 1976. Errant polychaete annelids from North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell
SCippSOCen A) 277-220

Grassle, J.F. and J.P. Grassle. 1977. Temporal adaptations in sibling species of Capitella.
In: B.C. Coull (Ed.) Ecology of Marine Benthos. Belle W. Baruch Library in
Marine Science No. 6. Univ. South Carolina Press. pp. 177-190.

Hartman, O. 1965. Deep-water benthic polychaetous annelids off New England to
Bermuda and other North Atlantic areas. Allan Hancock Fdn. Publ. Occ. Pap.
28, 378 pp.

Heath, H. 1918. Solenogasters from the east coast of North America. Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool. 45:9-179.

Holmes, S.J. 1905. The Amphipoda of southern New England. Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish.
24:457-529.

Imajima, M. and Y. Shiraki. 1982. Maldanidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from Japan (Part
2). Bull. Nat. Sci. Mus. 8(2):47-88.

Just, J. 1980. Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Thule area, northwest Greenland:
Faunistics and taxonomy. Greenland Bioscience 2:1-64.

Lang, K. 1970. Taxonomische und phylogenetische untersuchungen uber die Tanaidaceen,
5. Die Gattung Thyplotanais G.O. Sars, 1882 nebst Beschreibung Einer Neuen
Art dieser Gattung, Dazu Eine Berichtigung der Dornenzahl des Enditen der
Maxillulae Bei. I. pecularis Lang, 1968. Ark. Zool., 2(23):267-291.

Laubitz, D.R. 1977. A revision of the genera Dulicnia Kroyer and Paradulichia Boeck
(Amphipoda, Podoceridae). Can. Jour. Zool. 55:942-982.

Menzies, R.J. and D. Frankenberg. 1966. Handbook on the Common Marine Isopod

Crustacea of Georgia. U. of Georgia Press, Athens, GA. 93 pp.

Merrill, A.S. 1961. Shell morphology in the larval and postlarval stages of the sea
scallop, Placopecten magellanicus. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 125(1):1-19.

Mortensen, T. 1927. Handbook of the Echinoderms of the British Isles. London. Oxford

University Press. 471 pp.

Myers, A.A. and D. McGrath. 1979. The British and Irish species of Siphonoecetes Kroyer
(Amphipoda-Gammaridea). J. Nat. Hist. 13(2):211-220.

Pettibone, M.H. 1963. Marine polychaete worms of the New England region. 1. Families
Aphroditidae through Trochochaetidae. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 227:356 pp.

Schoener, A. 1967. Two new species of Amphitarsus (Ophiuroidea) from the western
North Atlantic. Breviora 269: 1-9.

Shoemaker, C.R. 1949. Three new species and one new variety of amphipods from the
Bay of Fundy. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 39:389-398.

Schultz, G.A. 1969. The Marine Isopod Crustaceans. Wm. C. Brown Co. Publ., Dubuque,
Iowa. 359 pp.

Steele, D.H. and P. Brunel. 1968. Amphipoda of the Atlantic and Arctic coasts of North
America: Anonyx (Lysianassidae). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 25:943-1060.

Stdp-Bowitz, C. 1958. (New polychaetes from Norway). Sciencaj Studoj Kopenhago pp.
213-216 (In Norwegian, French resume).

Warren, L.M. 1979. Mediomastus fragilis Rasmussen (Polychaeta: Capitellidae), a species
newly recorded from British waters. J. mar. biol. Ass. U.K. 59:757-760.

Watling, L. 1979. Zoogeographic affinities of northeastern Nortn American
Gammaridean Amphipoda. Bull. Biol. Soc. Wash. 3:256-282.

Apo!
ipa

a,

MARTE Yo

Aiawaltmanteedtens

APPENDIX C

TABLE C-1. COMMUNITY PARAMETERS FOR SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS
CALCULATED FOR EACH CRUISE, ALL REPLICATES COMBINED.

Total Total
Station Cruise Species Individuals H! Evenness Spp/100 Spp/1000
5-1 M-1 94 5292 4.331 -6607 25.679 58.917
M-2 84 3941 4.583 .7170 28.139 59.206
M-3 84 6821 3.822 2979 22.922 52.950
M-4 92 7637 4,407 -6756 26.777 55.442
5-2 M-1 94 5471 4.413 -67 32 25.962 58.584
M-2 84 3180 4.652 -7278 28.363 60.7386
M-3 89 4735 4.516 .6974 27.515 57 752
M-4 100 6417 4.449 -6700 27.232 57.615
5-3 M-1 93 4520 4.275 -6540 25.008 58445
M-2 88 4153 4.445 -6881 26.291 57.009
M-3 89 4243 4.401 26797 26.041 58.509
M-4 80 3644 4.557 .7208 28.102 58.305
5-4 M-1 87 5012 4.322 .6709 25.126 56.024
M-2 83 3546 4.491 .7044 27.249 58.178
M-3 92 4335 4,394 .6735 26.627 60.280
M-4 95 4553 4.460 -67389 2ijpeoiel 59.706
5-5 M-1 87 5705 4.024 -6250 22.704 53.700
M-2 93 3339 4.425 -6766 27.401 64.235
M-3 90 3028 4.346 6694 26.525 64.307
M-4 82 4013 4,576 .7200 28.503 55.208
5-6 M-1 99 5951 4.301 -6487 25.730 58.578
M-2 78 3253 4,435 -7060 26.491 54.170
M-3 83 4400 4,318 6773 DIU DY 54.952
M-4 94 5356 4.453 .6793 26.945 58.066
5-8 M-1 98 6035 4.320 -6530 24.743 55.439
M-2 82 4357 4.411 -6940 25.915 54.614
M-3 99 5630 4.444 -6704 26.857 59.026
M-4 100 8781 4.445 -6700 27.057 59.603
5-9 M-1 *
M-2 $5 5132 4.401 -6866 25.485 55.679
M-3 85 5024 4.437 -6922 26.751 DMD
M-4 102 7062 4,404 -6600 26.267 56.646
5-10 M-1 5) 6095 4.360 -6633 25.386 56.135
M-2 89 6409 4,350 .6741 26.222 57.410
M-3 77 3013 4.516 7210 27.930 57.820
M-4 99 7337 4.510 -6800 27.720 58.620

TABLE C-1. (continued)

Total Total
Station Cruise Species Individuals H' Evenness Spp/100 Spp/1000
5-11 M-1 92 5157 4.310 -6607 24.904 58.714
M-2 83 3670 4.500 -7060 AM BY2 57.290
M-3 89 2109 4.354 6724 26.872 70.320
M-4 92 5717 4.433 -6800 27.612 59.440
5-12 M-1 107 5016 4.110 -6100 23.670 63.642
M-2 80 2664 4.490 7102 26.718 57.859
M-3 90 2170 4.415 -6800 27.701 69.371
M-4 98 3302 4.733 -7200 30.746 69.557
5-14 M-1 94 6222 4.314 -6581 25.585 57.181
M-2 78 3942 4.44] .7070 26.752 54.798
M-3 86 3372 4.430 -6892 26.306 58.957
M-4 83 4825 4.300 6743 25.532 54.764
5-16 M-1 98 8990 4.143 -6263 23.059 52.862
M-2 92 4737 4.407 -6760 27.001 59.971
M-3 95 5530 4.280 6511 24.957 56.054
M-4 93 7360 4.391 6715 26.502 57.248
5-18 M-1 101 7682 4.322 -6490 25.291 56.563
M-2 94 4797 4.464 -6810 27.065 61.054
M-3 96 4302 4.470 -6780 27.863 61.878
M-4 93 5697 4.410 -6741 26.788 58.704
5-20 M-1 90 5315 4.460 -6370 26.398 56.310
M-2 78 2900 4.514 -7180 26.410 57.063
M-3 77 1368 4.438 6933 27.376 70.300
M-4 90 2918 4.628 7128 28.919 67.218
5-22 M-1 92 6322 4.211 6455 24.678 56.251
M-2 75 4137 4.268 6351 24.370 53.419
M-3 84 2894 4.628 of 23)9) 28.535 60.986
M-4 86 5473 4.232 -6590 24.383 54.246
5-25 M-1 119 4272 4,337 6291 26.009 UANYY
M-2 93 3201 3.950 -6040 23.555 64.479
M-3 101 1579 4.325 -6500 VT i) 83.363
M-4 97 3913 4.593 -6960 28.673 66.248

TABLE C-1. (continued)

Total Total
Station Cruise Species Individuals

5-28 M-1 78 4530
M-2 79 4479

M-3 82 5442

M-4 82 5963

5-29 M-1 12 2684
M-2 120 3057

M-3 122 2925

M-4 133 4312

H'

4,339
4.075
3.635
4.237

5.484
4.228
4.422
4.857

Evenness

-6903
6464
9720
-6664

-7570
6122
-6380
-6835

Spp/100

25.300
23.646
23.174
24.615

41.460
29.724
31.404
31.892

* Data being recalculated. See Table C-2 for information by replicate.

Spp/1000

53.565
52.444
54.923
55.467

110.582
33.937
86.757
81.426

TABLE C-2.

COMMUNITY PARAMETERS FOR SELECTED STATIONS

CALCULATED FOR EACH CRUISE, REPLICATES SEPARATE.

Station/ Rep.

DNUNFWNe- NUWFWNr DNF WNr- NNFWNe NUFWNeE

NNFWN-

M-1

M-2

M-3

M-4

M-2

Cruise

Total
Species

Total
Individuals

H!

3.980
4.562
4,363
4.073
4.257
4.147

4,391
4.094
Be2ol
3.413
4.068
3.738

3.760
3.434
B29 21
4,147
2.722
4.070

3.969
3.603
3.695
3.601
3.707
3.382

4.456
4.061
4.434
4.203
3.734
4.082

4.385
4.327
4.137
4,500
4,376
4.493

Evenness

7479
.7661
8144
-7 461
8515
7902

7528
7217
6916
-6825
7365
7477

-7065
6544
7528
-7020
D349
7597

-7069
-6560
7324
7139
-6790
6542

7817
.7090
7829
-7206
.6723
.7029

7730
7747
7828
7749
-7568
-7 844

Spp/100

TABLE C-2. (continued)

Station

5-1

5-1

5-9

5-9

5-9

Rep.

DNUWFWN- NDNunFWNe NNnFWN Nw FWNre NuaFWNr

NWF WNe

Cruise

M-3

Total
Species

Total
Individuals

353
479
1056
1199
3064
670

1698
944

1300
1204
1410
1081

1036
1812
1402
1733
599

1450

645
521
1069
887
502
1508

1136
931
628
663
600
1016

835
973
1548
1042
1173
1491

H'

4.454
4.374
4.185
4.192
2.053
4.433

3.968
3.978
4.265
4.438
4.348
4.537

4.204
3.826
3.310
4.008
4.133
4.279

4.071
4.522
4.216
4.470
4.494
4,110

4.337
4,179
4.284
4.286
4,359
4.574

4.178
4.393
4.049
4.277
4.342
4.360

Evenness

-8370
8012
7175
7252
-3602
-/669

-6803
7161
7595
-7576
-7488
7971

741
6618
-6532
6813
7182
-7 336

1757
-8136
of BZD
-7768
-7 884
-/046

7313
7443
7591
-7900
-8032
784)

-7 563
-/632
-6912
-7 504
7412
-7162

Spp/100

26.930
27.680
25.422
25.104
14.8388
28.398

23.670
23.555
25.281
Diesen
LD Il
28.346

23.412
20.625
22.327
22.710
25.082
24.445

21.088
27.909
24.736
27.480
Zo
22.995

26.261
24.480
25.740
25.318
26.200
29.372

24.484
26.614
22.914
25.935
25.759
27.296

TABLE C-2. (continued).

Total Total
Station/ Rep. Cruise Species Individuals H! Evenness Spp/100
5-25 1 M-1 52 461 4.083 .7 163 27.476
2 53 958 4.098 7155 23.794
3 68 1225 4.067 -6680 23.7 33
4 49 516 4.078 -/263 25.056
5 59 619 4.188 7119 25.803
6 48 493 4.212 -7 542 26.501
5-25 l M-2 40 362 3.891 7311 23.61
Z 49 861 3.598 -6409 20.577
3 67 875 3.850 -6347 24.523
4 NO SAMPLE
5 52 671 3.958 6944 23.852
6 45 432 3.867 7042 23.474
5-25 l M-3 46 261 3.992 .7226 27.207
2 30 100 4.031 8214 27.207
3 51 431 3.976 .7010 25.023
4 50 356 4.196 7434 27 595
5 22 76 3.825 8577 ws
6 48 355 4.108 7355 26.969
5-25 1 M-4 47 6387 4.246 -7644 24.702
2 48 507 4.210 7538 25.532
3 53 489 4.460 -7787 28.140
4 54 7\1 4.324 7514 » 25.645
5 54 725 4.253 -7390 26.523
6 56 794 4.493 oll M/ 28.791
5-28 1 M-1 40 644 3.941 -7410 20.981
2 50 1323 3.728 -6606 20.253
3 4] 566 4.233 7901 25.274
4 40 421 4.270 -8023 25.070
5 48 614 4488 8035 27.729
6 43 962 4.165 7458 23.453
5-28 1 M-2 34 309 4.348 -8547 25.110
2 54 1211 3.693 6416 21.086
3 40 663 3.971 7462 21.874
4 34 348 4.118 8093 23.597
5 50 1179 3.833 -6792 23.348
6 51 769 3.966 -6992 24.678

TABLE C-2. (continued).

Total Total

Station/ Rep. Cruise Species Individuals H! Evenness Spp/100
5-28 1 M-3 45 422 4.503 8199 27.936
2 50 1221 3.232 2727 20.215

3 51 465 4585 -8083 28.785

4 50 515 4,562 .8083 27.385

5 56 2411 2.162 .3722 16.302

6 47 408 4.445 -8002 27 588

5-28 1 M-4 50 870 4.339 -/687 25.113
2 51 743 4.029 .7103 24.767

3 43 1000 3.904 -6989 23.323

4 44 810 3.974 1279 21.740

5 BY:) 1392 3.850 .6573 22.511

6 57 1148 4.206 72\1 23.864

5-29 1 M-1 81 490 5.157 -8135 39.685
2 60 390 4.780 -8093 34.383

3 $1 507 5.245 -8273 39.710

4 69 459 5.004 -8192 36.613

5 54 320 4,893 -8503 34.897

6 73 519 4.924 7955 36.185

5-29 1 M-2 55 500 3.791 -6557 27.543
2 58 469 3.966 .6769 27.778

3 62 824 3.298 9539 22.198

4 49 354 4,322 -7697 29.468

5 44 360 4.165 -7630 26.551

6 73 550 4.405 off MALY 32.162

5-29 1 M-3 53 354 4.211 -7352 29.305
2 48 419 3.352 -6002 23.942

3 62 518 3.941 -6620 28.205

4 61 439 4.206 7091 29.593

5 59 566 4.211 7158 28.720

6 62 579 4.133 6941 28.812

5-29 1 M-4 61 536 4.404 -7426 29.162
2 61 601 4.505 -7600 31.960

3 66 638 4.571 7562 29.869

4 62 1004 3.810 -6398 24.884

5 58 716 4,460 7614 28.808

6 65 817 4.513 7494 28.554

* Spp/100 cannot be calculated for samples with fewer than 100 individuals.

TABLE C-3. AVERAGE AND 95-PERCENT CONFIDENCE LIMITS OF
NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS, NUMBER OF SPECIES AND
NUMBER OF SPECIES PER 100 INDIVIDUALS AT SIX
STATIONS FOR CRUISES M-1 THROUGH M-4.

Station M-1 M-2 M-3 M-4

Number of Individuals

5a 882 + 321.0 656.8 + 162.2 1136.8 + 1048.5 1272.8 + 277.7
5-9 1345.3 + 485.0 855.3 + 407.5 837.3 + 245 1177 + 301.6
5-25 712 + 325.8 640.2 + 294.8 263.2 + 153.5 652.2 + 130.9
Boo 755 + 346.5 746.5 + 409.4 907 + 838.9 993.8 + 254.7
5-29 447.5 + 81.5 509.5 + 181.1 487.5 + 91.5 718.7 + 178.6
2 359.8 + 190 345.5 + 185.0 447 + 256.3 459.8 + 221.0

Number of Species

Sol 53.0 + 3.7 50.3 + 6.6 50.5 = 72 565 By
5-9 55.5 + 3.0 50.2 + 7.4 50.5 & 7 56.0 + 7.7
525 54.8 + 7.9 50.6 + 12.7 DS 128 52.0 + 3.8
5-28 44.5 + 4.9 43.8 + 9.4 49.8 + 4.0 51.3 + 5.6
5-29 69.7 + 11.6 56.8 + 10.7 57.5 + 6.0 62.1 + 3.1
2 42.8 + 10.7 40.7 + 13.0 41.7 + 9.8 40 + 7.2

Number of Species/100 Individuals

Sell 24.9 + 2.4 AO Sl 24.7 + 5.3 DST % Doll
5-9 PBS a fey 25.3 + 3.0 DED & Ue ASS Ney
5-25 AB & iG ZB % Ses 26.8 + 1.2 26.6 + 1.7
5-28 23.8 + 3.0 23.3 + 1.7 24.7 + 5.4 23.6 + 1.4
5-29 37.0 + 2.4 27.6 + 3.5 ABM = QL 28.9 + 2.4
2 26.9 + 2.1 24.9 + 3.0 23.8 + 2.3 22.4 + 1.6

ij n, 4g sitive

: faemtiemag ea

Prahran anal Si
eats ash oi lhs
x4! , i, ay ae

A wir emma shan eames heey nm spb aae
sit 4 ay , poet

eee Mant

pa Ae 1 LN ci

spo: sae |

a 8 a ee

Peale iadiay,
Sener ee Guia

APPENDIX D

SI=N Lo" + 1a i BYP se LA L8° + OZ 90°€ + 9n'8 60°S + 0°82 819 + 9 dh 9L£4 + LVI €l*h + 629 asesaAy
9=N O° + 60° 805 + ZIP 00° + 00° E91 + 9652 ni~ + 12°97 Ih + C€°6h n9°€ + 39°TT Lie + 20S 4-\N
GS) = NI 80° + OT” inating Ce 00° + 00° G12 + 8h TI 919 + 66°TE 21S + 21°74 ero + ET Ol ECE VY NOE €-N
9=N 10° + 40° 9 Omer eile Oocl + 19° 69°27 + SE9 n6°€ + 6L°SZ 199 + [Ch ZO*e + LAT ces + 666 Z-W
-G
8I=N 90° + 90" 80° + TT” 00° + 00° LU°9 + LOS Goel + 9€°LE 68°21 + LO9h 86°83 + HEL 76° + 78" adeiaay
9) = [NI SOmta Op 0° + 60° 00° + 00° OL°S + L8°6 He + 99°CE L3°L + C6°6h €€7 + HIE £8° + 62 4-W
9) = IN| 60° + 80° lle + 6 00° + 00° 9€°9 + 62°01 69°L + SESE COO! + ZiSh ehh + 26h SCalinteo Be £-W
9=N 0° + ¢O° 80° + OT" 00° + 00° L£L°9 + 99°h OnE + 80'8E 92°61 + ER°CH nhel + LHET (E> 2? EE c-W.
S-S
SI =N 61° +01 60° + IT” ¢2 + 80° 91h + 8872 6£°01 + 82°22 LHEl + 66°1S 209 + S26 16 + L381 adesaay
9=N Wer CS GI°+ ST" 78€ + 16% BLE + R6°TT HeZI + HOLE Gent + 78° Ze Chante ClaL Det OLEC h-W
9=N Z0° + f0° €0° + OT" 00° + 00° 46°71 + £29 86'S + €6°EZ LI9 + 68°8S LLG + 96°6 Gh + G8" £-W
©) = IN| 10° + €0° 40° + ZO" 08° + €€° OTE + 6E°S €0°7 + L122 €8°S + GOSS 79° L + 8O°TT os* + 90°2 c-W
z-
O€ = N hl> + oT" 61° + €2° 81° + €0° CC+SL €°83 + O7Ee 09 + 26h BE + BL BC+TE aseI1aAy
6=N OCC Os EG Ne 00° + 00° Sirona On Ih + 122 Let Osh Oe +66 87+ 79 4-W
6=N Cal neater AT ZUlP x2 GUT 00° + 00° e1+ cs 6°6 + 8°0E 18+ O1S Oneeta Cae O7T+E? e-W
6=N 60° + OT” 80° + #1" 00° + 00° CSV OY Stee 99+ 6°Lh oc +69 r+ 172 c-W
€=N (oye ae /Z1\% Il + On LG + €€; O1+6¢ TT + OLE #70 + 1°06 90+ E€¢ he’ + 6¢°0 I-wW
I-
AelD its pues our.y A19A pues our] pues wnipoy pues 2s1e02) puts asie0z A19A JeAeIy *uls

(Z861 “Te 32 J9UYI0g) “S°D°S"N Woy
B1ep awos fadesaae ul papnpoul sa}eoI]das Jo Joquinu = N “GHUNSVAW SSV1D AZIS HOVA YOA NOILVIAAG GUVGNVLS JNO CNV
NOLLISOdWOD LNADUdd ADVUAAAV DNIMOHS ‘SNOILVLS OISIOAdS-ALIS AUVWId AO SISATWNV 4ZIS NIVYD LNAWIGAS “1-G ATGVL

D1

81=N 10° + 90° 20° + 21° iv tir 16€ + LES 66°9 + €E°HE 09°8 + 40°9¢ 48°Z + ENE le" + Ze" adeloay
9=N zo’ + LO" 60° + HI" 00° + 00° 00°€ + #9°9 GUL + L8°CE GLB + ON'GS €€°% + 99°71 90° + ST h-W
9=N 10° + $0" 90° + ST" 18° + €€° Ane + EOL Ons + 10°SE 28°6 + Z6'1S 80°E + 86°E ie = Se €-
9=N 90° + 20° 60° + 80° 00° + 00° 13°Z + Z8°1 99°S + Z1°ZE z9°¢ + €£°09 LOZ + €9'h On + 65° Z-W
IS
8I1=N €0° + #0" 80° + 20" 00° + 00° On8 + 9T"AI 67ST + 6E°1h 82°81 + O8°6E 4S°h + 204 4S" + SO" adeIaay
‘9=N €0° + $0" [he & Gil? 00° + 00° 83'S + 26°81 86°C + LISh ZE°91 + SSIE 82°9 + 86°€ 61" + 02" -W
9=N Z0° + 20° €0° + €0° 00° * 00" 96°¢ + Z9°L1 Se 81 + O2'8h 09°61 + $¢°ZE so a | €l + €2° €-W
9=N zo" + 40° ZO" + 90° 00° + 00° ELZ + €6°S 9°9 + 6L°0€ ZL + TESS nZE + 6L°9 86° + 80'1 Z-W
ZI-
81 =N £0° + $0" Or +91" 6271 + fhe £07» + OSIT Gn'9 + 80°LE 6€°8 + E1°9h 90°€ + 614 95° + HE" aseiaay
9=N 0° + LO" 60° + €2° 00° + 00° 86°27 + 9°01 LV9 * GH'SE SIL + S0°6h 61'E + Teh BPE YP 4-W
9=N ZO" + 0° Zo" + OI" 90°2 + €E°1 SE # 62°51 66°€ + 22°14 66°9 + 6E°6E 0971 + 91°Z if a €-W
9=N z0° + $0" 80° + 91° 00° + 00° Hh’? + 19°8 6m L + LOE 85° + 96°6h Ze + O19 66° + 09° z-W
TI-
8I1=N $0" + 90° 20° + 21° 00° * 00° 69°% * 68°6 hin + SS-0E ZO" + 1971S TEE + £072 £9 + 8L aselaay
9=N 0° + 80° 60° + €I° 00° + 00° nL + €6°01 09°h + ZHEE 96°h + O€°0S L6°% + €9'h ch + ES" 4-W
9=N 10° + €0° 0° + 60° 00° + 00" 16°1 + 0€°8 €8°€ + O'0E SZ'E + 46°06 021 + 16°6 €9° + 08° €-W
9=N zo° + 20° 90° + SI" 00° + 00° n6°% + LEOL 98°1 + 28°22 Ire + 0706 STE + 86°9 BZ + ZO" Z-1N
: S¢
AelD WIS pues our.y A194 pues 9ul.] pues wnipoyw pues 2as1e07 pues asie0z A194 JeaeIy *ulsS

(Penutquod) *{-d ATGVL

D-2

TABLE D-1!. (continued)

Clay

Silt

Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Very Coarse Sand

Gravel

.06 + .03
.30 + .18

-20 + .16
19 + .16

.00 + .00
.00 + .00
.00 + .00
.00 + .00

+N
SANS

SOtN
+1 +1 +14!
NOW >

>
. .
AVN OO
=

we

wn

noah
+l+i +17!
oo
Ss
2)
N

+1+1 +14!
+=

=—— >
omy
=

_

ADRAR
Wh a th an rT]
PL, PL, FL, FL, FP
DAowuws
Co
SO OO
+1 +1 +1 +141
=——=—NADRw
N— ee
SCO AOM oe
=9O-—-ne
cane DSSS tees
+1 +1 +1 tl +1
ANON Ww
AAA AN

-00 + .00
-00 + .00
-43 + 1.31
-00 + .00
13+ .72

AA MN oO >
SOO a Ome

=SANS
+1 +l +l +l ei

FoR H
WS Cg ta ors

NOnags
+1 +l +1 +i 41

=NDNN
ADeNDS

AN
WwW

noco
WOES

PV SAS
+1 +l +l +i +l

36 + .29
50 + .54
1.13% 1.44
41 + 30
65 + 89

erage

720

KS hg

wows
Wout Wt "
Zi Zeca
Na4os
369)
+1 +1 +14)
IFNNSYN
Soso

06 + .02
-04 + .03
14 + 14
-08 + .09

+) tl+i +]
=p
VAS

Nic

[+1 +l +1
onn
XQ N

37.40 + 12.47

30 + .22

32 + 41
1.66 + 2.46

¥
Average

M-
M

-00 + .00
.00 + .00
.00 + .00
.00 + .00

SFOS
+1 +1 +1 41
WHODRS
NFO
No=wuMm
AAA RS

NS
RAs y
5 SS Ss
=OtNn
OANA

=oans
=— NN A
FAAS
+1 +1 +1 +1

ODON
O>tN 00

Fans

+l +i +i +i
ROAM
Sean

TABLE D-1. (continued)

Gravel Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand Silt Clay

Stn.

wa

NENT

ho mM yy

Za

.00 + .00
199 + 1.97
.00 + .00
.25 + .99

o— oO

BREE
+1 +1 +141
TAA
nNStNS

—- =

1 = 00 om
at
+l +i +l el
ANN
SAN od
ANH

22+e
WAN
+1 +i +l +)
onstnN
sans
+a

1.02
9
|
1

+) +1 +1 +1
WaA
: :

Ne)
Ose QT

1.61 + 2.08
48 4 51

43 4 .74
88 4 1.42

AnDWA
Hom ow wy

Fk Ly Fh Ly a

07 + .07
17 + .07
«12+ .15
112+ .10

21 + .20

-15 + .03
19 + .16

.08 + .07
.30 + .16

.00 + .00
.00 + .00
.00 + .00
-00 + .00
.00 + .00

nROnRN
eRs4e
Sogo
+1 +1 +1 +1 +1

FtOWON
nNnNOS

ee 8 ee
NOMS StS

ANNWDO
NAAMNS
SE S5 TNS
AANON
+1 +1 +1 +1 +1
NON
WDD

OUN
Gal

35.94
28.72

NANANAON
SQQSR
-taounwn
+l +l +l +l 4)

Sell Dll DS oN)
WOONAN

FRARAK
ws +

aot
A+tNO
PA SE OS
BIDS NES
+1 Fl tly yy
mon

MZOls
SP nyo pk 8
=)

+1 +1 +1 +1 +1

=HDONS
nownm

=anss

ADnADR
Hh om oO m

ZZZ22

1.60 + .61
68 + 41
NOS

m™ oO NS
AALS
oma A
piri +i +i

8.22 + 1.16

AAA
ON
OO U
Cau)
———

-90 40.27 + 6.55
76

1

6

9

27.65
26.51

Nt AWK
wn—-—O— a
ON)
+) +141 +141
RONnAM
Danan

ee 8 fe
Nsstnnw

77 + 82
63 + 95
62 + .94
.00 + .00
«45 + .79

389

124.21

44.80 + 15.46 32.53 + 9.90 11.76 + 12.38 1.02 + 3.44

7.04 + 6.81

2.39 + 3.26

N = number of replicates included in average; some data from

STANDARD DEVIATION FOR EACH SIZE CLASS MEASURED.

TABLE D-2. SEDIMENT GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS OF BLOCK 410 STATIONS, SHOWING AVERAGE PERCENT COMPOSITION AND ONE
U.S.G.S. included (Bothner et al., 1982)

Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand Silt Clay

Very Coarse Sand

Gravel

Station

ADADANA
wou ow ny

ZZZZZ

Nn=--O-
Ana aN

Soscco6
+1 +l +i +i el

ANAAS
Dasa AA

se eek
oooco

NOoOnnrs
n= = OM

SSococG
+1 +l +l +l el

WO >
BOERS SS
Sonatas
+1 +1 +1 +141
owunvus

+1 +1 +1 +141
NOAA
BIS S
— st OM
> SS

ANN Ss
ODARAWA

Dd Sm od
+1 +i +i +i +l

53

= TRON
ANON
OO Oo: ox

o=- N
+1 +l +l +l +1

eases
oo°oo

NN St
S288
ooco
+1 +l +l 4
ANKnA
S398 5
oooo

50.92 + 6.68
42.57 + 7.06
0
6

azRA
ONIN
+1 +14)
ONMNas A
+o=—

Eamon.)
=

a)

WNON
OVRA=M
AS a4
+1 +1 +l +l

ovo
Hom Wy

ZZZzZ

NANA
oooo

Sosa
+i +l +l +l

AN+s
eeeses
soso
+1 +1 +141
SFNN A

=

os 8
ooo°o

+1 +1 +l +1

oon
Sons

Caer)
oo

+i +l +l +l
AN=A
DONNY

onan=-m
-+M

52.81 + 3.96
g
+
+

None
AN 0 0
Career
o-oo
+i +l +l +l

APPENDIX E

TABLE E-l. SPECIES COLLECTED BY DREDGE OR TRAWL FROM
REGIONAL STATION 2.

M-2 M-3 M-4

PORIFERA
Haliclona oculata (Pallas, 1766)
Polymastia robusta Verrill, 1873 Xx xX

CNIDARIA
Hydrozoa
Campanularia gigantea Hincks, 1865 xX
Sertularella minuscula Billard, 1924 xX
Sertularella tricuspidata (Alder, 1856)
Thuiaria cupressina (L., 1758) xX
Tubularia couthouyi Agassizi, 1862

x < X<

MOLLUSCA
Gastropoda
Buccinum undatum L., 1758
Colus pubescens (Verrill, 1882)
Colus stimpsoni (Morch, 1867) x

«x

Bivalvia
Arctica islandica (L., 1767)
Cyclocardia borealis (Conrad, 1831)
Palliolum sp. A

Placopecten magellanicus (Gmelin, 1791) x

ARTHROPODA
Amphipoda
Aeginina longicornis (Kroyer, 1842-43)
Caprella unica Mayer, 1903
Erichthonius rubricornis (Stimpson, 1853)

x *K X<
mK XK

x x* XK

Decapoda
Crangon septemspinosa Say, 1818
Pagurus acadianus Benedict, 1901
Pelia sp.

~ x

ECTOPROCTA
Flustrellidra hispida (Fabricius, 1780)
Electra pilosa (L., 1767)

Canloramphus cymbaeformis (Hincks, 1877)

ECHINODERMATA
Echinoidea
Echinarachnius parma (Lamarck, 1816) Xx x

x * *K

Asteroidea
Asterias vulgaris Verrill, 1866 x
Leptasterias tenera (Stimpson, 1862)
Forcipulata sp. C Xx

x

Holothuroidea
Stereoderma unisemita (Stimpson, 1851) xX

CHORDATA
Vertebrata
Raja erinacea Mitchell, 1925
Urophycis chuss (Walbaum, 1792)

~ X<

TABLE E-2. SPECIES COLLECTED BY DREDGE OR TRAWL FROM
REGIONAL STATION 7.

M-2 M-3 M-4

MOLLUSCA
Bivalvia
Arctica islandica (L., 1767) x

ARTHROPODA
Crustacea
Decapoda
Munidia iris Milne Edwards, 1830 X X
Pagurus politus (Smith, 1882 X
Bathynectes superbus (Costa, 1838) x

ECHINODERMATA
Asteroidea
Asterias vulgaris Verrill, 1866 xX

TABLE E-3. SPECIES COLLECTED BY DREDGE OR TRAWL FROM
REGIONAL STATION 13.

M-2 M-3 M-4

PLAT YHELMINTHES
Nemertea
Cerebratulus sp. xX

ANNELIDA
Polychaeta

Aricidea catherinae Laubier, 1967
Chone infundibuliformis Kroyer, 1856
Cossura longicirrata Webster & Benedict, 1887
Harmothoe extenuata (Grube, 1840)
Lumbrineris fragilis (Muller, 1776)
Nephtys incisa Malmgren, 1865
Ninoe nigripes Verrill, 1873

KKK KKK

MOLLUSCA
Gastropoda
Colus stimpsoni (Morch, 1867) Xx

ARTHROPODA
Crustacea
Amphipoda
Ampelisca agassizi (Judd, 1896)

Anonyx liljeborgi Kroyer, 1870
Unciola irroratus Say, 18138

~ MX

Decapoda
Cancer borealis Stimpson, 1859 X

ECHINODERMATA
Asteroidea
Asterias vulgaris Verrill, 1866 Xx
Leptasterias tenera (Stimpson, 1862) X

TABLE E-4. SPECIES COLLECTED BY DREDGE OR TRAWL FROM
GEORGES BANK SITE-SPECIFIC STATION 5-1.

M-2 M-3 M-4

MOLLUSCA
Bivalvia
Cyclocardia borealis (Conrad, 1831) X

ECTOPROCTA
Eucratea loricata (L., 1758) xX

ECHINODERMATA
Asteroidea
Asterias vulgaris Verrill, 1866 xX
Leptasterias tenera (Stimpson, 1862) X

E-4

TABLE E-5. SPECIES COLLECTED BY DREDGE OR TRAWL FROM
SITE-SPECIFIC STATION 5-18

M-2 M-3 M-4

CNIDARIA
Hydrozoa
Thuiaria cupressina (L., 1758) Xx
Tubularia couthouyi Agassizi, 1862 xX
MOLLUSCA
Bivalvia
Arctica islandica (L., 1767) Xx x
Cyclocardia borealis (Conrad, 13831) xX Xx
ARTHROPODA
Decapoda
Cancer borealis Stimpson, 1859 Xx
Cancer irroratus Say, 1817 Xx
ECTOPROCTA
Eucratea loricata (L., 1758) xX
Electra pilosa (L., 1767) Xx
ECHINODERMATA
Echinoidea
Echinarachnius parma (Lamarck, 1816) X Xx
Asteroidea
Asterias vulgaris Verrill, 1866 xX xX
Leptasterias tenera (Stimpson, 1862) X xX
Holothuroidea
Cucumaria frondosa (Gunnerus, 1770) Xx
CHORDATA
Vertebrata
Urophycis chuss (Walbaum, 1792) x

TABLE E-6. SPECIES COLLECTED BY DREDGE OR TRAWL FROM
SITE-SPECIFIC STATION 5-28

M-2 M-3 M-4

CNIDARIA
Hydrozoa
Hydrallmania falcata (L., 1758) Xx
Thularia cuprassina (ie: 1758) x
ANNELIDA
Polychaeta
Glycera dibranchiata Ehlers, 1868 x
Lumbrineris fragilis (Muller, 1776) x
Ophelina act acuminata Oersted, 1343 Xx
MOLLUSCA
Bivalvia
Cyclocardia borealis (Conrad, 1831) Xx K
ARTHROPODA
Decapoda
Cancer borealis Stimpson, 1859 X
Cancer irroratus Say, 1817 X
Pagurus acadianus Benedict, 1901 Xx
ECHINODERMATA
Echinoidea
Echinarachnius parma (Lamarck, 1816) xX
Asteroidea
Asterias vulgaris Verrill, 1866 Xx Xx
Leptasterias tenera (Stimpson, 1862) Xx X
Holothuroidea
Cucumaria frondosa (Gunnerus, 1770) x
CHORDATA
Vertebrata
Paralichthys oblongus (Mitchill, 1815) Xx

APPENDIX F

RESULTS OF CHN ANALYSIS FROM GEORGES BANK BENTHIC

MONITORING PROGRAM REGIONAL STATIONS.

TABLE F-1.

M-4
%C %H SN

M-3
%C %H WN

M-2
%*C %H %N

Sta. / Rep.

ON eee
oo00o°°eo
eee ekeko)
MOtFMNStN
eeoese
(eee ekeke)
KN WO 0 00 HD
Sao S]] © ©)
ee e e© © ©
eee okexke)
a=27OO0O090
eessss
(ooo ekere)
FS Nnnnnnnmy
esssss
Oo OO000
DADAM StH
eeo3se
ee keokeokoxe)
a4 ORO
eesese
(ee eoeokeke)
NAMA HAAN
eesess

e oe e
OOOO 00
O”NASt+NDN 00
ee)
9 OOCO0C000

aN MM +tN OO

0.08 0.01 0.00
0.07 0.01 0.00
0.12 0.01 0.00
0.08 0.02 0.00
0.05 0.02 0.00
0.05 0.01 0.00

0.08 0.02 0.00
0.09 0.01 0.00
0.15 0.02 0.00
0.21 0.02 0.01
0.06 0.02 0.00
0.06 0.02 0.00

0.01 0.00
0.01 0.00

0.02 0.01

0.08

0.01 0.00
0.01 0.00
0.01 0.00

0.07
0.08
0.05
0.50
0.05

NOH + NO

52 WL0Y 0s)
-29 0.04 0.02
-42 0.04 0.02
28 0.05 0.03
-39 0.07 0.03
73 0.06 0.03

2
0)
0
0
0
0

a a NN ON
SSE SENS.
eee e oko)
tn am jt +t
Seo so aD Se
OO9OD900 0
00 WO 410 + 0
NANFANOY SY
o ce © © © e
ee tekokoze)
Nest GIN
eee eotoge)
eo e e e oe
OO O000
or A
oOOO0O000
° ° ee ee e
OO O000
FtNRDN AD
ee tekoekoek =)

SAN MOM tN VO

AN TAA N
SS SSIS
OOO 0C000
090 00 mR CO K 00
S333 39
eee eokeoro)
NON ODS tS
aS NSS
@ 0: ee: se: es
eee keokeko)
ANA AN Oo
SOOO 00 0
ee ce e © e@
SOO 000
WODNON +
SO Ses SO
eee tekoke)
Nwotaonm
=340On AHO
coe ee

0
0
0.
0)
0
0)

0.03 0.01
0.03 0.01
0.04 0.01
0.04 0.01
0.04 0.01
0.04 0.01

-40 0.06 0.03
-28 0.06 0.02
-36 0.07 0.02
-34 0.07 0.03
27 0.25 0.03
-40 0.07 0.03

0
0
0
0
0
0

0.51 0.08 0.03
0.35 0.06 0.03
0.54 0.07 0.03
0.53 0.07 0.03
0.32 0.07 0.02
0.36 0.07 0.03

07 0.03
06 0.03
06 0.03
07 0.03
06 0.03
0.05 0.02

ANON tN LO

TABLE F-1. (Continued)

M-4
%C %H %N

9ON

M-3
%C %H

M-2
%C %H %%N

/ Rep.

Sta.

NANA YHAN
eeeees
lee keoekeke)
orm 0 bm OO
eSsecsse
oOOO000
9oO070ON0
BARS
AO ONO O
SINAN A
eceseas
9OO0O000
WOW rm OND
2eeseea
OOOO 00
HqHOoOOAH +O
be CORCN EON:
ooo 0 Oo
aS AI NAA
eeeecs
oOOO000
COON ADD
QoS SS) ©)
OG) =O! SOO Set
9oOO0000
NONANDNHR OD
oOo 79000

aN MH +N 10

0.38 0.04 0.01
0.38 0.04 0.01
0.55 0.06 0.02

0.05 0.00

0.06 0.01
0.06 0.01

0.33
0.45
0.42

aN

+0

SO OH OH st st
eesees
oOOO000
09 00 00 mB 00 DE
eeseses
9oOO0000
\O + OO \O 00 —O
NAagqggg
oOOCO000
(Sion en ion)
eesees
9 OO000
WOostnwonin
eosees
oOOO90O00
am tON St
AAI
oOOO0O0C000
ooz7z7O°90
eeosse
oOO0O000
= a 2 Oe a
esooss
Oo OO90O00
NaN +t 00 +
NANANN AN

AN MH tN OO

a3 O70 ©
OoO000°O0C9O
ee © © ©
(oe eKon oR)
Orn D0 070 NH
eeeoee
9 OO000
oH4OMON 00
asa AN OM ©
eo e e e e ©
OOOO 00
oo—_ “4
SFO OCOWNee
oe oe
9O00O0On00
Qu,

Ga) Gay esp oss Cay Ga)
eeoeges
NO OYOOo
AnrOoON wo
O94 Z290
(eee) (oe)
aH HH HH Oe
eeeses
9OOO000
AOA TAN
eessss
OOO0C000
+00 00N +N
QAO) SI © SI
e °

oOOO00 2

aN MS tN 0

10

0.20 0.09 0.02
0.44 0.15 0.05
0.22 0.10 0.02
0.35 0.13 0.04
0.31 0.13 0.04
0.24 0.10 0.02

0.24 0.08 0.03
0.19 0.08 0.03
0.48 0.13 0.06
0.59 0.10 0.04
0.24 0.08 0.03
0.26 0.09 0.04

0.06 0.02
0.06 0.01
0.06 0.02
0.07 0.02
0.07 0.02
0.07 0.02

0.23
0.17
0.18
0.23
0.22
0.22

aN MH t+ IN WO

ll

TABLE F-1. (Continued)

M-4
%C %H MN

M-3
%*C SH WN

M-2
%C %H %%N

Sta. / Rep.

ANStA AN
eeeegeo
OOOO 0 0
ON MAD OO
a4 34000
LeAOIOIS
OO0O000
MAN OO —- 0
MFA N AN
SLAC
oOCO0C0 00
NON TOS
2eeeee
9oOOCO0O00
SON K + 00 00
e298eee
oOO0O000
MUO nmnm~nWwh
Ne Qe me
eee oekek®)
NANA ATNS
eeeoee
OO0O000
m OOO NO
OoOO0O000
9eeees
oOO0O000

ANM St NO

12

wostrnrtn
en ies ne oe |
oe e e© e -e
9 O0O000
MON OOD
MASFMOON
ee e© © © @
OOOO 0 0
Monn + —
NOM AAD
ee © e© e© e
HHA OO ©
NWN AMON
Ce Bien Min os Den |
° © © e© © oe
ooO0000
NORD DAY
qaqa
oooo0oo
NONK KR
vessss
Ot tt
Man mW 4
Oe ie i ee |
° 6 oe © © ee
eee ekek@)
coma 4 OO HN
NANYNAN YON
© Lie. 10) 80) ee
OOO0O00 0

aN OH t+ YY NO

13

SAMPLES SAMPLES
ARCHIVED ARCHIVED

0.23 0.11
0.05 0.02
0.03 0.01
0.07 0.04
0.04 0.01
0.05 0.02

0.381
0.13
0.04
0.23
0.07
0.11

AN MH +t NO

14

moooocoe
JEBQoge
woo000o0
Sesa50
WBQeSae
oO0000
O
ZoOn0o amo
SQaa@
ooo00°0
oooo0o0°o
QQoqae
OO00000
ANNANAN
SEeogs
CO00000
CODON MANKR
QEQaws
900000
ooooo—
BEQgas
O0OC0000
ANNTAAON
QQeges
o00000
RN
AE eeese
oO00000

AN MOM te NO

15

0.19 0.03 0.01
0.32 0.02 0.01
0.19 0.05 0.01
0.16 0.03 0.00
0.19 0.04 0.01
0.12 0.03 0.00

0.12 0.01 0.00
0.49 0.02 0.01
0.12 0.01 0.00
0.16 0.02 0.00
0.17 0.02 0.01
0.15 0.02 0.01

0.03 0.00

0.17 0.02 0.00
0.15 0.02 0.00
0.13 0.02 0.00
0.47 0.03 0.00
0.24 0.03 0.00

0.42

16

TABLE F-1. (Continued)

M-4
%C %H XN

M-3
%C %H XN

M-2
%C %H %N

/ Rep.

Sta.

oz O0090
eessss
eee okek=)
NSFOAANHN OY
eeeses
foe ote keoro)
+00 + DOO
Sis i Cos
ee etoteke)
oat OO 4
eessss
GO OOO 00
NSFN ON St
BLO SS 2
9 O0O000
NN AN PR
Oe
oO OOCO0C000
ao NOON
SS SS
oOOOQO000
NASNAN
eeoess
OOO000
FRDNOAD
NAMA AA
OO 0O090 0

AN MM +N VO

17

0.25 0.03 0.01
0.27 0.03 0.01
0.24 0.03 0.00
0.11 0.02 0.00
0.20 0.03 0.01
0.13 0.03 0.01

0.11 0.02 0.00
0.18 0.03 0.00
0.22 0.03 0.00
0.17 0.03 0.00
0.18 0.03 0.00
0.20 0.04 0.06

0.01 0.02

0.02 0.01
0.02 0.02
0.02 0.01
0.02 0.01
0.02 0.01

aANMH tN

13

TABLE F-2.

Sta. / Rep.
5-1 1
2
3
4
2)
6
5-2 1
2
3
4
py)
6
5-3 1
2
3
4
5
6
5-4 1
2
3
4
5
6
5-5 1
2
3
4
5
6

%C

0.12
0.02
0.04
0.05
0.09
0.16

* duplicate set analysed.

%C

0.25/0.14
0.41/0.15
0.66/0.20
0.20/0.16
0.12/0.16
0.23/0.18

RESULTS OF CHN ANALYSIS FROM GEORGES BANK BENTHIC
MONITORING PROGRAM SITE-SPECIFIC STATIONS.

M-4
%H

0.05/0.05
0.04/0.04
0.04/0.05
0.04/0.04
0.03/0.04
0.04/0.05

9ON

0.01/0.01*
0.01/0.02
0.01/0.02
0.02/0.01
0.01/0.01
0.01/0.01

0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01

TABLE F-2. (continued)

M-4
%C %H %N

M-3
%C %H WN

M-2
%*C %H %N

/ Rep.

Sta.

aa ANN OO
VSSQ
QoQ qe Ee)
NIgFAMNNYOYN
(eek eokeeo)
ep eae re) keg ae.
9O9OO000
Oo tN Oa
OT ANNN
ep ciety ren ieee.
OOOO 00
oOooo0o—
eecses
(eole)(o)\(e)(e)
AMAA HNMH
eesssss
9 O0O000
Om tNADM
OB eQqx
9 O0O000
On aa
SES SESS:
9900000
DAMA OY
9DO0O000
ejparel=ale ste, nresiewe
9OO000
WO OD oO 00
Oot eS
9 OCC 00

ANH tN OO

5-6

NAN OOO
SIS S38
9 O00 0
WO oom Om
9 O00 0
ee e e e
eee oko)
WAORDr-.O
ee SENS
oO O0O0 0
aoa N MO
oOoO000
ee e ee
—oOO0O000
MOYO Mm
SS
oOO0C000
ONNDMm
OA AN O
e e e e e
9oOO0O0 0
OS oo
Some sc eer tier
OOOO 0O
NOORR,
40000
ee © © ©
oOOoOO0O00
on WOO
NAO SS
°
oO OoO000

FAN MOM SN

5-8

0.13 0.04 0.01 0.15 0.05 0.01

0.06 0.01

0.11

aa 4 HH OO
SASS eres
OOO 0C000
+FtFStONNAMYNN
eeeeee
OOOO 00
AMM N OOM
Onn eH OS
ee e e © e
SoS OO90O 00
aAOTO TO
eseses
eee oer e)
Wy WY WY WY St St
eee kekeke)
eo e © © oe e
OOOO 00
09 YW 00 OO +S
Ss es Eos ho Bin Dio
0) ple: Pie; Be wie! fee
OOO 0 00
Sa Ss oS st ot
eessse
900000
(oar a Os
eessees
OOOO 00

aN OH t+ NO

5-9

(ON i i |
eessss
OO 90O000
Py 00 WO mR Om
eessss
eee eeok@)
DADNNANM
St tt
oe e© © © ©
OO O00 0
a4 4H OOO
eessss
DoOooodad0o
Notatm jt
BASS SS
(ooo eeke)
ANN AO
SoH
6: ie. 0. 6. is: Ke
oO O00 0
son oon iihoun iieen heen
leo oeketeoras)
oe ce e@
900000
myst tN St tS
eessss
oO 0000
9OM0O Mm +
aN ao
° ° °
OO O000

aIN MOM tN OO

5-10

i)
cy
be a
ct
aA

—
ox
Z=

ct
a oH HH OH oO
eesses
9OO0O000
WMWoeoteN st St
eeeses
oO O00 00
WONNOAN
any HOMO
OOO 000

aN MS + NO

5-11

TABLE F-2. (continued)

Sta.

5-12

5-14

/ Rep.

WM FWNPr NUFF WN DUWFWN DUFWNr

DOF WNe-

0.02

0.01
0.03
0.03
0.03

TABLE F-2. (continued)

M-4
%C %H %N

M-3
%C SH HN

M-2
*%C %H SN

/ Rep.

Sta.

15) (02070201
-22 0:07 0:02
-04 0.04 0.00
-18 0.07 0.01
-15 0.05 0.01
-06 0.04 0.00

0
0
0
0
0
0)

a47O7T000
eeeess
oO 0O000
SFANINYNMHN MY
eeeeco
oe eotekek@)
+O OWN OD
=2599e9
(eee toekeke)
OnNaQaqa — 4
eeooee
9g9oOQO000
AOAMAN AN
2eeeeos
OOO000

AN M +N

5-22

=a40 4M SS
eesses
eek eotek@)
RONAN N
Seeeee
9OOO0CO00
WAN O D4
aa HNO
eo etoekeko)
1)
<n
ke a
cc
A
os
Zz
x
aS HH 1 Oo
esesss
eee tee)
NDMSFMMYN MY
esesss
oO 0O000
ON AODKN
OHS
oOo O00 0

AN MN tN OO

5-25

0.06 0.02 0.00
NO SAMPLE
0.17 0.03 0.01
0.08 0.02 0.01
0.07 0.04 0.00
0.09 0.03 0.00

NO DATA
AVAILABLE

0.04 0.00
0.03 0.00
0.03 0.00
0.03 0.00

0.03 0.00
0.04 0.01

ANH tN OO

5-28

12 0.03
12 0.03
11 0.02
14 0.03
10 0.02

0.63 0.13 0.04

0
0
0
2
0

aN GOIN SN
esesecs
GOOO9000
IN oN ON ON ON oa)
eeseses
GO OO90O00
ONANON
NESIVS
GS O0O00 0

02
03
02
02
03

0.05 0.02
0.06 0
0.06 0
0.05 0
0.05 0
0.06 0

APPENDIX G

*soyedt}da1 asay} 10J ajdwes/ereq ON »

€8°9 £8°9 89°9 0e°Z “6°9 £8°9 61°4 62° ch Con 09°4 99°h 81
89°9 029 49°9 £18 118 96°L * On h Tih ele ele OBE ZI
2L9 L9°9 44:9 On Z 06°9 08°9 86°74 96°h 96h * * 8S°h 91
08°01 78°01 28°01 O1ll G2 TT tS ce°9 62°9 he-9 * * 61°9 cI
61°6 6£°6 60°6 * * * en's LVS nhs 629 £29 cs°9 hy
€6°6 09°6 $9°6 €S OI nS “OT 64°01 99°h (Aha) 69h * * OL h €T
c18 LE°8 6£°8 68°38 96°8 96°38 LLh c6°h non 8h €S°h URS] Zl
00°6 00°6 90°6 Oro! 6€°01 Of 01 79'S €o°¢ T¢*¢ * * 9E°S 11
026 L0°6 On'6 0f01 8e°0I nS Ol (0) i) (Ae) n6°S €2°¢ 6L¢ ZS Ol
U4 Le“ ce°Z BLL BLL BLL S7S LVS 08's a) 61°9 c2°9 6
£9°9 cL9 69°9 10°6 00°6 nI"6 00° 66°€ (Ai) * r * 8
7s°9 £9°9 4¢°9 £0°6 G16 83°38 91h €e°h cnn * * 24 Z
62°6 02°6 O16 S06 n0°6 £16 86°S ens 79S 9L°S HLS 09°¢ 9
SE°6 €£°6 €£°6 6°6 S001 81°01 O's 60°S 10°¢ * * * 1-S
046 6£°6 LE*6 0s‘OT £S°01 82°01 ££°9 0n-9 1¢°9 * * £49 h
79°83 75°38 82°38 0n°6 82°6 196 0s"s ahs Ons €S°¢ z9°S co's €
2101 £201 9c°01 s1Ol 81-0! 61°01 02°9 12°9 0¢°9 * + 2-9 Z
* Ze “Ol 2°01 ce0l i a0) | ce-Ol 82:9 29 629 89°9 69°9 49°9 I
¢€ “day z-dayqy = “day ¢ “doy Z ‘day 1-day ¢ ‘day z “day 1 ‘day ¢€ -doy Zz “day 1 -doy UOI}EIS
4-W ASINAD €-W 4SINUD Z-W ASINUD I-W aSINUD

“SNOILVLS TWNOIDAY WVYUDOUd ONIOLINOW OIHLNAG ANVE SADYOAD WOS (1/2W) NADAXO GAATOSSIA “I-D A1dVL

G-1

TABLE G-2. SURFACE AND BOTTOM TEMPERATURE (°C) FROM XBT RECORDS.

M-1 M-2 M-3 M-4
Station Surface Bottom Surface Bottom Surface Bottom Surface Bottom
1 16.7 10.4 10.2 11.0 4.1 4.3 Dall 5.0
2 16.6 UD * * 4.4 4.5 5.8 De
3 16.6 U2 11.1 8.4 4.0 VP 10.7 12.5
4 13.7 Doll 11.2 10.3 3.8 3.8 6.4 6.4
5-1 ze 2 11.4 15.6 4.5 5.0 6.2 Dod)
6 18.7 8.7 os a 2 -, 5.6 Dol/
7 oe ei 11.1 10.0 4.5 23 5.8 115)
8 IS3) 10.8 bag 10.0 4.5 11.6 10.0 11.2
8) 18.0 72 11.4 Sol) s oe 9.6 10.5
10 16.5 10.2 11.5 11.6 4.0 4.2 6.6 6.5
ti 16.5 7.8 13.0 11.0 4.1 4.4 6.2 5.4
12 ID) 10.8 14.1 10.6 4.6 6.7 De) 8.7
13 ce ce W232 11.5 Boll SoZ 8.4 2)
14 16.6 DEP) 10.4 6.0 re oe 16.8 16.8
1D 16.6 14.8 16.6 11.6 3.8 3.8 V2 VP
16 16.6 10.4 11.0 oe. % oe Dol 16.8
17 18.6 10.6 10.6 8.0 6.9 ihe 9.6 12.4
18 18.2 10.6 ce * 6.8 11.6 9.3 12033

*No Sample/Data at these stations.

TABLE G-3. SALINITY (°/oo) FROM GEORGES BANK BENTHIC
MONITORING PROGRAM REGIONAL STATIONS.

M-1 M-3 M-4

Station Surface Bottom Surface Bottom Surface Bottom

1 32.8 32.3 BM oD 31.0 31.0 32.0
2 32.3 32.9 31.0 Bee) ve 31.0
3 BAD) 33.8 31.0 Bod 33.0 33.0
4 32.6 3229 B20 31.0 31.0 32.0
5-1 *s te 0)5D) 3 sO) 31.0 31.0
6 a a Bod 31.0 32.0 32.0
7 re eS 30.5 32.0 31.0 33.0
8 32.6 35.1 31.0 32.0 32.0 34.0
9 ss uy S50) 3)3}<0) 33.0 34.0
10 33.0 32.5 31.0 31.0 31.9 32.0
{1 BZ 33.0 31.0 32.0 32.0 32.0
12 33.4 % 32.0 32.0 31.0 32.0
13 33.0 34.5 31.0 31.0 31.0 31.0
14 32.0 33.1 i a3 31.0 32.0
15 Soll 32.8 32.0 32.0 31.0 32.0
16 Boo) 32.9 32.0 32.5 32.0 34.0
17 32.4 35.2 32.9 32.5 32.0 34.0
18 32.5 34.8 32.0 32.5 32.0 33.0

*No Sample/Data at this station.

Wane
berth

. oS id
Se . A So
YS NS Sis

A
oS
WAS’

oR

SMITHSONIAN

NOILNL

NOILAL

<TH

e"

<2 Wast

LI B RA
SS

Ss

LIBRA

ION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uvVugiaT LIBRARIES

<N
>

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

1

INSTITUTION
SaS1YvudIT_LIBRA
INSTITUTION NOILNL
S31YvVuaiy
eee NOILNS
INSTITUTION

saluvud

SaluYvugil_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

ea

d!1 LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI

LIBRARIES

AN INGTITIITIO

pi

ITHCON]

RA

.

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS-

NVINOSHLINS S31YVUGIT LIBRA

SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN
Vig
typ
Yl;
NVINOSHLIWS
NS
NVINOSHLIWS

SS

SMITHSONIAN
Y,
te" y 2

NVINOSHLIWS

ION NOILNLILSNI

S SMITHSONIAN

LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI

417 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3SIYvVY¥dIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
SAIUYUVYUYEITLIBRARIE
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

(2)
WW
joa
x
cc
oo
3
ie Ba; Zz S Li
See by rae (e) Oo = :
\ = 44,2 = = a “ye
z ite UY ;. =) =) yy.
2) = Lig fof. > = = Vf
) 2 Gir = 2 = GO
mn m 2 2 = > . %
22) wn = —_ w
ION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIW:
2 Zz 2 2K a a re 7) = i
= Ws = = = =. < = < =
= tf, + ¥ = ‘
.2 $73.5 = 5 =z 5 \ = . 8 z
\3 fF ? : Z 8 2 SW 2 = z
S Zs) Ly a E Zz E = E NN WS = = 2
a 3 a SNe a ee 5 :
d17 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS S3!1YVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN 7
2 g 2 a 5 ul z | ty, F
Ne Z a : = z 3 = 6%!
a} 4 < A < =a ier = < y AS
gS = Ss as = 3 S a =
5 2 5 e S z 5 = Fe
Fa 5 z ae] 2 =! Zz SF 2
ION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILQALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS ©
= Oe Ses Zz = 5 = S ee 2
2 o “ 2 w = Oo = o =
E OS = = E = E F
- - Ve % Ss Z F = E
- 2S = z = z S a E
Zz in i 2 Oo Z a z o a
J/7 LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN ~
Bae Se ee z Z ae ee z
YE WS 5 ER Le = 2S
Be MOV) NX SG pls Oo SS S ac SG {e) 2c DO QW a (o
= = = > : = > = By hes =
n pp aie 7) Pikes ( 7p) 2 2) Sey Ge Vv.
ION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYS!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILNIILSNI NVINO Se
wn S w = w = =
wW 2 WX. wi = Ww = WwW = WX. ue
z G WN 4 = “4 : 2 WN;
< a Ro < = <j 2 < ZR 3
ree fee
ao sat NN Ba = fae} a faa} st AN o
= ) = S) = je cS) = fo) we
4 2 eae d Zz a Zz 4 Zz es
G11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI _NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVY¥d!I1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
iz = iy Le Zz Lag Ts 5 - = Od c
oe S = 5 =
joe) — Uy © = wo > = ow a Lp ice
1 5 $%y% = Ne 5 a © GY §
ie > = Leb: f= > Sa WS Sok > E Vy Vg
is] 2 = AA 2 = 2 WE 2 = KP?
> - w NS * -
5 Z a Z Dt ay ite i Z Ly
ION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sa1yvy¥aia LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNINVINOSHLIWS
et a We ge Vat we SN 20 eee
a, ae wee = 2 Ng is = GR 5
S 6 JEU GEE 3% GG 2 Oo = SANE CG (ke = FS) ©

12 ~~ —. oe ay =< Kr ony ~ J - a=» a ane Oo mea ~ in > 2 & Pa ~~ -
< (& a= WW = g Sy) Sle a) A GIs A le Z) <x (|g ye ~< (FI
= eu) SONY Ea 5 eu) BO 5 ea) 5 eu 5 =
a4 Wast'' S nD SS = Wash cS FiNosW > af . fo) FINGsH> ae WASH 9 =
+ | 2 =) =
1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYUSIT_LIBRARIES_ SMITHSONIAN _INS
ir ee oe — ra f =z | Zz i
: 2 Tr = a & 2 a 2 i,
ae =) ma 5 2 NS 5 a ed \ 5 ‘G. fly a f
pe = es = ee) — 3) Ch iS) = “Gty es) z
m 2 m ze m : @ m s prea a tif m \
= = n ee (ap) = “
V , NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31YVYAIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS $3
Seo ra ce z 6 a
= 4 = eG NS = x SO . =< < <NSON, =
= = = EIN NS SERN Sy vie Ee Dy!
= : fe) = fo) SX. a = S a x = te oP S fe a = i
z Z = NE ECR. 5 GY AE FA 2
2 E z E S\ 2 aa S Ujty «= Kay ae
= a = = = = 5 “if Shs Ne gee
no Bx Z ”
1_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION | NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJIYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _IN
z 2 > ee oD 2 oA 2
& a ae e @ XK = & 1 ae
= Ss = ne = WY S cx = eps Wes eal
oe = cc SANS x « YH é
3 Va 2 SY ie = = Ug =
z 4 z _! bea : =i) ae Zz
Y NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS _ $3
= ie SS 5 Se ma = =z a =
() a = .) see ro) = 1S)
= wo — = " = a
= 3 E 8 — Gu ° = 5 F
ras > = > = Ws Ld 2 > ae
= e = a Ee fe 2 = 2 =aN
o m no a (ae) in n m n
TILIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS Saluvuat LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ IN
= = <pe = < = Wr Sita’ z cS
z = z \. = Zz = Yip, Zz = z
B NX 3 2 NG 3 5 Uf - : =
3 RON SS\ ie) at > SANS (oe) Sat (eo) lp te; ae IES Sle) x
E Wp" 2 E Wo" Zz. E Z a see NS = E
a ve A as 3 = 8 .
" _ METIS SNe SIS 1YVYd!i1 LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS |S:
Ww & w 2 ts vf ane uw
a - a a w x 2 SX te
eS Ss ae c < < a VAS ¢< |
3 =| < = Pe a 4 S\N" <
ced iS) = 5 ca co al SN ca
a 2 a z Sj 5 7 ; 3
etl BRARI ES_ Re = NOLLMLILSNI_ _LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _IN
Ze
S = S fe 2 a a ie
o = oO = fer) = w = ee]
Ee) a Pe) = 29 5 20 = a
> =.3 > = Se re > es > fi
2 = a = Zz = za - 2
B Z zn z rn wae Z B
= =a} wn a, = =
N NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSINVUEIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS Ss:
n z a Zz pee. 2) ; Zz Re a Zz (2)
= “vs = My pass Ws = < ee = nee =
I . me = re Aer ALE » =r = = — =
SYGy fz EGH# tO 8S 2 S 2 8’
2 “yy Ee Zz li = INS z = = = 2
> : = > = ab Pe = > = >
z 79) ae n o Zz no Zz un ce

1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Saluvudi RIES SMITHSONIAN _ IN

S S ” ye o S o S
w . aS WwW lu

E - z GN z z =
5 si 5 WS 3 ; =
= e BS SS < c Si =
= = se S Q ee = ss A
3 3 0 3 x es 3 2 5
ze pas pas Zz s i Tz — we,

MO NVINOSHLIWS esa [uYVvug ES LIBRARI ES SUNS OMAN NST uo SOM ETSN ANY INOS TINS SS:
fe) : fe) ~ o : ~ 6 a de S
= = ive] — Ly co — ise) . =
= 5 = 5 $%y> 5 2 Ye 5
: : 2 a fae : ze
= — = Ee _&%& Leg ae = ae < WS a
g e e Be 5 = Wr

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN IN

HSONIAN
IOSHLIWS
NOSHLIWS
THSONIAN

HSONIAN
OSHLIWS
>THSONIAN
ee
Wi,
yy

<7

Z

MOTTO a tes

OEY i
ue

ute we tw
etert Sere ae . . : . ee : re ee
fa - i 3 F c oe